Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D16-0240 - TUKWILA VILLAGE - TOWER CRANE
TUKWILA VILLAGE TOWER CRANE 14400 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD D16-0240 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-438-9350 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No: 0040000180 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D16-0240 Address: 14400 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL Issue Date: 10/5/2016 BLVD Permit Expires On: 4/3/2017 Project Name: TUKWILA VILLAGE -TOWER CRANE Owner: Name: Address: TUKWILA CITY OF 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD , TUKWILA, WA, 98188 Contact Person: Name: GREG HERRING Phone: (425) 806-8560 Address: PO BOX 82405 , KENMORE, WA, 98028 Contractor: Name: INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS INC Phone: (425) 806-8560 Address: 17425 68TH AVE NE , KENMORE, WA, 98028 License No: INTERCI977PZ Expiration Date: 10/12/2017 Lender: Name: BRYAN PARK Address: 201 27TH AVE SE, BLDG A , PUYALLUP, WA, 98374 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: ERECT A TOWER CRANE FOR TEMPORARY MATERIAL CONVEYANCE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDINGS D & E ON TUKWILA VILLAGE II PROJECT SITE. THE CRANE WILL BE ERECTED AND DISMANTLED FROM ONSITE. ALL MATERIAL UNLOADING AND LOADING WILL TAKE PLACE ONSITE. Project Valuation: $247,600.00 Type of Fire Protection: Sprinklers: NO Fire Alarm: NO Type of Construction: Electrical Service Provided by: TUKWILA Fees Collected: $4,712.82 Occupancy per IBC: Water District: 125 Sewer District: VALLEY VIEW Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: International Building Code Edition: International Residential Code Edition: International Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: International Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: WA Cities Electrical Code: WAC 296-46B: WA State Energy Code: 2014 2014 2014 2015 Public Works Activities: Channelization/Striping: Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling/Oversize Load: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: 0 Fill: 0 Number: 0 No Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: 0 1 I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: Cs -C Date: ) C5A-S- 6 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 2: Erecting and Operation of the Tower Crane shall not interfere with the City's construction / rebuild of S. 144th Street. 6: 1) Obtain approval from Labor & Industries prior to placing crane in operation. 2) Provide a safety/basic operations briefing to Tukwila Fire Dept. personnel prior to placing crane in operation. Contact Firefighter Patrick O'Brien at Patrick.Obrien@tukwilawa.gov to arrange training. 3: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 4: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 5: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 7: ***BUILDING PERMIT CONDITIONS*** 8: Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 9: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 10: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be as required by IBC Chapter 17, Table 1705.3. 11: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 12: Installation of high-strength bolts shall be periodically inspected in accordance with AISC specifications. 13: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 14: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 15: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 16: Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation, compaction, and fill requirements shall conform strictly with the recommendations given in the soils report. Special inspection is required. 17: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the Washington State Energy Code. 18: Structrual Observations in accordance with I.B.C. Section 1709 is required. At the conclusion of the work included in the permit, the structural observer shall submit to the Building Official a written statement that the site visits have been made and identify any reported deficiencies which, to the best of the structural observer's knowledge, have not been resolved. 19: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 20: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 21: Preparation before concrete placement: Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall be removed from spaces to be occupied by concrete. 22: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (206) 438-9350 1700 BUILDING FINAL** 1400 FIRE FINAL 0201 FOOTING 0101 PRE -CONSTRUCTION 4037 SI -CAST -IN-PLACE 4000 SI -CONCRETE CONST 4038 SI -HELICAL PILE 4028 SI-REINF STEEL -WELD 4035 SI -SOILS 4026 SI-STRUCT STEEL 4004 SI -WELDING ti CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. NLO 02-40 Project No. Date Application Accepted: 2' '2.(a 1(0 Date Application Expires: L— Q I (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 14400 Tukwila International Blvd King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Suite Number: New Tenant: Tenant Name: Tower Crane (temporary use) PROPERTY OWNER Name: Tukwila Village Development Assoc., LLC Address: 201 27th Ave SE, Bldg A, Suite 300 City: Puyallup State: WA Zip: 98374 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Greg Herring (Inter -City Contractors, Inc.) Address: P.O. Box 82405 City: Kenmore State: WA Zip: 98028 Phone: (425) 806-8560 Fax: (425) 806-8566 Email: gregh@intercitycontractors.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Inter -City Contractors, Inc. Address: P.O. Box 82405 City: Kenmore State: WA Zip: 98028 Phone: (425) 806-8560 Fax: (425) 806-8566 Contr Reg No.: CCINTERCI977PZ Exp Date: 10/09/2016 Tukwila Business License No.: BUS -0995459 H:\Applicalions\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Pemtit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 hh Floor: ❑ Yes ❑ ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Johnson Braund Design Group Architect Name: Greg Allwine Address: 15200 52nd Ave South, Suite 300 City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98092 Phone: (206) 766-8300 Fax: Email: grega@johnsonbraund.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Barghausen Consulting Engineers Engineer Name: Costa Philippides Address: 18251 72nd Ave S City: Kent State: WA Zip: 98032 Phone: (425) 251-6222 Fax: (425) 251-8782 Email: cphilippes@barghausen.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Address: of )*-7k'—.311.te5ti(3)�Ajs,:dc_ City: / rmy., �1 �,6 State: vl%A zip g 37 Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIOi' 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 247,600 Existing Building Valuation: $ Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Erect a Tower Crane for temporary material conveyance during the construction of the Buildings D & E on Tukwila Village II project site. The crane will be erected and dismantled from onsite. All material unloading and loading will take place onsite. Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes m.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes ❑ No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1' Floor 2nd Floor 3`d Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes 0 No If"yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm 0 None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes ❑ No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2"x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\ Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFOKMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Water District #125 0 ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ .. Highline ❑ ... Valley View ❑ .. Renton ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ . ❑. ❑ . ❑. ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage . Abandon Septic Tank . Curb Cut . Pavement Cut . Looped Fire Line ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. 0 ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding wo # wo # WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size Private 0 Private 0 55 FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \2011 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.dooc Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW 4; OR AUTfem O ZED AGENT: Signature: Print Name: Greg ferring (Int City Contractors, Inc.) Mailing Address: P.O. Box 82405 H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Lme\2011 Applicalions\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-1I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Date: 08/26/2016 Day Telephone: (425) 806-8560 Kenmore WA 98028 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNT QUANTITY PermitTRAK PAID $4,712.82 D16-0240 Address: 14400 TUKWILA INTERNATIONAL BLVD Apn: 0040000180 $4,712.82 DEVELOPMENT $4,574.34 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $2,769.60 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $1,800.24 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $4.50 TECHNOLOGY FEE $138.48 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R9280 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $138.48 $4,712.82 Date Paid: Friday, August 26, 2016 Paid By: INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS Pay Method: CHECK 24898 Printed: Friday, August 26, 2016 8:38 AM 1 of 1 SYSTEMS INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP TION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Pct: � , 7broeku tf u e Typ nspection: /dl/%m,_- Address: /Q14er .e //it &cob Date Called: Special Instructions: ��n� jZj t t Date Wante •m 3 J l7 .p.m. Request r: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Date: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspec' ion, 'fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IN TION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 bi6 ago Project: 1w fLA ItLL46 Type of Inspection: Si - SNLS Address: /4'4ox r'A kr IL &✓b Date Called: Special Instructions: 7744/61e CIA Date Wanted: e 7 / 6 m. p. . Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ITOMINSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP ION NO. 'y6 -02g0 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 Project: ` / giA)f 0 V1 LL4 6t (/ Type l tspection: i-A16— Address: )4 Grp/ aeldt— iL4 /A-ri 1:3L Date Called: , Special Instructions: %�C9We t � 4��' Date Wannted: / 0 / a.m. C1.2:2_1"1., Requester Phone No: ® Approved per applicable codes. D Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �" Tamil r!G L/kf� 06--Ara-r-s Inspector: Atiksi Date /� �, /6 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 438-9350 N( -a2q o Project: 1Ji.J1LA 'V1 tt.R-1 T e of Ins ction: ��_ COAY5 2tJel7e Address: / J'/400 17/M/i hurt albSpecial Date Called: Instructions: j ilte C� � Date Wanted Al C a.m. p ,rL Requester. Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. t._..! Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: /' REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 116 —OZVU PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project j __--- / 7L /J r c v� Typeof Inspection: 6C C ..5"-e‘,,--7-7 Ar,,),e4.7 Address:zz Suite #: /9' 2 N--- Contact Person:' / /0 Special Instructions: Phone No.: _Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: / ape 6 ,41 / //- Ve -74 s-,--7 r „w a r tea.. /L , Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: ,. _ �S3 Date: i/7// -7 Hrs.: /, 0 it$100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 March 7, 2017 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing 6747 M. L. King Way South, Seattle, Washington 98118-3216 USA Tel: (206) 725-4600 • Toll Free: (888) OTTO-4-US • Fax: (206) 723-2221 WBE W2F5913684 • WABO Registered Agency • Website: www.ottorosenau.com FINAL REPORT City of Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188-2544 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E — Tower Crane Only Permit Number: D16-0240 Address: 4450 South 144th Street Job Number: 16-0573 We state that the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of our knowledge, in conformance with the approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provision of the building code. Our knowledge is limited to our reports. All typewritten reports have been mailed to your office or are enclosed. All reports appear to be complete. This report should not be considered as a warranty for conditions and/or details of the building. Items inspected are: 1. Reinforced Concrete — CIP for the Tower Crane Footing Sincerely, OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Isaac Ruoff Project Manager RECEIVED CITU OF TUKWILA MAR 10 2011 PERMIT CENTER cF•1& OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 16-0573 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC327487 Permit Number: D16-0240 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Inspector(s): Joseph Tester, Description/Location: Inspected placement of concrete for footings located at gridlines C.4 -D.5/4-5.8. The inspected work was found to be done as per approved project documents. Resteel Verified: Yes 2/8/2017 Steven Moser (Grade 60) Client: Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300, Puyallup Date: 2/15/2017 Placement D Supplier: Corliss Mix Number: J15500 Slump Spec: 4"±l" WIC Ratio Spec: .50 Air Spec: N/A Total Yards: 51.50 Placed Via: Pump Consolidated: Yes Required Strength: 3000 psi ata . at 28 days. Sampling and Testing Oat., ASTM C;172, C:31... . Cast Samples: 1-4 Design ❑. Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Time Cubic Water Slump Made; Yards Added C143 10:50 am 30.50 0 gal. 4 1/2" Mfg: Cascade Actual, 515.8# 1368.3# 1884.2# 3/4" Batch Weights/Cubic,Yard .; Type: 1/11 Slag (lbs): 211.8# 24.8 oz. GLENIUM 3030, 775 oz. NC 534 Air% C 231 N/A one Tem, C 1064 66°F Ambient Truck Temp'. No 44°F 0117 113746 Weather: Rainy Date Samples Picked Up: 2/16/2017 Slump Range: 4" to 5" Air % Range: N/A Initial Curing Method: Asm, c31, Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 W/C=.41 actual REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms: El Specimen Number Test Field Age Date Cure (Days) Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Size Area Weight Max Load (in.) (Sq.ln.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) Strength (psi) Fracture Type (other than cone) 1 2/22/17 7 4 x 8 12.62 * = Discarded 8.6 63,140 5000 Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 0 ASTMC617 ❑ Copies to: ❑ Client ❑ Engineer 0 Building Dept d❑ Owner El Contractor Batch Plant ❑ Architect ❑ Others ASTMC1231 ❑ Technical Responsibility: sen, Project Manager a RECETVTIL C U U OL' !1 UMEL,d 10 Z017 F,EFIREE L ©f N ll E y. This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Report Number: 337876 Project: Address: Client: REINFORCING STEEL INSPECTION REPORT Tukwila Village - Building E 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Tukwila Village Department Associates, LLC Permit Number: Job Number: Client Address: 16-0240 16-0573 201 27th Avenue SE, Puyallup - Description Grade: 60 Manufacturer: Cascade Type of Bar: ® A-615 0 A-706 0 N/A SDQ Steel: ❑ Yes ❑ No Inspector - and Date Steven Moser 2/08/2017 Copies to: X Owner Architect Engineer Structural Elements / Location 1 Grid. Lines ?. Arrived on site as requested to inspect the reinforcing steel placement for continuous footings for the detention vault, located at grid lines C.4 -D.5, 4-5.8. Reinforcing steel was inspected for size, type, grade, spacing, lap splices and clearances. Conforms X Contractor X Building Dept. Technical Responsibility: ©QTY OF T'LliK 'cc. C,IAR 10 201.1 PERET LO ©ENY -R Iter Hansen, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm Is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -76-02 (Rev 03/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing REINFORCING STEEL INSPECTION REPORT Report Number: 342701 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Client: Tukwila Village Department Associates, LLC Permit Number: D16-0240 Job Number: 16-0573 Client Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Puyallup Description` Grade: 60 Manufacturer: Cascade Type of Bar: ® A-615 0 A-706 0 N/A SDQ Steel: 0 Yes ® No Inspector and Date Jerry Graham 2/07/2017 Copies to: X Owner Architect Engineer Structural Elements/ Location / Grid Lines Onsite for scheduled reinforced concrete inspection. Upon arrival, was informed that placement was cancelled. No prior notice was given to ORA. X Contractor X Building Dept. Technical Responsibility: REcanro ©G u`' 7*UG�FG,[ Ei-a 10 2011 Pro'ect r Hanse Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-O1T0-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -76-02 (Rev 03/10) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 16-0573 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC327340 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila inspector(s): Chad Kuebler Description/Location: Resteel Verified: Yes Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: Permit Number: 16-0240 Client: Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300, Puyallup Date: 1/16/2017 Inspected reinforcing steel and concrete placement for spread footings location building E foundation level 4.5- 7.51C.4 -D.5, per plans. Inspected to approved project documents: type, grade, size, spacing, lap splices and clearances. 1/12/2017 Michael Preciado (Grade 60) Mfg: Cascade 1/16/2017 Chad Kuebler Placement- Data Corliss J15500 5"±1" W/C Ratio Spec: 0.503 Air Spec: N/A Total Yards: 111.5 Placed Via: Pump Consolidated: Yes Design Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Required Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. Sampling and, Testing‘Data Time:; Cubic Water Slump . ASTM 6172, C Made Yards Added C 143 Cast Samples: 1-4 9:10 am 10.50 0 gal. 5" Actual.•❑ 517# Type: 1/II 1380# 1890# 7/8" Batch Weights/Cubic Yard 260# 25 oz. GLENIUM 3030 Air °!o Conc Temp 0231 C1064 N/A 50°F Slag (lbs): Ambient Truck. Temp': No:. 32°F 148 Weather: Clear Slump Range: 5" Air % Range: N/A Date Samples Picked Up: 1/17/2017 Initial Curing Method: ASTM C31. Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: Amin C31, Exclude c31-10.1.2 • icket. No. 112528 Comments .. REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms: Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Field Age Size Area Weight Max Load Strength Fracture Type Cure (Days) (in.) (Sq.1n.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (psi) Specimen Number Test Date (other than cone) 7 28 28 4 x 8 12.62 8.3 2/13/17 28 4 x 8 12.62 8.2 4 x 8 12.62 8.3 4x8 12.62 8.3 62,080 4920 5 83,250 6600 3 83,220 6590 3 85,090 6740 3 • = Discarded Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 ASTMC617 ❑ Copies to: ❑ Client ❑ Engineer 0 Owner 0 Contractor ❑ Architect ❑ Others ASTMC1231 ❑ 0 Building Dept © Batch Plant Technical Responsibility: Iter Hansen, Proje CUY This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 ;'ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. ,Tical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing REINFORCING STEEL INSPECTION REPORT 1 Report Number. 313850 Project: Tukwila Village — Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Client: Tukwila Village Department Associates, LLC Permit Number: 16-0240 Job Number: 16-0573 Client Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Puyallup Description Grade: 60 Manufacturer: Cascade Type of Bar: 0 A-615 0 A-706 0 N/A SDQ Steel: 0 Yes 0 No Inspector and Date. Mike Preciado 1/1212017 Copies to: X Owner Architect Engineer Structural Elements I Location t Grid Lines Inspected reinforcing steel placement for detention pond at footing pads at grid lines (C.4 -D.4, 4-5.8). The inspected work was found to be done as per approved project documents. Conforms X Contractor X Building Dept. Technical Responsibility: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 10 2017 EMIT CENTER ("-Ter Hansen, Project Manager This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Fort No.: ADMIN -76-02 (Rev 03110) OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 16-0573 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC333051 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Inspector(s): Jim Linehan Description/Location: Inspected reinforcing steel and concrete be done as per approved project docum Resteel Verified: Yes 10/11/2016 Jim Linehan (Grade 60) Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: Placement -Data Corliss J 1501 PT 5"±1" W/C Ratio Spec: 0.420 Air Spec: Total Yards: 60.5 Placed Via: Chute Consolidated: Yes Required Strength: 4000 psi at 28 days. Sampling and Testing Data Time Cubic Water Slump Air `ASTM -C 172, C 31 ; Made Yards Added 0.143 C 231 Cast Samples: 1-4 7:40 am 10.50 0 gal. 5.75" Permit Number: 016-0240 Client: Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300, Puyallup Date: 10/11/2016 placement for tower crane foundation. The inspected work was found to ents. Design rl Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Mfg: Cascade Actual 0 Batch Weights/Cubic Yard 516.7# Type: t/II 1381.6# 1139.8# #57 683.5# #8 103.8# 235.2# 49.90 oz. GLEN3030 -Cone Temp C 1064 55°F Slag (lbs): mbient Truck Ticket';: Temp 38°F 146 110239 Weather: Clear Date Samples Picked Up: Actual w/ (C+P) ratio: 0.379 REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Slump Range: 5.75" Air % Range: 10/12/2016 Initial Curing Method: ASTM cal, Exclude C31-121,5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.12 Comments • Specimen Number Conforms: Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Test Field Age Date Cure (Days) Size Area Weight Max Load (in.) (Sq.ln.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) 1 10/18/16 7 4x 8 12.62 8.8 77,820 Strength Fracture Type (psi) (other than cone) 6170 2 2 11/8/16 3 11/8/16 4 11/8/16 • = Discarded Tested in general accordance to: ASTMC39 ❑Q ASTMC617 ❑ 28 4 x 8 12.69 8.7 99,240 7820 28 4 x 8 12.69 8.8 28 4 x 8 12.69 8.8 101,320 7980 101,640 8010 Copies to: ❑ Client ❑ Engineer © Building Dept 0 Owner n Contractor © Batch Plant ❑ Architect ❑ Others ASTMC1231 ❑ Technical Responsibility: 3 2 REcazau 171 K QQy& It- a en, Project Manager NAR 10 2011 MEW CEYI-frn'N. This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US — Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction Inspection & Materials Testing Job Number: 16-0573 CONCRETE REPORT Report Number: RC326882 Permit Number: Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Inspector(s): Essaw Tesema Description/Location: Resteel Verified: N/A Placement.Data Client: Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300, Puyallup Date: 8/8/2016 Inspected concrete placement for a non reinforced, non structural rat slab. The inspected work was found to be done as per approved project documents. Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: W/C Ratio Spec: Air Spec: Total Yards: Placed Via: Consolidated: Required Strength: Corliss J15500 5"±1" 0.50 n/a 7 Chute No 4000 psi at 28 days. Design Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Coarse Agg. (lbs/size): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (lbs or gal): Admixtures (specify): Sampling and Testing Data Time Cubic ASTM C 172, C 31 Made Yards Cast Samples: 1-4 1:05 pm 7.00 Mfg: Actual j] Batch Weights/Cubic Yard 517# 1380# 1890# 7/8" 260# 13 oz. GLENIUM 3030 Slag (lbs): Water Slump Air % Conc.Temp Ambient Added C 143 C 231 C 1064 Temp 10 gal. 5.5" n/a 76°F Truck Ticket No. No. 0117 107755 Weather: Clear Date Samples Picked Up: Slump Range: 5.5" Air % Range: n/a 8/9/2016 Initial Curing Method: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-12.1.5 Initial Curing Temp: ASTM C31, Exclude C31-10.1.2 Comments Note: no batch weights came with the truck. REINFORCING/PLACEMENT: Conforms: Specimen Number Test Field Date Cure 1 8/15/16 2 9/5/16 3 9/5/16 4 9/5/16 Discarded Tested in general accordance to: Does Not Conform: ❑ COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Age Size Area Weight Max Load Strength (Days) (in.) (Sq.ln.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (psi) 7 4 x 8 12.62 8.8 52,680 4170 28 4 x 8 12.62 8.8 71,790 5690 28 4 x 8 12.62 8.7 74,040 5870 28 4 x 8 12.62 8.8 73,900 5860 ASTMC39 0 ASTMC617 ❑ ASTMC1231 ❑ Copies to: ❑ Client D Engineer 0 Building Dept [j Owner 0 Contractor G Batch Plant ❑ Architect ❑ Others Technical Responsibility: Fracture Type (other than cone) alter ansen, Peni IA 'MAR PERMIT CENTER This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 — Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -62-04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 August 23, 2016 Project No. KE110238D associated earth sciences Pacific Northern Construction 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300 Puyallup, Washington 98374 Attention: Mr. Bryan Park Subject: Building E Temporary Crane Geotechnical Engineering Summary Tukwila Village Tukwila, Washington References: Updated Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Tukwila Village Tukwila International Boulevard and South Tukwila, Washington March 18, 2013 Tukwila Village — Tower Crane DCG Engineers 4 Page Plan Set June 30, 2016 Hazards, and 144th Street SHAG Tukwila Village Phase II, Building E Geopier Northwest 3 Page Plan Set December 17, 2014, Revision Date July 20, 2016 Dear Mr. Park: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0.7 2011 PERMIT CENTER As requested, this letter presents our geotechnical engineering summary of foundation support for the planned construction crane at Building E of the Tukwila Village project. b((O. oz)-to Kirkland Office 1 911 Fifth Avenue 1 Kirkland, WA 98033 P 1 425.8273701 F1 425.827.5424 Everett Office 1 2911 Y2 Hewitt Avenue, Suite 2 1 Everett, WA 98201 P 1 425.259.0522 F 1 425.827.5424 Tacoma Office 1 1552 Commerce Street, Suite 102 1 Tacoma, WA 98402 P 1 253.722.2992 F 1 253.722.2993 www.aesgeo.com Background Geopiers are a proprietary system for which the final design is completed by Geopier Northwest. The design is based on observed subsurface conditions and design parameters recommended by the geotechnical engineer. Using the subsurface exploration logs and design parameters provided by the geotechnical engineer, the Geopier designer formulates a Geopier plan which includes specific Geopier locations, depths, diameters, and other details. The completed Geopier product is a building pad suitable for support of conventional shallow foundation elements designed to use an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure that was used as the basis for the Geopier design. Tukwila Village Building E Crane Pad Support — Geotechnical Considerations Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. (AESI) is familiar with the project through participation in the design and construction phases of the project completed to date. The above—referenced geotechnical engineering report includes subsurface exploration data and foundation design recommendations that are applicable to the project, and which may also be applied to the Building E crane pad. It should be noted that the referenced geotechnical engineering report recommends that the Geopier design target an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure of 5,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The structural engineering design and Geopier design were subsequently revised to an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure of 5,500 psf which is acceptable to AESI, and this change may also be applied to the crane pad at Building E. AESI observed completion of 20 Geopier elements below the crane pad as shown on the referenced plans. Our observations during construction were documented in Daily Field Reports which were previously distributed to the design team and City. In our opinion, geotechnical engineering aspects of design and construction of the Building E crane pad were completed in accordance with inputs provided by AESI and project plans. Closure We appreciate the opportunity to be of continued service. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Kirkland, Washington Bru € Guenzler, L.E.G. Kurt D. Merriman, P.E. Senior Geologist Senior Principal Engineer 8WG/Ac - KE13023806 - woieas\20110238\KE\wv 2 a s s o c i a t ed earth sciences incorporated 911 Fifth Avenue Kirkland, Washington 98033 Phone: 425-827-7701 Fax: 425- 827-5424 www.aesgeo.com TO: Pacific Northern Construction 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300 Puyallup, WA 98374 ATTN: Byran Park AS REQUESTED BY: Contractor THE FOLLOWING WAS NOTED: AESI was requested to observe geotechnical conditions. Upon arrival, AESI met with Mike, Inter -City Superintendent. AESI was onsite between the times of 7:OOam-4:30pm. FIELD REPORT Date 8/3/16 Project Name Tukwilla Village — Phase 2 Project No. KE110238C Location Tukwilla Intl. Blvd. & S. 144th St. Municipality Tukwilla Weather Clear, 70's Permit No. DPD No. Report No. 98 Engineer/Architect Client/Owner Pacific Northern Construction General Contractor/Superintendent Inter -City / Mike Grading Contractor/Superintendent Lloyd Enterprises GEO-PIER INSTALLATION OBSERVATIONS- BLDG. E: AESI was onsite to observe and record Geo -Pier installation information. While onsite, AESI observed the contractor install 71 geo- piers in the footprint for Building E and the future crane pad. The geo-piers will displace loose and non -cohesive soils utilizing a 24" flight auger and a MR 125 V rapid impact hammer with a tamper attachment. Construction documents state that all geo-piers are to penetrate fill soils and be seated in dense, glacially consolidated lodgment till. Today, native sediments were encountered at depths ranging between 8-10' below subgrade elevation. Once the holes were drilled to depth, the contractor placed 1 Y4" minus in two foot compacted lifts. The aggregate was tamped for 10-15 seconds between lifts. All piers reached bearing soils. (See Table 1 below for Geo -Pier schedule. See Figure's 1 and 2 on Page's 3 and 4 for install locations.) Copies To: Date Mailed: v. 6/14 Table 1: Geo -Pier Information 128 10 129 10 130 10 131 10 132 10 133 10 134 10 135 10 144 10 145 10 Distribution 286 Depth to Bearing' .., 10 287 10 292 10 293 10 294 10 295 10 296 10 297 10 298 10 299 10 AUG 1 0 2016 Field Rep: Pler No. Depth to Bea ring' 321 10 322 10 323 10 436 10 500 10 501 10 502 10 504 10 505 10 506 10 Aaron Turnley, Staff Geologist Principal / PM: Kurt D. Merriman, P.E. This document is considered a DRAFT until signed or initialed by on AESI Principal or Project Manager To: AESI FIELD REPORT Distribution Date: 8/3/16 Permit No. 146 10 147 10 148 10 149 10 150 10 151 10 152 10 153 10 154 10 155 10 282 10 283 10 284 10 285 10 300 Project Name: Tukwila Village Project No.: KE110238 DPD No. 10 301 10 302 10 303 10 304 10 305 10 306 10 307 10 308 10 309 10 310 10 311 10 319 10 320 10 Pier's completed to date: 128-155, 282-311, 319-323, 436 and 500-519 Pier's not completed: 1-127, 156-281, 312-318, 324-435 507 10 508 10 509 10 510 10 511 10 512 10 513 10 514 10 515 10 516 10 517 10 518 10 519 10 Page 2 of 3 BST TEST OBSERVATIONS: At the start of each working day the contractor is required to do a base stability test (BST) on the first five piers installed. The BST starts once the pier hole has been advanced into bearing soils. The contractor places one two -foot lift in the hole. The contractor compacts for 10-15 seconds. A mark is made on the shaft of the tamper attachment. The contractor then compacts for 10-15 more seconds. Deflection tolerances are 3" for the second round of compaction. Then the contractor backfills the hole to subgrade elevation. Once the entire hole is backfilled a dynamic cone penetrometer was used. First the contractor seats the rod by sliding the weight up and down 10 times. Then a mark is made on the shaft of the penetrometer. The contractor then slides the weight up and down 15 more times. Deflection tolerances are 1.25" for the 15 hits. All five piers passed the BST tests. (See Table 2 below for test results.) Copies To: Date Mailed: v. 6/14 Table 2: BST Test Information Pier No. -Bottom. Deflection Penetrometer Deflection 501 1.5" 0.5" 502 2" 0" 504 1" 0.25" 505 1.25" 0.25" 511 1.5" 0.25" Distribution Field Rep: Principal / PM: Aaron Turnley, Staff Geologist Kurt Merriman, P.E. This document is considered a DRAFT until signed or initialed by an AESI Principal or Project Manager To: Date: Permit No. AESI FIELD REPORT Distribution 8/3/16 Project Name: Tukwila Village Project No.: KE110238 DPD No. Page 3 of 3 J FG=292.50' CRANE FOUNDAZON CRANE FaiNDA TION ANCHORS 40294 • l //.7 DING LINE 1 t i 0 0 0 EAi. SP. EQUAL SP. 4 2' 41 NA IOC MDT 268A CRANE ti/ P6024 FOONDARON ANCHORS Figure 1- Geo -Pier Locations (Bldg. E and Crane Pod) 45 45 12'-6 ►.4 7 l LJ ® Completed Today • Previously Completed .doe' l -�J t f I.; �� ,I- 4: — i --1 i MO Completed Today Previously Completed e w- y own.icocca amntr. Figure 1- Geo-Pler Locations (Bldg. Ej Copies To: Date Mailed: v. 6/14 Distribution T r Field Rep: Principal / PM: Aaron Turnley, Staff Geologist Kurt Merriman, P.E. This document is considered a DRAFT until signed ar initialed by an AESI Principal or Protect Manager OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. REINFORCING STEEL INSPECTION FIELD REPORT Job Number. 16-0567 Report Number. 336833 Permit Number. C: D14-0178 Crane: Pending Project Tukwila Village- Building C Client Address: Address: Date: 8-29-16 inspector. J. Graham Description Grade: 60 Manufacturer: Cascade Type of Bar: ►Z� A-615 0 A-706 SD() Steel: ■ N/A 0 Yes CI No Structural Elements / Location / Grid Lines Onsite for inspection of Reinforcing Steel for the following: Building C: Column footings: C/5, C/4, C/3, B/5, B/3.1, & A/4.1. Crane footing, between buildings D & E. All reinforcing steel for these structures, was properly installed, in accordance with approved plans. Conforms x Does Not Conform Is this a reinspection? 0 Yes ® No Original inspection date: Inspected by J. Graham Start Time: First inspection by. Reviewed by Finish Time: This report applies only to the items tested or reported and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report, except in full, without written permission from our firm is strictly prohibited. Page 1 of 1 6747 M.L. King Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 - Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-888-OTTO-4-US - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: INSP-76-03 LT (Rev 03/08) '10/20/2016 14:18 ,a..r VVV VJVV 2067232221 OTTO ROSENAU OTTO ROSENAU & ASSOCIATES, INC. Geotechnical Engineering, Construction inspection & Materials Testing CONCRETE REPORT 111ILI\ Nl1 i PAGE 01/01 Job Number: 16-0573 Report Number. RC333051 Permit Number: 016.0240 Project: Tukwila Village - Building E Client Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC Address: 4450 South 144th Street, Tukwila Address: 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300, Puyallup inspector(s): Jim Linehan Date: 10/11/2016 DescriptioM ocation: ORA representative was onsite for continuous concrete inspection of tower crane foundation. Represerttstfve verified conformance with approved project documents. Resteet Verified: Yes Mfg: Cascade Pietorient bate Supplier: Mix Number: Slump Spec: W/C Ratio SpeC: Air Spec Total Yards: Placed Ya: Consolidated: Corliss J1501PT 5"±1" 0.420 60.5 Chute No HCl Cement (lbs/type): Fine Agg. (lbs): Coarse Agg. (ibslsize). Coarse Agg. (lbslsize): Coarse Agg. (lbs/slze): Fly Ash (lbs): Water (Ibs or gap: Admixtures (specify): Required Strength: 4000 psi et 28 days. Sarnpi1ng and Tasting Data ' Time Cubic . Wetar ASTM.0 172, C 31 Mede Yards .Added Cast Samples: 1-4 7:40 am _ 10.50 0 gal. Weather. Clear Date Samples Picked Up: 10/12/2016 Actual wlc ratio: 0.391 REINFORCING/PLACEiMENT: Shtmp- C 143 5.75' Act uil A .. Po ublc Yard 516.71 Type: YUU 1381.6# 1139.8# 1157 683.5# 18 103.8# 243.2# 49.90 oz. GLEN3030 Slag (lbs): AO*. .Tllntp- irfintltsnt ' Truck Ticinet C 231 C 1064 Terrrp ` ilio. . 55°F 38°F 146 110239 Stump Range: 5.75" Air% Range: initial Curing Method: Arm cal, cal -12.1.5 initial Curing Temp: Asha mi. Exam* C31-10 1.2 Conforms:1'A Does Not Conform: `1 COMPRESSIVE TEST RESULTS Age Size Area Weight Max Load Strength Fracture Type (Days) (in.) (Sq.1n.) (Lbs.) (WO_ (psi) (other than cone) 7 4 x 8 12.62 8,8 77,820 6170 2T Specimen Test Field Number Date Cure 1 10/18/16 _ _ • = Discarded Tested In general accordance to: ASTMC39 j ASTMC617 (,.i ASTMC1231 0 Copies to: EJ Client r; Engineer i45 Building dept F 1[, Owner Contractor WI Batch Plant Technical Responsibility: _ [ t Architect != Others Waiter Hansen, Project Manager "Ws report applies only to the Nems tested er tepofted and is the exclusive property of Otto Rosenau & Associates, Inc. Reproduction of this report except in full, without written permission from our fiml is strictly prohlbeed. 5747 M.L iOng Way S., Seattle, Washington 98118 Phone (206) 725-4600 or 1-8118-01704-11S - Fax (206) 723-2221 Form No.: ADMIN -82.04 (Rev 09/06) Page 1 of 1 ��LJ CJ CRITERIA CODE: INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE 2015 SEISMIC: SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, Ss SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, 51 SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, Sds SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION, Sd1 SOIL SITE CLASS, Fa SOIL SITE CLASS, Fv SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY GENERAL CONDI TIONS 1. EDITION FSE;RMIr I :Qt ;, FOR: 1.489 0.558 0.993 0.558 1.000 1.449 D i :13:nanicai G�'€'s ctrical tki't,+mbing rC'Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUIL `TNG DIVISION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND REVIEW ALL ITEMS WITHIN PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT DISCREPANCIES. THE DRAWINGS PRIOR TO IMMEDIATELY WITH ANY 2. IF A SPECIFIC DETAIL IS NOT SHOWN FOR ANY PART OF THE WORK, THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR SIMILAR WORK. 3. DIMENSIONS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED FROM THE PLANS, SECTIONS OR DETAILS WITHIN THE DRAWINGS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCE AND PROCEDURES. 5. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE REFERENCED BUILDING AND ALL OTHER REGULATING AGENCIES, EXERCISING AUTHORITY OVER ANY PORTION OF THE WORK. 6. SPECIFIC N4WS AND DETAILS IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 7. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL CHANGES MADE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. FOUNDATION 1. FOUNDATION DESIGN PARAMETERS PER GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS BY ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. DATED MARCH 18, 2013, NOVEMBER 14, 2013, AND DECEMBER 14, 2014. RAMMED AGGREGATE ff'R5�- SOIL MODIFICATIONS UNDER THE CRANE FO NDATION PER THE GET AND GEOPIER PLAN. No changrs shall be made to the scope of work r,ithout prior approval of A. IBC SOIL SITE CLASSIFICATION '....E '°' a Building Division. will require a new plan submittal B. FOOTING BEARING PRESSURE , enJ raiiTiicifiYde additional plan review fees. I 2. SUBGRADE PREPARATION, DRAINAGE PROVISIONS AND OTHER RELEVANT SOIL CONSIDERATIONS ARE TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. CONCRETE REFERENCE STANDARDS: ACI -301 AND ACI -318. 2. MINIMUM CONCRETE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS: FOOTINGS 4,000 PSI 3. AGGREGATE GRADING SHALL COMPLY WITH AASHTO #57 GRADATION OR BETTER. PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL COMPLY TO ASTM C-150, TYPE IL 4, PROVIDE AIR—ENTRAINMENT OF 5% +/— 1-1/2% FOR GARAGE SLABS AND BASEMENT, FOUNDATION AND ALL WALLS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. 5. COMPLY WITH ACI -301 FOR MIXING. DO NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF WATER SPECIFIED IN THE APPROVED MIX. PROPORTIONS OF AGGREGATE TO CEMENT SHALL BE SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE WORKABLE MIX WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESSIVE FREE SURFACE WATER. 6. COMPLY WITH ACI -301 FOR PLACEMENT. PROVIDE A 3/4 INCH CHAMFER AT ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. 7. MAXIMUM SLUMP TO BE 4" ± 1", TYPICAL. DO NOT ADD WATER TO THE MIX TO INCREASE SLUMP, GREATER SLUMP, ACCELERATED SET OR HIGH EARLY STRENGTH MAY BE ACHIEVED BY USING APPROVED ADMIXTURES. 8. COMPLY WITH ACI -305R FOR PLACEMENT IN HOT WEATHER AND ACI -306R FOR PLACEMENT IN COLD WEATHER. REINFORCING STEEL REFERENCE STANDARDS: ACI "DETAIL MANUAL" AND CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD 2. MATERIALS: A. REINFORCING STEEL: ASTM A615, GRADE 60 PRACTICE. 3. LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS 48 BAR DIAMETERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE CORNER BARS FOR ALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT , 4. REINFORCEMENT COVER: FOOTINGS 3 INCHES 4001. 3. ALL FOUNDATIONS ARE TO BEAR ON COMPETENT NATIVE SOILS OR COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL. STRUCTURAL FILL 15 TTyB€ D-1557. PLANNING APPROVED No changes can be made. to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD Approved - . N'Ishi,w Date: REVIEWED This plan was reviewed for general conformance with the following, as amended by the jurisdiction: Structural Provisions of the lntemational Building Code 0 Non -Structural Provisions of the International Building Code 0 Others: The project applicant is responsible for conformance with all applicable codes, conditions of app!u`al, and permit requirements subject to the requirements and interpretations of the governing authority. This review does not relieve the Architect and Engineers of Record of the responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the governing jurisdiction and the State of Washington. Jurisdiction .�� p F tUK ,LA„ By as f Aittnt E (L. Date 61/Zgiito REID MIDDLETON, INC. Code Review Consultant INSPECTIONS INSPECTIONS ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. THE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED ARE AS FOLLOWS: 1. SOIL. VERIFY SUBGRADE IS COMPETENT NATIVE OR STRUCTURAL FILL AND DOES NOT HAVE STANDING WATER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE FOOTINGS. 2. CONCRETE. INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR DESIGN MIXES SPECIFIED GREATER THAN 4,000 PSI. TAKE CONCRETE CYLINDERS AS REQUIRED TO VERIFY STRENGTH. VERIFY SLUMP IS WITHIN ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE. 3. REINFORCING. VERIFY ALL REINFORCING IS PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS. VERIFY REQUIRED COVER, BAR SIZE AND GRADE. JOB SITE SAFETY THE ENGINEER HAS NOT BEEN RETAINED OR COMPENSATED TO PROVIDE DESIGN AND/OR CONSTRUCTION REVIEW SERVICES RELATED TO THE CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OR TO MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES OR PROCEDURES FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM THE WORK. THE UNDERTAKING OF PERIODIC SITE VISITS BY THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS SUPERVISION OF ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION NOR MAKE HIM RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A SAFE PLACE FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUB—CONTRACTOR OR ANY PERSON ON THE SITE. FILE COPY Permit No. I.GO- da-�f0 Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Field Copy and conditions is acknowledged: By: Date: 10/s 1l City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 ue. City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION SHEET INDEX: • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER SO — GENERAL NOTES S1 — CRANE FOUNDATION S2 — DETAILS S2.1 — DETAILS (CONT.) AUG 2 3 2016 t(0 -oz40 VILLAGE DEV. ASSOC., LLC C7 U ga r0 u SO L_7 cd co N J N J L -00 00 N 00 CN J L BUILDING E J -00 00 N 09 CRANE FOUNDATION CRANE FOUNDATION ANCHORS PER CRANE MANUFACTURER, TYP. MANITOWOC MDT 268A CRANE W/ P6024 FOUNDATION ANCHORS MAXIMUM SERVICE FORCES: OVERTURNING MOMENT, Mo = 1785 FT—KIPS VERTICAL LOAD, P = 206 KIPS HORIZONTAL FORCE, H = 31.2 KIPS SLEWING MOMENT, Ms = 199 FT—KIPS MAXIMUM STORM FORCES: OVERTURNING MOMENT, Mo = 2562 FT—KIPS VERTICAL LOAD, P = 194 KIPS HORIZONTAL FORCE, H = 31.2 KIPS SLEWING MOMENT, Ms = 0 FT—KIPS 12'-6" MIN i 3 L -J L co 0 00 N O BUILDING LINE VEVOEWE SEP 2 9 2016 REID MIDDLETON, INC. CRANE FOUNDATION J L , L J 1 L r REVIEWED FOR BODE COMPLIANCE i" APPROVED OCT o 4 2015 City 0f Tut ia, BUILDING DLVI.SiON SCALE 1/8" = 1'-0" NOTES: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AU 2 6 2016 PERIVIli CENTER 1. INSTALL CRANE AND CRANE ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDA TIONS. a • a • a a • • • • a a CRANE ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER . . • • ° d • a <7 • • .4 d• SOIL AROUND FTG TO BE COMPACTED #8 TOP AT 9" O.C. EA WAY . • a a ADDITIONAL MIDDLE REINFORCING PER 1/S2.1 A • a A a d a d a a a a • d a a a d a FOUNDATION SECTION S2 SCALE 3/4" = 1'-0" a d a • dQ a • d • d #8 BOT AT 8" 0.C. EA WAY a d REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTES: RECEIVED CITY OFTUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 ?ERMIT CENTER AUG 232016 1. INSTALL CRANE AND CRANE ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4' '$ 4' 16' -F- 4 r -r ;171— g? '— IDI 1 centerline cran _ IDI Plan View Middle Mats: 0 FouNDarioN DETAIL S2.1 SCALE 3/8" = 1'-0" Upper Middle Mat 16 ea.#10 bar hooked ends) or 16 ea.#10 bar REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 042016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Bin of Material: x 16'-0" (with ndenFACCI I VEU CITY OF TUKWILA x 21'-0" (straight) AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER AUG 2 3 2076 1 DATE: Jul 20, 2016 - 10:13pm DRAWING RAP ELEMENT FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION NOOTj 1. RAMMED AGGREGATE PIER (RAP) FOUNDATION SUPPORT IS AS DESIGNED 8Y GEOPIER FOUNDATION COMPANY, INC. DAVIDSON, NORTH CAROLINA (DESIGNER). 2. RAP ELEMENT LAYOUT IS THE RESPONSBIUTY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC). GEOPIER ELEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED W THE FIELD WITHIN 6 -INCHES OF LOCATION SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 3. A QUALWIED, FULL -IME QUAUTY CONTROL (OC) REPRESENTATIVE PROVIDED 8Y THE RAP INSTALLER (THE INSTALLER) SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE RAP ELEMENTS 64 ACCORDANCE WITH THE DESIGN, AND SHALL REPOT AU. GEOPIER FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO THE DESIGNER. F AUTHORIZED BY TIE OBER, THE CC REPRESENTATIVE SHALL COORDINATE QC ACTIVITIES WITH THE TESTING AGENCY HIRED BY THE OWNER. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE TESTING AGENCY DIRECT RAP INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 4. RAP ELEMENTS SHALL BE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED W WRITING BY THE DESIGNER: A RAP ELEMENTS SHALL BE WHIN 3 INCHES OR DEEPER THAN THE DEPTHS SHOWN ON 11E PLANS B. AVERAGE COMPACTED LFT THICKNESS DURING EACH DAYS PRODUCTION SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 24 INCHES. C. A BST SHALL BE PERFORMED ON THE FIRST FIVE RAP INSTALLED. RESULTS OF THE NNIUL BST SHOULD BE PROVDED TO THE DESIGNER FOR RENEW AND ESTABL15H1ENT OF ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA AND FREQUENCY OF BST. THE FREQUENCY OF BST MAY VARY DEPENDING ON THE SOL CONDIIDNS. HOWEVER, BST SHALL BE PERFORMED ON NO LESS THAN 107E OF PRODUCTION RAP. D. RAP ELEMENT AGGREGATE SHALL CONSIST OF TYPE 1 GRADE B IN GENERAL ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D-1241-68, OR APPROVED 8Y GEOPIER DESIGNER AND SUCCESSFULLY USED IN THE MODIOLUS TEST. 5. WHEN OBSTRUCTIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED THAT CANNOT BE REMOND WITH CONVENTIONAL RAP INSTALLATION EOIWIIENT, INC GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING THE OBSTRUCTIONS F THE GC DOES NOT DO SO IN A TIMELY MANNER THAT DOES NOT INTERRUPT RAP PRODUCTION, THE INSTALLER MAY REMOVE OBSTRUCTION(S) AND SHALL BE REIMBURSED FOR COSTS INCURRED. INCLUDING LABOR. EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS IN THE EVENT OBSTRUCTIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED BELOW THE DESIGN BOTTOM CF FOOTING ELEVATION THE OBSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED AS OUIUNEO ABOVE THE RESULTING EXCAVATION SHALL DEN 8E BAC FLIED AND COMPACTED N ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS THE AREA SHALL BE TESTED BY THE OWNER'S TESTING AGENCY AND THE COMPACTION TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE INSTALLER AND THE DESIGNER. 6. RAP ELEMENTS NOT MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS DEFINED IN THE DESIGN AND MODULUS TEST SHALL 8E RE -INSTALLED TO MEET PROJECT REOUIREMENTS UNLESS OTIERWSE APPROVED IN MNG BY THE DESIGNER. 7. FOOTING ELEVATIONS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REPORTED 64 WRITING TO THE INSTALLER'S QC REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLING RAP ELEMENTS & UTILITY LOCATIONS ARE THE RE9'ON98MJTY OF DE GC. THE DESIGNER SHALL BE N0TFE0 OF ANY CONFLICTS 81114 RAP LOCATIONS 940814 ON THE PLANE, NEW UTILITIES EXCAVATIONS SHALL 8E UNITED TO THE ZONE DEPICTING CM DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET. IF EXCAVATIONS ARE PLANED WITHIN THE RAP 'NO DIG' ZONE. THE DESIGNER SHOULD 8E NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY TO DISCUSS EXCAVATION OPTIONS 9. RAP ELEMENTS ARE LOCATED AT THE INTERSECTION OF REFERENCE GRID LINES OR AT INC CENTERLINE OF STRIP FOOTINGS UNLESS DIMENSIONED OTHERWISE. 10. AFTER COMPLETION OF RAP INSTALLATIONS THE GC LS RESPONSELE FOR PROTECTION OF THE WORK. THIS INCLUDES. BUT IS NOT UNITED T0, PROPER SITE DRAINAGE TO PREVENT PONDING OF WATER ABOVE THE RAP ELEIENT5 AND APPROPRIATE CONTROL AND COORDINATION OF EARTHWORK AND ANY SUBSEQUENT DRILL ACTIVITIES SUCH AS ELEVATOR SHAFT CCNSIRUCIION. TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO INSTALLED RAP ELEMENTS 11. ALL RAP ELEMENTS HAVE A MINIMUM NOONAL TOP DIAMETER OF 24 WOES WITH COMPACTED 24 INCH UFTS GEOPIERS TO BE INSTALLED TO A DEPTH TO PENETRATE FILL SOLS AND BE FOUNDED IN GLACIAL SOLS (APPROXIMATE DRILL DEPTHS OF 6 TO 10 FEET). 12.1FESE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED 8Y DAVIDO CONSULTING GROUP, INC. THE RAP ELEMENT LAYOUT LOCATION PLAN AND FOOTING DETALS PLAN ARE FOR RAP ELEMENT NUMBER, LOCATION, AND LAYOUT ONLY. FOOTING LOCATIONS, SIZES. AND ORIENTATION SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY. PLEAS: REFER TO STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SPECIFIC FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS AND LOCATION. THE DESIGNER ACCEPTS NO RESI'ON9BIJIY FOR LOCATION OF FOOTINGS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS THE DESIGNER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY F INFORMATION ON THESE PLANS CONFLICTS WITH STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 13. INC RAP FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON THE GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION PROVIDED N THE SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION BY ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC., REPORT DATE MARCH 18, 2011 GEOPER FOUNDATION COMPANY. INC., HAS RELIED ON THIS INFORMATION AND WE HAVE NO REASON 10 SUSPECT ANY OF INC INFORMATION N THE REPORT 15 M ERROR. GROPER FOUNDATION COMPANY, WG IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS N THE REPORT THAT MAY AFFECT THE PARAMETER VALUES IN OUR DESIGN. F THE SUBSURFACE OR STE CONDITIONS DIFFER FROM THOSE UTAUZED N INC DESIGN THE DESIGNER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. 14.12AP FOUNDATION DESIGN LOADS ARE BASED ON THE DESIGN INFORMATION PROVIDED TO US BY DAVIDO CONSULTING GROUP, INC.. IN INC EVENT THE STRUCTURAL LOADS VARY THE DESIGNER SHALL BE NOTIFIED. CONCRETE FOOTING CONSTRUCTION SUPPORTED BY RAP NOTES 1. ALL EXCAVATIONS FOR FOOTINGS SUPPORTED BY RAMMED AGGREGATE PIERS SHALL BE PREPARED N DE FOLLOWING MANNER BY THE GC OVEREXCAVA110N BELOW THE BOTTOM OF FOOTING SHALL BE UNITED TO THREE INCHES. THIS INCLUDES MATING THE TEETH OF EXCAVATORS FROM OVEREXCAVATION BEYOND THREE LACHES BELOW THE FOOTING ELEVATION. 2. FOOTINGS SHALL BE POURED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOLLOWING FOOTING EXCAVATIONS IT 15 THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBIUTY TO PROTECT FOOTING BEARING SURFACES FROM WET WEATHER AND DISTURBANCE. A 'MUD MAT' (3 NCH THINCXNESS OF LEAN CONCRETE) OR COMPACTED CRUSHED ROCK SURFACE IS RECOMMENDED TO PROTECT BEARING SURFACES 3. PRIOR TO CONCRETE OR MLD MAT PLACEMENT, INC TOP OF THE EXCAVATED SOL AND RAMMED AGGftEGATE PIERS SHALL 8E COMPACTED WITH A STANDARD, HAND -OPERATED IMPACT COMPACTOR (LE. JUMPING JACK COMPACTOR). COMPACTION SHALL BE PERFORMED OVER THE ENTIRE FOOTING SUBGRADE TO COMPACT ANY LOOSE SURFACE SOIL AND LOOSE SURFACE PIER AGGREGATE. 4. WATER SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE N THE FOOTING EXCAVATIONS PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT OR ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE OVER THE POURED FOOTING. 5. EXCAVATION AND SURFACE COMPACTION or ALL FOOTING SUBGRADES SHALL 8E THE RESPON9BIUTY CF THE GC. 6. THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL INSPECT EACH FOOTING AND APPROVE ITN MING ON THE SAME DAY THAT TIE CONCRETE OR MUD MAT IS PLACED N THE FOOTING EXCAVATION. THE APPROVAL SHALL STATE THAT ALL FOOTING BOTTOMS INCLUDING MATRIX SOLS AND RAP TOPS HAVE NOT BEEN OVEREXCVATATED MORE THAN THREE -INCHES BELOW THE 80TFOA OF INC FOOTING. HAVE BEEN KEPT FREE OF WATER ACCUMULATION, AND HAVE BEEN REASONABLY DENSFIED WITH A HAND-HELD MEC ANICAL IMPACT COMPACTOR ON THE SAME DAY THAT THE CONCRETE WAS PLACED. 7. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEASURING TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATIONS TO ACCURACY OF 0.01 FEET. MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE TAKEN BY A UCNSED PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR BEFORE LOADS ARE APPUED TO THE FOOTINGS. 8. N THE EVENT THAT F00TNG BOTTOM PREPARATIONS, AS DESCRIBED ABOVE, ARE NOT PERFORMED CR DOCUMENTED N !^_CV.ivANI(E WITH THIS SECTION. ANY WRITTEN OR IMPUED WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO GEOPER FOUNDATION PERFORMANCE CAN BE CCNSDERED V00. 24' TYP COMPACTED MINIMUM SHAFT LENGTH SKULL EXTEND TO GLACIAL RLL CONTACT. O1TYPICAL GEOPIER ELEMENT NOT TO SCALE GEOPIER LEGEND SPREAD FOOTINGS TO BE SUPPORTED BY GEOPIER ELEMENTS. SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR GEOPIER RCQUIREMENTS 24' DU. GEOPIER ELEMENT U.N.O. • GEOPERS TO BE INSTALLED TO A DEPTH TO PENETRATE FILL SOILS AID BE FOUNDED IN GLACIAL SOILS (APPROXIMATE DRLLL DEPTHS OF 6 TO 10 FEED. r) GROPER GP3 - 24• DIAMETER FOOTINGS TO BE SUPPORTED BY GEOPIER ELEMENTS. LIMITS OF DISTURBANCE: ADJACENT EXCAVATIONS MUST BE OUTSIDE THIS ZONE. IF THIS I5 NOT THE CASE THE DESIGNER MUST BE NOTIFIED. • •.• ♦ . •. . . . inv.♦ •• •♦ • •• •• • Inge • • • • • •. ••`4fi�Ce •♦ • �. • ••• •.• ♦• •• • •.•• ♦ • ♦ . • ••. ♦• ••♦ « • • « • •`♦ • ♦ ♦ • ♦ • • • • • • • • •`• .. • • ♦ a 2 ADJACENT EXCAVATION DETAIL k.f.)NOT TO SCALE STEEL PLATE UPLIFT CHOR ROD 100 TON NOTE: HELICAL ANCHORS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF UPLIFT DIAD TEST PIER GEOPIER ELEMENTS. (COMPRESSION) MODULUS TEST SETUP 3 NOT TO SCALE NOTE: GEOPIER DESIGN DOCUMENTS AND PLANS ARE ONLY VALID IF INSTALLED BY A LICENSED GEOPIER INSTALLER. SSTEPLA);EL REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION \:-:1,11q1 AUG 30 2016 REID MIDDLEION INC. RECEIVED C`T`S OF TUKWILA AUS 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER 1A(.002)4c GEOPIER CONSTRUCTION NOTES & DETAILS 5/03/2016 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PROJECT NUMBER 13-GNW-00532 MtE 12/17/2014 SHEET NUMBER GP0.1 DATE: Jul 20, 2016 — 10:13pm DRAWING: SHAG BLDG E Geopier.dwg geopier Ywopir' is the registered trademark of the G.opier Foundation Company, Inc. Thin a ening cantata information prop4to y to the Geop1r Foundotion Company, Inc. and Its 110000.00. The information contained tonal i not to W tr00mitW to any attar argonbation lode= sposilkalty authorised in writing by the Cooper Foundation Company, Inc. G.apir is the property of The G.opier FoonaoUon Company, Ine. and is proMetnd ander U.S. Potent No. 5249892 and other patents p.dina. MANITOIOC MDT 268A CRANE W/ P6028 FOUNDATION ANCHORS MAXIMUM SERVICE FORCES OVERTURNING MOMENT, Mo = 1785 FT—KIPS VERTICAL LOAD. P = 206 KIPS HORIZONTAL FORCE, H = 31.2 KIPS SIEVING MOMENT, Ms = 199 FT—KIPS NORTH 0 TOWER CRANE PAD - FOUNDATION PLAN 1/8" = 1t -0't NOTE: GEOPIER DESIGN DOCUMENTS AND PLANS ARE ONLY VALID IF INSTALLED BY A LICENSED GEOPIER INSTALLER. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of1'ukwia BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILr t% 2 6 2016 GEOPIER PLAN NOTES' 1. THIS DRAWING IS RASED ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY DAVIDO CONSULTING GROUP, INC. 2. FOOTING OUTLINES ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY. SEE STRUCTURAL AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FOOTING DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS. 3. FOOTING LOCATIONS SHALL BE LN ACCORDANCE WITH STRUCTURAL AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS, AND DETAILS. 4. GEOPIER ELEMENTS UNDER FOOILNGS SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FIELD AS SHOWN ON 3/GP0.1. 5. GEOPIER ELEMENTS UNDER WALLS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER FOOTINGS AS SHOWN, DIMENSIONED FROM CONTROL POINTS ESTABUSHED FROM STRUCTURAL AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. GEOPIER FOUNDATION PLAN 7/20/2016 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Cb Q �s 0 3.: LI t3) cc z_° W�3 W W Li Pm' PROJECT NUMBER 13—GNW-00532 DATE 12/17/2014 SHEET NUMBER GP1.2 INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS INC. ifill FILE August 25, 2016 Mr. Jerry Hight Building Official City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Tukwila Village 11 Tower Crane Permit Submittal Dear Mr. Hight: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION t AUG 302016 1"/ ra&421 SOS'•coSt REID MIDDLET ON INC. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER I have completed the Tower Crane Permit Application. The below outline is a list of documents that are included with the application: 1) Structural Engineering tower crane footing design and supporting calculations, as provided by DCG Civil Structural: 4 copies wet stamped. 2) Tower Crane footing design supporting information a. Geotechnical Engineer letter addressing soils bearing capacity, provided by Associated Earth Sciences, Inc.: 4 copies b. Stone Column Soil Reinforcing Design, provided by Geopier Northwest: i. Letter regarding design requirements: 4 copies ii. Geopier Design plans for Tower Crane footing support. Sheets GP0.1 and GPl .2 : 4 copies 3) Tower Crane manufacturer information a. Crane: Potain MDT 268: 4 copies i. Height of tower to hook: 113' ii. Jib length: Desired option 213', Can get by with 197' iii. Maximum capacity at end of jib: 213'-3.3 tons, 197'-3.9 tons, capacity increases as trolley gets closer to the tower. 17425 68th Ave NE PO Box 82405 Kenmore, WA 98028 Phone: (425) 806-8560 Fax: (425) 806-8566 email: info@intercitycontractors.com Lic. #INTERCI977PZ DIS � cYG�o Tukwila Village II Tower Crane permit submittal outline August 25, 2016 4) Crane Safety plan a. Apex Steel: Erection/Dismantle subcontractor i. Tower crane erection plan: 4 copies ii. Site Specific work plan: 4 copies iii. Comprehensive Safety & Accident Prevention Program: 4 copies b. Seaburg Consulting LLC (Safety Inspection & Daily Crane Operator): 4 copies i. Crane Inspection Process letter ii. Site Specific Accident Preventon 5) Site plan showing crane location, jib radius, S 144th St, and TIB. Two radius's are shown. Our preference would be to use the 213' jib length, but we can get by with the 197' jib length. a. All loading and unloading will be done onsite. b. No loads will be swung over streets or adjacent properties. 6) Detail of crane building attachments: There are no attachments, the crane is free standing and is located outside of the building. 7) Tower Crane base set inspection report is attached for your review/files. As you are aware, the base was set today. In order to prepare the crane footing for reinforcing steel and concrete, the base must be set on a rat slab and is leveled on standee (concrete piers). Once the base is set and approved, the reinforcing steel can be installed. The concrete will be poured once the permit is issue, Special inspection report for the reinforcing steel is issued and the City of Tukwila inspects the reinforcing steel. *4 copies of the base set inspection report is attached. 8) Electrical: a. Permit will be applied for by the Electrical subcontractor b. Connection to be made from temporary power supplied by SCL c. L&I will inspect once system is ready. d. Connection to crane will be done once L&I inspection is approved. 9) Inspections prior to use: a. Seaburg Consulting LLC is certified by the State, see #4, b. above. This is for inspection prior to erection, inspection once erected, and daily operator inspections. b. L&I will inspect the crane once Seaburg completes and files his inspection report. c. The crane will also receive an additional safety inspection every 6 months. 10) FAA filing; This was completed Tuesday, 8/23/16, with additional filings for the building, all building comers as requested by FAA. 11) Fire department will be contacted once the permit and been applied for. If you have additional questions or need further information, please call/email. Sincerely, Greg 2 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 Pat! ,.i7/T-OT-.96T D D D 6 Project: RECEi.ED CITY OF TUKVV AUG 2.6 201E :'ERMIT CENT t'- D2Lt'o Tukwila Village Phase 2 COAST CRANE f COMPANY 8250 5th Ave S., Seattle, WA 98108 Ph. (206) 622-1151 Fax: (206St ILA -90Z :11aD p. FILE geopier ° F -770-n E `Ii E ; AUG 30 2016 - Geopier Northwest 40 Lake Bellevue, Suite 100 (0 �Q US QQi Bellevue, Washington 98005 REID t..61:66111t6:4:71! lld61.t" 7 t,, , , Tel. 425 646.2995 - Fax 425.646.3118 www.geopier.com December 17, 2014 TO: Mr. Bryan Park Tukwila Village Development Associates, LLC SUBJECT: Design Submittal - Geopier Soil Reinforcement SHAG Tukwila Village — Building E Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Park: ECEWED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER This letter and the attached documents represent our design submittal for Geopier® soil reinforcement at the site of the planned SHAG Tukwila Village - Building E located in Tukwila, WA. The following paragraphs document our design of the Geopier reinforcement system for support of continuous and spread foundations. Geopier Reinforcement Design Subsurface information, as documented in the geotechnical report completed by Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. dated March 18, 2013, has been utilized as the basis for our design. The geotechnical explorations generally encountered sand to silty sand fill with various amounts of debris and trace organics. The thin higher organic content layers of fill appear to be associated with buried topsoil. The fill has variable density form loose to dense. The fill thickness varies from 3.5 to 10 feet. Beneath the fill lies weathered glacial till which is underlain by competent glacial till. Groundwater was encountered between the fill and weathered glacial till contact and the weathered glacial till and intact glacial till contact. The Geopier elements will be founded in the native dense sandy glacial soils and will be capable of providing 5,500 psf allowable bearing pressure for the building footings that can be increased by 1/3 for short term Loading conditions. The layout of the Geopier reinforcement is shown on the Geopier Foundation Plan, Sheet GP1.1. As shown, a maximum 10 foot on -center spacing has been selected for support of the continuous foundations, though actual loading necessitates closer spacing for most continuous footings. Our design utilizes 24 -inch drill diameter Geopier elements and we anticipate drill depths of approximately 9 to 12 feet deep for the Geopier elements in order for them to be installed through the fill and weathered glacial till and founded upon intact glacial till. The actual foundation Toads for each foundation were provided by Davido Consulting Group, Inc. fo ndation loads for column footings is approximately 543 kips. The design cell tion of the Geopier element and surrounding matrix soil) for each Geopier s and the Geopier design is based upon the actual loads provided by the (`P (Dr27L'O REVIINEWFOR CODEe AsI.ri• OCT 0 4 2016 gine Ci. G e ar 1 Ramined Ag gate Pier)) are registered trademarks of Geopier Foundation Company, Inc. BUILDING DIVISION SHAG Tukwila Village December 17, 2014 Tukwila, WA Page 2 Following the installation of the Geopier elements, the subgrade should be compacted to meet requirements established by the geotechnical engineer. Settlement For our analysis, settlements are first calculated for a zone extending from the bottom of the footing to the depth of the reinforcement. The weighted modulus method (Bowles 1988) is used to estimate settlement in the reinforced zone. This method is described in the Geotechnical Engineering Division/ASCE publication "Control of Settlement and Uplift of Structures Using Short Aggregate Piers) by Dr. Evert C. Lawton, Dr. Nathanial Fox, and Dr. Richard L. Handy. Additional settlement may occur in the "lower zone" or in the unimproved soil beneath the reinforced zone. The lower zone settlement is calculated using an elastic approach. Based on our analyses, we estimate that total settlement (static) will be less than one inch. Differential settlement most likely will be less than one-half inch. Geopier Installation and Modulus Testing The installation of the Geopier reinforcement, including a downward modulus test, will be completed in accordance with the attached specifications. The downward modulus test will consist of loading the Geopier element in increments to 150% of the design Toad while measuring deflections to verify the design parameters. The modulus test will also incorporate a creep test at 115% of the design load. The installation and the modulus test will be conducted under the supervision of an experienced geotechnical engineer from Geopier Northwest. We appreciate the opportunity to work with you on this project. if you have any questions or require further information, please call. Sincerely, Geopier Northwest Inc. David Van Thiel, P.E., G.E. Attachments: Geopier Foundation Plan and Construction Notes, Sheets GP0.1 and GP1.1, and Geopier Calculations cc: Mr. Brian Metcalfe, Geopier Foundation Company 1 GEOPIER° Foundation Company Project SHAG Tukmga Village No.: P13GNW-00532 Engnr. DVT Date: 12/15/14 INPUT PARAMETER VALUES: TOP OF PIER STRESS - SQUARE FOOTINGS 6E0PTIELRI® SQUARE FOOTINGS Version 3.0.6 August 2013 Parameter Symb Val. _Parameter Symb Equation F4 F6 F8 F10 F10 F10 F12 RAP diameter (m) d 24 Column load (lips) P 10 60 182 325 340 500 415 543 Depth to groundwater (ft) dgw 5 Required footing width (ft) Br sgrt(P/gaIl) 3.30 5.75 7.69 7.86 9.53 8.69 9.94 Total unit weight of soil (pd) g 120 Selected footing width (ft) B 0 4 6 8 10 10 10 12 Sotfrid. angle (degr) f 30 Footing bearing pressure q P/(B•B) 3.75 5.06 5.08 3.40 5.00 4.15 3.77 Max. hor. pressure (psf) pmax 2500 Required No. RAP elems Nr P/C/cell 0.8 2.3 4.1 4.3 6.3 5.2 6.8 From Table 4.2: Thickness of 12 sublayer 5 (ft) Hys Selected No. RAP elems N 1 3 5 5 7 6 7 RAP cell cap. (kips) Qoet 80 Area replacement ratio Ra N•Agl(B•B) 0.196 0.262 0.245 0.157 0.220 0.188 0.153 Footing bearing press. (ksf) gall 5.5 Stiffness ratio Rs kglkm 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 RAP stiffn. modulus (pa) kg 225 Stress at top of GP (ksf) qg q•Rsl(Rs•Ra-Ra+1) 12.65 14.29 14.96 12.98 15.77 14.34 14.61 Soil stiffness modulus (pal km 28 Load at top of GP (kips) Qg gg•Ag 39.8 44.9 47.0 40.8 49.6 45.0 45.9 INPUT PARAMETER VALUES: SHAFT LENGTH REQUIREMENTS Depth of Embedment Trial shaft length (ft) Df Hs 1 2.0 8.0 2.0 8.0 2.0 6.0 2.0 8.0 2.0 8.0 2.0 8.0 2.0 8.0 Drill depth (ft) Hdrgl Df+Hs 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Frictional resistance force (kips) Qs fs•pi•d•Hs 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 Allowable tensile resistance (kips) GsaO Qs/2 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Allowable end -bearing rest (kips) Qeb Qeb 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Is shaft long enough? E or c, for 12 sublyr 3 E or c, for 12 sublyr 4 Os+Qeb>Pcdem? ok ok ok ok ok ok ok UPPER ZONE SETTLEMENT - SQUARE FOOTINGS Upper Zone Elastic Parameters Parameter Sym Val Pier Modulus Layer 1 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 3 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer4 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 5 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 1 (ksf) Sot Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 3 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 4 (lest) Soil Modulus Layer 5 (ksf) Eg1 Eg2 Eg3 Eg4 Eg5 Eml Em2 Em3 Em4 Em5 Parameter Symb Equation UZ Settlement Approach 1 -Stiffness, 2 -Modulus 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Thickness of UZ sublayer 1(ft) Thidmess of UZ sublayer 2 (ft) Thickness of UZ sublayer 3 (ft) Thidmess of UZ sublayer4 (ft) Thickness of UZ sublayer 5 (ft) Hem Hea H,c3 fle. H. F10 F10 F10 F12 Allowable end -bearing (kips) Qeb Dpth to bottm of 12 from ftg (ft) otal UZ Thidmess O Huz=Hs+d Composite Modulus Layer 1 (ksf) Composite Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Composite Modulus Layer 3 (lest) Composite Modulus Layer 4 (lest) Composite Modulus Layer 5 (kst) EWmnh E0.12 Earnw EWmw EoompS Egl Ra + Em1(1-Ra) Eg2Ra + Em2(1-Ra) Eg3Ra + Em3(1-Ra) Eg4Ra + Em4(1-Ra) Eg5Ra + Em5(1-Ra) Sett. of LZ sublayer 1 (in) Sett. of LZ sublayer 2 (m) Sett of LZ sublayer 3 (m) Sett. of LZ sublayer 4 (m) Sett of LZ sublayer 5 (m) 9m sem 0025 cm/kg re glovagTVEcon4 g1u-21l1m/E 04 q10-31H,m/Eeeos g1u-411m+/E0 gha.S H.51E ,, rs 0.39 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.44 N/A N/A WA N/A 0.46 WA N/A N/A N/A 0.40 WA N/A N/A WA 0.49 N/A N/A N/A WA 0.44 N/A N/A N/A N/A Total Upper Zone Settlement (in) 0 sem",05+s03+sec.+s05 0.39 0.44 0.46 0.40 0.49 0.44 0.45 N/A WA N/A' N/A 0.45 tNPU 1 PARAMETER VALUES: LOWER ZONE SETTLEMENTS - SQUARE FOOTINGS Parameter Symb Val. Parameter Symb Equation F4 F6 F8 F10 F10 F10 F12 Allowable end -bearing (kips) Qeb Dpth to bottm of 12 from ftg (ft) X•B X•B 8 N, N O N 16 20 20 20 24 E or c, for LZ sublyr 1 E, 14, 1000 Upper zone thickness (ft) H0 Hs+d 10 10 10 10 10 10 E or c for LZ sublyr 2 E, I c. Lower zone thickness (ft) HE H2b-Htz -2 6 10 10 10 14 E or c, for 12 sublyr 3 E or c, for 12 sublyr 4 E3 I cc E4144 Thickness of 12 sublayer 1(ft) Thickness of 12 sublayer 2 (ft) He, Hm 6 10 10 10 14 E or a, fort/ sublyr 5 Ee / ca Thidmess of LZ sublayer 3 (ft) Thickness of 12 sublayer 4 (ft) H.3 lit. Calc. settlement to X•B X 2 Thickness of 12 sublayer 5 (ft) Hys Total LZ thidmess ok7 No LZ ok ok ok ok ok ok E or c, for LZ sublyr 1 E,/c, E (ksf) ore, 0 0 0 0 1000 .0000 1000 1000 1000 O 0 0 0 0 E or 4forLZsubyr 2 E,/c. E(ksf)or4 0 0 0 0 E or c, for LZsubtyr 3 Es/c. E(ksf)or c, 0 0 0 0 E or c., for LZ sublyr 4 E4/c,. E(ksf)or c, 0 0 0 0 E or 4 for 12subtyr 5 Es/Se E(ksf)or4 0 0 0 0 Initial stress for sublyr 1 (ksf) P' , 1.003 1.061 1.176 1.291 1.291 1291 1.406 Initial stress for sublyr 2 (ksf) P',z 1.003 1.118 1.349 1.579 1.579 1.579 1.810 Initial stress for subtyr 3 (ksf) Po 1.003 1.118 1.349 1.579 1.579 1.579 1.810 Initial stress for sublyr 4 (ksf) P',. 1.003 1.118 1.349 1.579 1.579 1.579 1.810 Initial stress for subtyr 5 (ksf) P',s 1.003 1.118 1.349 1.579 1.579 1.579 1.810 Ftg stress on sublyr 1 (ksf) AP1 q•1 0.27 0.64 0.79 0.61 0.89 0.74 0.74 Ftg stress an sublyr 2 (lest) 5P2 .11 0.27 0.55 0.55 0.37 0.54 0.45 0.41 Ftg stress on sublyr 3 (ksf) 5P3 q•k 0.27 0.55 0.55 0.37 0.54 0.45 0.41 Ftg stress on sublyr 4 (ksf) 5P4 q•1 0.27 0.55 0.55 0.37 0.54 0.45 0.41 Ftg stress on sublyr 5 (ksf) AP5 q•1 0.27 0.55 0.55 0.37 0.54 0.45 0.41 Sett of LZ sublayer 1 (m) sr, Op, WW1 Et 0.00 0.02 0.06 0.07 O O O op $S8$.- 0.09 0.12 Sett. of 12 sublayer 2 (m) sez .+24ez'bck(PoNDP2 ex) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sett of 12 sublayer 3 (m) s,. w- ows.. 3.opnyvbs) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sett. of LZ sublayer4 (in) su. .e erfeearn..oe e t 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sett. of LZ sublayer 5 (in) he wsneslogm+oe.ovslsest 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Total lower zone sett. (in) se se,+see+sm+s,,.+Sas 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Total UZ +1.2 settlement (in) s 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.5 0.6 Note: When "No t.2" is displayed. thicknesses of lower zone should equal 0 pg t oil GEOPIER° Foundation Company Project SHAG Tukwila Village CRANE No.: P13-GNW-00532 Engnr. DVT Date:711116 INPUT PARAMETER VALUES: TOP OF PIER STRESS - SQUARE F GEOPIER® SQUARE FOOTINGS Version 3.0.6 August 2013 Parameter Symb Val. Parameter Symb Equation DL LL MAX H,s, H,1 H. H. H. Drill depth (ft) Hdn11 Of+Hs RAP diameter (in) d 24 Column bad (kips) P X•8 272 486 1800 fs•pi d•Hs 55 55 55 Depth to groundwater (ft) dgw 5 Required footing width (ft) Br sgn(P/ga11) 7.03 9.20 17.06 28 Total unit weight of soil (pd) g 120 Selected footing width (ft) B 0 20 20 20 31 le shaft long enough? Sol frig. angle (degr) f 30 Footing bearing pressure q P/(B•B) 0.68 1.17 4.00 31 Max how. pressure (psf) pmax 2500 Required No. RAP elems Nr P/Ocell 3.4 5.8 20.0 From Table 4.2: Calc. settlement to X•B X Selected No. RAP elems N Hui, Hys 20 20 20 RAP cell alp. (kips) Qcell 80 Area replacement ratio Ra MAg/(8.8) 0.157 0.157 0.157 Footing bearing press. (ksf) gall 5.5 Stiffness ratio Rs kglkm 8.0 8.0 8.0 E or c for LZ sublyr 2 RAP stiffn. modulus (pa) kg 225 Stress at top of GP (ksf) qg q•Rs/(RS•Ra-Ra+1) 2.60 4.45 15.27 Es / c„ E (ksf) or c, 0 Soil stiffness modulus (pa) km 28 Load et top of GP (kips) Og g(•Ag 8.2 14.0 48.0 INPUT PARAMETER VALUES: SHAFT LENGTH REQUIREMENTS Depth of Embedment Trial shaft length (9) Df Hs 1 4.0 7.0 4.0 7.0 4.0 7.0 1 1 Thidmess of UZ sublayer 1(9) Thickness of UZ subleyer 2 (ft) Thickness of UZ sublayer 3 (ft) Thidmess of UZ sublayer 4 91) Thidcness of UZ sublayer 5 (ft) H,s, H,1 H. H. H. Drill depth (ft) Hdn11 Of+Hs 11 11 11 Dpth to both of LZ from ftg (ft) X•8 X•B Frictional resistance force (kips) Qs fs•pi d•Hs 55 55 55 E or q, for LZ sublyr 1 E, / c,,, 1000 Allowable tensile resistance (kips) Osal Os/2 28 28 28 Allowable end -bearing rest. (kips) Qeb Oeb 0 0 0 31 31 31 le shaft long enough? Qs+Qeb>Patem? ok ok ok Thickness of L2 sublayer l (ft) Hen 31 UPPER ZONE SETTLEMENT - SQUARE FOOTINGS Upper Zone Elastic Parameters Parameter Sym Val Pier Modulus Layer 1 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 3 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 4 (ksf) Pier Modulus Layer 5 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 1 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 3 (ksf) Soil Modulus Layer 4 (ksf) Sol Modulus Layer 5 (ksf) Eg1 Eg2 Eg3 Eg4 Eg5 Emt Em2 Em3 Em4 Em5 Parameter Symb Equation UZ Settlement Approach 1Stiffness, 2 -Modulus 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Thidmess of UZ sublayer 1(9) Thickness of UZ subleyer 2 (ft) Thickness of UZ sublayer 3 (ft) Thidmess of UZ sublayer 4 91) Thidcness of UZ sublayer 5 (ft) H,s, H,1 H. H. H. Moveable end -bearing (kips) Qeb Dpth to both of LZ from ftg (ft) otal UZ Thickness uz = Hs+d Composite Modulus Layer 1 (ks/ Composite Modulus Layer 2 (ksf) Composite Modulus Layer 3 (ksf) Composite Modulus Layer 4 (ksf) Composite Modulus Layer 5 (ksf) Ewmp, Eccsrtpz Ecancss EwmW 0 EglRa + Em1(1-Ra) Eg2Ra + Em2(1-Ra) Eg3Ra + Em3(1-Ra) Eg4Ra + Ern4(1-Ra) EgSRa + Em5(1-Ra) Sett of 12 sublayer 1 (m) Sett of LZ sublayer 2 (in) Sett of 12 sublayer 3 (in) Sett. of LZ sublayer 4 (in) Sett of 1.2 sublayer 5 (in) sun susi sm s,a4 s,5 gyke or gnava('WEccmp q•lo-rH,@(E ,,46 q1a-3'H,m/Ea„ps qia-41H,a 1E,,,,,,, q•la-5•H„ fE„,0y 0.08 N/A WA N/A N/A 0.14 WA N/A N/A N/A 0.47 N/A WA N/A N/A Total Upper Zone Settlement (n) sw sun+Suesurs+suresuis 0.08 0.14 0.47 11yru 1 rwcwmt 1 tic VALUES: LOWER ZONE SETTLEMENTS - SQUARE FOOTINGS Parameter Symb Val. , Parameter Symb Equation DL LL MAX Moveable end -bearing (kips) Qeb Dpth to both of LZ from ftg (ft) X•8 X•B 40 40 40 E or q, for LZ sublyr 1 E, / c,,, 1000 Upper zone thickness (ft) H. Hs+d 9 9 9 E or ct for LZ sublyr 2 Er / c, Lower zone thickness (ft) HE H2b-HIz 31 31 31 E arc, for 12 subyr 3 Es / ca Thickness of L2 sublayer l (ft) Hen 31 31 31 E or c, for LZ subyr 4 E or 4 for 12 sublyr 5 E4 / r, Es / c s Thickness of LZ subtayer 2 (ft) Thidmess of 12 subtayer 3 (ft) H,a Ho -s Calc. settlement to X•B X 2 Thickness of LZ sublayer 4 (ft) Thidmess of LZ sublayer 5 (ft) Hui, Hys Total LZ thickness ok? ok ok ok E or c. for LZ sublyr 1 E, / q, E (ksf) or c, 1000 0 0 0 0 0000 E or c for LZ sublyr 2 EZ / 4a E (ksf) or 4 0 E or; for 12 sublyr 3 Es / c„ E (ksf) or c, 0 E or c for LZ subtyr 4 E4 / 44 E (list) or 4 0 E or c for 12 sublyr 5 Es / 4s E (ksf) or c 0 Initial stress for subyr 1 (ksf) Po, 1.954 1.954 1.954 Initial stress for sublyr 2 (ksf) P,z 2.846 2.846 2.846 Initial stress for sublyr 3 (ksf) P,s 2.846 2.846 2.846 Initial stress for subyr 4 (ksf) P„ 2.846 2.846 2.846 Initial stress for sublyr 5 (Itsf) P,s 2.846 2.846 2.846 Ftg stress on sublyr 1 (ksf) API q•I 0.17 0.29 0.99 Ftg stress on subyr 2 (ksf) 6P2 q•I 0.07 0.13 0.43 Ftg stress on sublyr 3 (ksf) AP3 ql 0.07 0.13 0.43 Ftg stress on sublyr 4 (ksf) 6P4 q9 0.07 0.13 0.43 Ftg stress on sublyr 5 (ksf) AP5 q•1 0.07 0.13 0.43 Sett of LZ sublayer 1 (in) VW oPr'1@t/El 0 0 0 0 0 88888 0.11 • O O S O O 0 0 0 C Sett of L2 sublayer 2 (in) s,a c rwalcsnnu.orayrezt 0.00 Sett. of LZ sublayer 3 (m) sm .crlasupkrw+.oPsyres, 0.00 Sett. of LZ sublayer 4 (in) se. ..vrkw,aprlrw.ep yrs, 0.00 Sett. of LZ subleyer 5 (n) sus ,.s-xm,,saws.oraylest 0.00 Total lower zone sett (in) s+ sn+sm $&nisi+srs 0.1 0.1 0.4 Total UZ + LZ settlement (in) s 0.1 0.2 0.8 Note: When "No L2" is disolnved. +hkknnaees M 1....dnr f env chn .kr .....s1 n pg 1of1 D G civil structural STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS CRANE FOOTING TUKWILA VILLAGE TUKWILA, WASHINGTON REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION cC ElVE t. AUG 302016 1 REID MIDDLE! ON INC. I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER 0940 Mount Vernon Office 2124 Riverside Drive, Suite 211 Mount Vernon, WA 98273 Tel 360.899.1110 Lake Forest Park Office 15029 Bothell Way NE, Suite 600 Lake Forest Park, WA 98155 Tel 206.523.0024 Whidbey Island Office PO Box 1132 Freeland, WA 98249 Tel 360.331.4131 C G civil structural Project: Description: Date: 6/30/2016 Made By: DPM Tukwila Village Crane Footing Design Criteria Seismic: Design Criteria Code: Latitude = 47.474 North Longitude = 122.334 West Spectral Response Acceleration, Ss & S1 = Spectral Response Acceleration, Sds & Sd1 = Soil Site Class, Fa & Fit = 2012 International Residential Code engineered design by 2012 IBC (R301.1.1) 1.489 & 0.558 0.993 & 0.558 1.000 & 1.499 Loading from Manitowoc cut sheet for P602A foundation anchors for MDT 268A crane. Soils: From Geotechnical Report by Associated Earth Sciences, Inc dated March 18, 2013: Soil Bearing = 5,500 psf (Using Rammed Aggregate Piers) Coefficient of friction = 0.30 FTG -1 MDT 268A Jib Configuration: any Maximum Hook Height = 119'-2" (36.33 m) P602A Foundation Anchors FTG -2 Canitowoc tea: fl►\MM \►�►\I►\►\MakZI► IMMIM►I.�.....SI... 11111111 Zit 7 x K637A P602A T60A External Climber Tower Crane Notes 1. The "in-service" working conditions are restricted to wind speeds up to 45 mph (72 kph) per FEM 1.001. "In-service" allowable wind speeds are 3 -sec wind gusts measured at the top of crane. Steady wind speeds or picks with exposed wind areas larger than or equal to 10.8 ft2 (1 m2) shall be restricted to lower "in-service" allowable wind speeds. Consult the operation manual for allowable "in-service" wind speeds in relation to the exposed surface area of Toads on the hook. Place the crane "out of service" when any wind gust reaches the "in-service" allowable limit. 2. The design wind speed used for calculating "erection" reactions is 45 mph (72 kph) per FEM 1.001. This design wind speed is considered a 3 -sec wind gust measured at the top of crane. The design wind speed used for "erection" calculations is not to be considered the maximum wind speed for crane assembly, dismantling, change of configuration, or climbing operations. Those operations shall be possible if, and only if, the maximum wind speed (3 -sec gust) measured at the top of crane is lower than 31 mph (50 kph). 3. The "storm wind from side" reactions were calculated using a design wind speed of 62 mph (100 kph) per FEM 1.005. This design wind speed is considered a 3 -sec wind gust measured at the top of crane. The crane is assumed to have no load on the hook and be already placed "out of service". In the event of higher wind speeds, it is assumed the crane will weathervane and the jib will point in the same direction the higher storm winds are blowing. 4. The "out of service load case (storm wind from rear) was calculated per ASCE/SEI 7-10. Unless otherwise noted on the specific crane reaction specification sheet, the basic wind speed has been determined using Risk Category II, per Figure 26.5-1A (ASCE/SEI 7-10). For temporary installations (projects lasting less than 5 yrs), the "out of service" wind speed may be lowered using reduction values given in ASCE/SEI 37-02. The "out of service" wind loads are factored wind loads. 5. The provided "out of service" wind speed and reactions are in compliance with EN 14439 and ASME B30.3-2012. "Out of service" wind pressures given in Table T.2.2.4.1.2.1 (FEM 1.001) have been set as minimum design values. Therefore, no matter what wind speed is designated out of ASCE/SEI 7-10, the attached "out of service" reactions shall always be the greater value produced between the two standards, unless noted otherwise. 6. It is the user's responsibility to set and hold each anchor to an elevation of 1 unit in 500 (L/500). This tolerance shall also include any rotation at the base of the crane, if the supporting structure is not completely rigid. 7. In the event that serviceability is governed by the ultimate "out of service" load case (storm wind from the rear), special reactions can be requested that utilize lower serviceability wind speeds found in Figures CC -1 through CC -4 (ASCE/SEI 7-10). 8. All load cases found within are considered service loads with no factors added. The one exception is the "out of service" load case (storm wind from rear), which uses ultimate event wind speeds per ASCE/SEI 7-10. 9. The foundation design presented in this document is for general reference only. If used, the foundation shall be reviewed and stamped by the engineer of record or any other licensed local engineer to ensure all local requirements are met. Any modification of this design shall render it invalid. 10. The T60A external climber shall either be stored at the base of the cranes tower (as illustrated) or left off the tower completely. Failure to do so voids the attached reactions and crane configuration. The following documents are attached to this file: File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EB07P-710B2Y98-1 File No. P602A-FD File No. 0074 -EB -4 File No. P602A-MM Tukwila Phase II Project Location: Seattle, WA 98188 Customer: Coast Crane File No: 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 Project No: 1159 1 Crane ID: Crane 1 Revision Date: 04/22/16 1 Drawn By: CKN MDT 268A FTG -3 Can,towoc ASCEISEI 7-10 Design Wind Speed (EN 14439) This crane configuration meets the EN 14439 & ASME 630-3-2012 specifications for "out of service" wind conditions, provided the illustrated wind speed matches required design wind for the location of the tower crane. The "out of service" design wind speed was determined in accordance with ASCE 7-10, Figure 26.5-1A. The wind velocity, used for this configuration, was 98 mph (157 kph), which represents a nominal design 3 -second wind gust at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure 6 category. A factor of 0.85 was applied to the 50 -year design wind speed of 115 mph (185 kph), per ASCE 37-02, with the assumption that this crane is considered a temporary structure used during a construction period of 2 years or less. Jib Configuration: any Mast Combination: 7 x K637A Hook Height: 119'-2" (36.33 m) Version: climbable Cab Option: with cab External Climber: T60A at base Base: P602A Foundation Anchors In -Service Reactions; V = 45 mph (FEM 1.001) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Slewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms= 1,785 ft -kips 206 kips 12.1 kips 199 ft -kips Storm Wind from Rear Reactions; Volt = 98 mph (ASCE 7-10) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Slewing Moment Mute = P= Hun = Ms = 1,514 ft -kips 194 kips 31.2 kips 0 ft -kips Erection Reactions; V = 45 mph (FEM 1.001) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Slewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms = -1,534 ft -kips 123 kips 6.3 kips 199 ft -kips Storm Wind from Side Reactions; V = 62 mph (FEM 1.005) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Slewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms = 2,562 ft -kips 193 kips 28.1 kips 0 ft -kips Concrete Compressive Strength; fo = 4,000 psi The following documents are to be used with these reactions and foundation: File No. File No. File No. File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 P602A-FD 0074 - EB - 4 P602A-MM Revision Date: 4/22/2016 File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98-1 Foundation Specifications Allowable Soil Bearing Capacity (psf) L B T Rebar Size and Spacing (Both Directions) Foundation Weight (kips) Bottom Lower Middle Upper Middle Top 4,000 20 ' - 6 " 20 ' - 6 " 4 ' - 0 ,. # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 252 3,000 22 ' - 6 " 22 ' - 6 " 4 ' - 0 " # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 304 2,000 26 ' - 6 " 26 ' - 6 " 4 ' - 0 " # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 421 Concrete Compressive Strength; fo = 4,000 psi The following documents are to be used with these reactions and foundation: File No. File No. File No. File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 P602A-FD 0074 - EB - 4 P602A-MM Revision Date: 4/22/2016 File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98-1 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : DPM Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing June 30, 2016 Checked By:. FTG -4 Sketch 20 ft Details A B III 11111 I' I A w 0 N #8@8 in I 20 ft #8@ 8 in c Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) Bottom Rebar Plan Geometry, Materials and Criteria D Footing Elevation C Length :20 ft Width :20 ft Thickness : 48 in Height :0 in eX :O in eZ :O in pX :12 in pZ :12 in Footing Top Bar Cover : 3 in Footing Bottom Bar Cover :3 in Pedestal Longitudinal Bar Cover : 1.5 in Gross Allow. Bearing Concrete Weight Concrete fc Design Code :5500 psf (gross) :145 pcf :3 ksi :ACI 318-11 Overturning / Sliding SF Coefficient of Friction Passive Resistance of Soil Steel fy Minimum Steel MaAmum Steel :60 ksi :.002 :.0075 :1.5 Phi for Flexure : 0.9 :0.3 Phi for Shear : 0.75 : 0 k Phi for Bearing : 0.65 RISAFoot Version 4.00 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing.rft] Page 1 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : DPM Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing June 30, 2016 Checked By: FTG -5 Loads DL LL P (k) Vx (k) Vz (k) Mx (k -ft) Mz (k -ft) Overburden (psf) 100 194 31.2 2562 Soil Bearing tiaLiFVx A D piLiWz D C r i+FMx+Mz D C A D +Over 11 1111 Description Categories and Factors Gross Allow.(psf) Max Bearing (psf) Max/Allowable Ratio ASCE 2.4.1-1 1 DL 5500 680 (A) .124 ASCE 2.4.1-2 1DL+1LL+.75LLS 5500 3590.81 (B) .653 ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN+1 RL 5500 680 (A) .124 ASCE 2.4.1-4 1 DL+.75LL+.75LLS+.75.. 5500 2666.05 (B) .485 ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1DL+1WL 5500 680 (A) .124 ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1 DL+.7EL 5500 680 (A) .124 ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1 DL+.75WL+.75LL+.75L.. 5500 2666.05 (B) .485 ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75LL+.75.. 5500 2666.05 (B) .485 ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1WL 5500 408 (A) .074 ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 5500 408 (A) .074 A D 1DL QA: 680 psf QB: 680 psf QC: 680 psf QD: 680 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in A D e 1 DL+.7EL QA: 680 psf QB: 680 psf QC: 680 psf QD: 680 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in B A B C D C 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS QA: 0 psf QB: 3590.81 psf QC: 3313.31 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 168.41 in NAX:3105.57 in 1 DL+.75WL+.75LL+. QA: 0 psf QB: 2666.05 psf QC: 2492.51 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 200.699 in NAX: 3687.03 in a B A B D C D C 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN+1'Df1+.75LL+.75LLS+ QA: 680 psf QA: 0 psf QB: 680 psf QB: 2666.05 psf QC: 680 psf QD: 680 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in A D 7511.DL+.525EL+ QA: 0 psf QB: 2666.05 psf QC: 2492.51 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 200.699 in NAX: 3687.03 in QC: 2492.51 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 200.699 in NAX: 3687.03 in B A C D e .75LL+.75.6DL+1 WL QA: 408 psf QB: 408 psf QC: 408 psf QD: 408 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in B C A D .751.DL+1 WL QA: 680 psf QB: 680 psf QC: 680 psf QD: 680 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in A D s .6DL+.7EL QA: 408 psf QB: 408 psf QC: 408 psf QD: 408 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX: -1 in B C C RISAFoot Version 4.00 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing.rft] Page 2 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : DPM Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing Checked By: June 30, 2016 FTG -6 Footing Flexure Design (Bottom Bars) As -min x-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2 in^2 As -min z-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2 in^2 As -min x-dir (Bot Flexure) : 35.2 in^2 As -min z-dir (Bot Flexure): 35.2 in^2 Description Categories and Factors As -min x-dir (T & S) : 20.736 i02 As -min z-dir (T & S): 20.736 in"2 z -Dir As z -Dir As Mu-xx Mu-xx Required Provided Mu-zz UC Max (k -ft) (in"2) (in"2) UC Max Mu-zz (k -ft) x -Dir As x -Dir As Required Provided (in"2) (in^2) ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 0 0 0 23.562 0 0 0 23.562 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LL.. .67093 3047.91 15.667 23.562 .17462 793.28 4.025 23.562 ACI -2008 9-3a1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1... .36395 1653.33 8.429 23.562 .10911 495.68 2.51 23.562 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.8WL+1.6RL.. 0 0 0 23.562 0 0 0 23.562 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1.6WL+1LL+1. .37567 1706.59 8.704 23.562 .10912 495.72 2.511 23.562 ACI -2008 9-51.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LL. .37567 1706.59 8.704 23.562 .10912 495.72 2.511 23.562 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL 0 0 0 23.562 0 0 0 23.562 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL 0 0 0 23.562 0 0 0 23.562 Footing Flexure Design (Top Bars) Description Categories and Factors Mu ->c< (k -ft z Dir As (in 2 Mu-zz (k -ft) x Dir As (in 2 SW+OB 1SW+1OB-(ACI-2008 9 -..,ACI -2008 9-..)613.604 0 61.37 0 Moment Capacity of Plain Concrete Section Along >Nand zz= 1062.4k-ft,1062.4k-ft Per Chapter 22 of ACI 318. Footing Shear Check Two Way (Punching) Vc: 2159.34 k One Way (x Dir. Cut) Vc 1156.79 k One Way (z Dir. Cut) Vc: 1156.79 k Punching x Dir. Cut z Dir. Cut Description Categories and Factors Vu(k) Vu/oVc Vu(k) Vu/OVc Vu(k) Vu/oVc ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL NA NA 1.42109e-14 0 1.42109e-14 0 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 316.386 .195 410.299 .473 102.99 .119 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 184.301 .114 219.645 .253 64.352 .074 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.8WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 5.68434e-14 0 2.84217e-14 0 2.84217e-14 0 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1.6WL+1 LL+1 LLS+... 186.247 .115 227.163 .262 64.357 .074 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 186.247 .115 227.163 .262 64.357 .074 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL NA NA 1.42109e-14 0 1.42109e-14 0 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL NA NA 1.42109e-14 0 1.42109e-14 0 Concrete Bearing Check (Vertical Loads Only) Bearing Bc : 734.4 k Description Categories and Factors Bearing Bu (k) Bearing Bu/HBc ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 0 0 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 310.4 .65 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 194 .406 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.8WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 0 0 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1.6WL+1 LL+1 LLS+... 194 .406 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 194 .406 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL 0 0 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL 0 0 RISAFoot Version 4.00 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing.rft] Page 3 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : DPM Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing June 30, 2016 Checked By: FTG -7 Overturning Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Mo -x< (k -ft) Ms -)c< (k -ft) Mo-zz (k -ft) Ms-zz (k -ft) OSF-x< OSF-zz ASCE 2.4.1-1 1DL 0 2720 0 2720 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS 2562 4660 124.8 4660 1.819 37.34 ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN.. 0 2720 0 2720 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LL.. 1921.5 4175 93.6 4175 2.173 44.605 ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1DL+1WL 0 2720 0 2720 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 0 2720 0 2720 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.75WL+.75LL.. 1921.5 4175 93.6 4175 2.173 44.605 ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 1921.5 4175 93.6 4175 2.173 44.605 ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1WL 0 1632 0 1632 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 1632 0 1632 NA NA Mo->oc: Governing Overturning Moment about AD or BC Ms-xx: Governing Stablizing Moment about AD or BC OSF-xx: Ratio of Ms ->o( to Mo-xx Sliding Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Va->oc (k Vr->oc (k Va-zz (k ASCE 2.4.1-1 1DL 0 81.57 0 81.57 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS 31.2 139.77 0 139.77 4.48 NA ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN.. 0 81.57 0 81.57 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LL.. 23.4 125.22 0 125.22 5.351 NA ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1 DL+1 WL 0 81.57 0 81.57 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 0 81.57 0 81.57 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.75WL+.75LL.. 23.4 125.22 0 125.22 5.351 NA ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 23.4 125.22 0 125.22 5.351 NA ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1WL 0 48.942 0 48.942 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 48.942 0 48.942 NA NA Va-kc Applied Lateral Force to Cause Sliding Along >oc Pods Vr->oc: Resisting Lateral Force Against Sliding Along >oc Axis SR-xx: Ratio of Vr-xx to Va-xx RISAFoot Version 4.00 [P:\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing.rft] Page 4 August 23, 2016 Project No. KE110238D associated earth sciences Incorporated Pacific Northern Construction 201 27th Avenue SE, Building A, Suite 300 Puyallup, Washington 98374 Attention: Mr. Bryan Park Subject: Building E Temporary Crane Geotechnical Engineering Summary Tukwila Village Tukwila, Washington References: Updated Subsurface Exploration, Geologic Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Tukwila Village Tukwila International Boulevard and South Tukwila, Washington March 18, 2013 Dear Mr. Park: Tukwila Village — Tower Crane DCG Engineers 4 Page Plan Set June 30, 2016 Hazards, and 144th Street SHAG Tukwila Village Phase II, Building E Geopier Northwest 3 Page Plan Set December 17, 2014, Revision Date July 20, 2016 [1= of AUG 302016 o a &i,/ REID MIDDLETON INC REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION C EIVED C TY OF .T.UK` ;/ILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER As requested, this letter presents our geotechnical engineering summary of foundation support for the planned construction crane at Building E of the Tukwila Village project. W02(4d0 Kirkland Office 1 911 Fifth Avenue 1 Kirkland, WA 98033 P 1 425.827.7701 FI 425.827.5424 Everett Office 1 2911% Hewitt Avenue, Suite 2 1 Everett, WA 98201 P 1 425.259.0522 F 1 425. 827.5424 Tacoma Office 1 1552 Commerce Street, Suite 102 I Tacoma, WA 98402 P 1 253.722.2992 F 1253.722.2993 www.aesgeo.com Background Geopiers are a proprietary system for which the final design is completed by Geopier Northwest. The design is based on observed subsurface conditions and design parameters recommended by the geotechnical engineer. Using the subsurface exploration Togs and design parameters provided by the geotechnical engineer, the Geopier designer formulates a Geopier plan which includes specific Geopier locations, depths, diameters, and other details. The completed Geopier product is a building pad suitable for support of conventional shallow foundation elements designed to use an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure that was used as the basis for the Geopier design. Tukwila Village Building E Crane Pad Support — Geotechnical Considerations Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. (AESI) is familiar with the project through participation in the design and construction phases of the project completed to date. The above—referenced geotechnical engineering report includes subsurface exploration data and foundation design recommendations that are applicable to the project, and which may also be applied to the Building E crane pad. It should be noted that the referenced geotechnical engineering report recommends that the Geopier design target an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure of 5,000 pounds per square foot (psf). The structural engineering design and Geopier design were subsequently revised to an allowable foundation soil bearing pressure of 5,500 psf which is acceptable to AESI, and this change may also be applied to the crane pad at Building E. AESI observed completion of 20 Geopier elements below the crane pad as shown on the referenced plans. Our observations during construction were documented in Daily Field Reports which were previously distributed to the design team and City. In our opinion, geotechnical engineering aspects of design and construction of the Building E crane pad were completed in accordance with inputs provided by AESI and project plans. Closure We appreciate the opportunity to be of continued service. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call. Sincerely, ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Kirkland, Washington Senior Geologist BWG/pc — KE11023806 — Projects\20110238\KE\WP 2 Kurt D. Merriman, P.E. Senior Principal Engineer Greg Herring From: Sent To: AESI Documents <documents@aesgeo.com> Wednesday, August 24, 2016 9:06 AM gregh@intercitycontractors.com; mikeh@intercitycontractors.com; chrisd@intercitycontractors.com; matt@dcgengr.com; joshc@apextowercrane.com; Iesm@coastcrane.com; mikew@coastcrane.com; Bryan Park Cc: Bruce W. Guenzler, Kurt D. Merriman Subject: Tukwila Village Project Attachments: 110238KED_L 8-23-16 Tukwila Village.pdf Hello, Attached is the letter regarding the Tukwila Village project. Please contact Bruce Guenzler L.E.G. 1 Senior Project Geologist with questions regarding the document. Thank you - a s s o c i a t e d earth sciences i n c o r o r a t e ci documents@aesgeo.com 1 www.aesgeo.com Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. 911 5th Avenue 1 Kirkland, Washington 98033 01425-827-7701 F1 425-827-5424 This email and any files transmitted with it are confidential and intended solely for the use of the individual or entity to whom they are addressed. Please notify the sender immediately by e-mail if you have received this e-mail by mistake and delete this e-mail from your system. If you are not the intended recipient you are notified that disclosing, copying, distributing or taking any action in reliance on the contents of this information is strictly prohibited. Please consider the environment before printing this e-mail 1 X nix Apex Steel, Inc. Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Contractor: Inter -City Tower Crane Erection Plan Project: Tukwila Village 1. Set Up A. Job Location: 144th & Tukwila International Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 B. Material Deliveries - Crane sections will be delivered on 40'-0 flatbed trucks by Combine trucking company. C. Staging - The trucks will be staged according to Apex Tower Crane, Inc. D. Coordination - A safety meeting will be conducted prior to any work commencing. A Review of the erection plan will take place at such time with the individuals involved. Apex Tower Crane, Inc. welcomes all attendees. 2. Base Erection - A. Crane- A 40 Ton Hydraulic will be used to set the base. At approximately a 35' radius. B. Base Tower- Is approximately 6.500# and embedment's are approximately # each and will be hoisted from approximately a 90' radius. We will use 2 or 4 continuous rigging chains in a basket at the top of each corner. C. A crew of Apex Tower Crane and Rich Brother personnel will plumb and level the base section within manufacture's tolerance. (Apex Tower Crane tolerance is 1/16" and less.) 3. Hoisting A. Mobile Crane - A 140 Ton Hydraulic will be used to erect the tower crane. Positioning of the mobile cranes will be done by Apex Tower Crane Inc, in conjunction with Ness Cranes. B. Max Pick- Will be 19,325 # at approximately a 90' radius. C. Overhead Loads - Access to the area will be denied to non essential personnel. If Toads need to be hoisted over existing buildings, we will need flaggersto stop pedestrians and tug traffic when necessary. D. Rigging & Critical Lifts - All rigging used will be at less than 80% of capacity; including but not limited to chokers, shackles, and hooks. E. Communication -Hand signals and Radios will be used to communicate with the CabillE l5) operator. Apex Tower Crane has their own radios which have a private frequgr c.ist¢ghtTOKI JI(_A interruptions while working. 4. Crane Erection e�ss t t0D., a \.r t L ` ate APPROVED AUG 2 6 2016 re6,184# each/ Double towers are 12,368# each and will beoiseld and'will ge Lely a 90' radius. OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwl a BUILDING DIVISION EICEV AUG 302016 -' abos:o98 j REID MIDDLE',"?'. 935 Kirkland Ave, Kirkland, WA 98033 Telephone: 425-861-9520 Fax: 425-869-2797 www.apexsteel.com www.apextowercrane.com Apex Steel, Inc. Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Contractor: Inter -City B. Turntable Assembly - The turntable will be erected in 1 piece(s). The first pick will be 11.670 # at approximately a 90' radius. The second pick will be N/A # at approximately a N A radius. We will use 4 chokers attached to manufactures recommended pick points. C. Tower Top -is N/A# and will be hoisted from approximately a N/A' radius. We will use one choker in cradle at the top of the tower and or chokers & shackles at the manufacturers pick points. D. Counter Jib - Is 19,323# and will be pre assembled on the ground and hoisted as one piece from approximately a 90' radius. We will use 4 chokers with shackles at the manufacturers pick points. E. Hoist Frame- is 8.510# and will be erected (with/without) the counter jib from approximately a 90' radius. We will use four chokers with shackles at the manufacturers pick points. F. Jib Assembly- The Jib will be erected in 2 piece(s). The first pick will be TBD# at approximately a 90' radius. The second pick will be TBD# at approximately a 90' radius. We will use 4 chokers attached to 2 bridal chokers at the recommended pick points. (Pick points may vary due to Jib configuration.) G. Counter Weights - The heaviest weight is approximately 10.141 # and will be hoisted from approximately a 90' radius. Each weight will be suspended by its own chokers no more than two at a time with one high and one low. H. Clean up- Upon competition of the erection Apex Tower Crane's personnel will police the area. Our Superintendent will attempt to contact the general contractor upon leaving the jobsite. 5. Fall Protection A. All employees will use a full body harness and lanyards. B. Site specific fall protection plan will be reviewed at pre -job safety meeting C. On-going inspections. D. 100% tie off is required. 6. Personnel The following are qualified and competent people for this job employed thru Ironworkers Local 86: 1. Nate Weisbeck 2. Jim Greene 3. Josh Calquhoun 4. Kevin Koester 5. Darrell Sigman 6. Trever Kelso 7. Samuel Bartholomew 8. Buford Phillips Erection Plan Prepared By: Josh Calquhoun 935 Kirkland Ave, Kirkland, WA 98033 Telephone: 425-861-9520 Fax: 425-869-2797 www.apexsteel.com www.apextowercrane.com X FILE Erection Date: 08.25.16 Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Site Specific Safety Plan Project: Tukwila Village Contractor: Inter -City Dismantle Date: TBD The site-specific work plan is to supplement Apex's comprehensive safety and accident prevention program. PROJECT LOCATION: 144th & Tukwila International Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS: Our company requirements as outlined in our comprehensive afet accident prevention program are within compliance of the contractor's requirements – with AIE ''rr•D FOR amendments. CODE COMPLIANCE x High Visibility at All Times fi9rrE"ZV x Gloves and Glasses OCT 0 x Hard Hat 4 20 COMPETENT PERSON: The following people are competent per OSHA standards in the area health, hearing protection, respiratory protection, rigging of material and equipment, welding, protection, scaffolding, bolting, fitting, plumb -up, and ladders. 6 of general safe and •ng, f 'g( it uk iila BUILDING DIVISION Kevin Koester 425-802-0770 Jim Greene 425-802-0771 x Josh Calquhoun 425-802-0776 APEX SUPERINTENDENT: The following is designated as the Apex Superintendent for this project. All superintendents, foreman, and leads are trained in first aid. Kevin Koester 425-802-0770 Jim Greene 425-802-0771 x Josh Calquhoun 425-802-0776 HAZARD ANALYSIS: Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is included as required for specific tasks. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are also included and/or available on site. EQUIPMENT: The following equipment will be used on this job site by Apex personnel for the purpose of erecting structural and miscellaneous iron: U L. NILA SAFETY LEADER: The competent person, the ATC Superintendent as marked above and Josh d tR i vTvilrrba NTE R safety representatives on this project. Josh Calquhoun is ATC's full time safety representative. Any questions should be addressed to the competent person, the Apex Superintendent or Josh Calquhoun. The ATC safety representative will be responsible for Job Site Safety meetings and records, job walk-through notes, employee orientation, corrective action, wamings, and communication and correspondence with the contractor. INJURY FREE WORK PLACE: Apex Tower Crane is committed to an IFWP. All Apex Tower Crane employees are personally committed to working safely. Employees help spot unsafe work conditions and maintain open communications between the workers and management. DRUG FREE WORK ENVIRONMENT: All of Apex Tower Crane's employees are randomly drug tested" throug-the ClEriVEn —ID AUG 3 0 2016 1 of 2 l _ 1 Lat" '- 080/ MIDDLETON INC. local 86 Ironworkers union. Forklift Aerial Lift Scissor Lift CITY OF TU K Electric/Air Tugger Material Lift Ladder Scaffolding x Crane Other:AMC` ' r4 nr U L. NILA SAFETY LEADER: The competent person, the ATC Superintendent as marked above and Josh d tR i vTvilrrba NTE R safety representatives on this project. Josh Calquhoun is ATC's full time safety representative. Any questions should be addressed to the competent person, the Apex Superintendent or Josh Calquhoun. The ATC safety representative will be responsible for Job Site Safety meetings and records, job walk-through notes, employee orientation, corrective action, wamings, and communication and correspondence with the contractor. INJURY FREE WORK PLACE: Apex Tower Crane is committed to an IFWP. All Apex Tower Crane employees are personally committed to working safely. Employees help spot unsafe work conditions and maintain open communications between the workers and management. DRUG FREE WORK ENVIRONMENT: All of Apex Tower Crane's employees are randomly drug tested" throug-the ClEriVEn —ID AUG 3 0 2016 1 of 2 l _ 1 Lat" '- 080/ MIDDLETON INC. local 86 Ironworkers union. Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Site Specific Safety Plan Project: Tukwila Village Contractor: Inter -City ORIENTATION: All new hires of Apex Tower Crane are required to attend a company orientation. The jobsite safety representative will hold a company orientation prior to commencement of work. FLEX AND STRETCH: Employees of Apex are required to participate. APEX SAFETY MEETING SCHEDULES: Apex will hold their safety meetings Monday momings at 7:00, all employees are required to attend and sign the meeting notes. The safety representative will perform a Job walk- through on either Thursday or Friday. Notes will be provided to the Apex Tower Crane foreman Contractor's representative and used for discussion at the Monday morning safety meetings. FIRE PREVENTION: All hot work will have a fire extinguisher accessible and depending upon location and conditions, fire watch may be required. A bum permit will be in the worker's possession during all hot work operations. FALL PROTECTION: The fall protection section per the attached is amended as follows: Tie -off requirement for exposure of 6'-0 or greater. Tie -off requirement for exposure of 4'-0 or greater. x See site specific fall protection plan. ONSITE STORAGE: If previously agreed between Apex and the contractor, Apex shall be responsible for coordination of material deliveries so that shipments shall follow the construction sequence. IN CASE OF FIRST-AID: All Apex Tower Crane field offices, gang boxes, and plan shacks have the required first-aid kits. IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR EMERGENCY: Apex Tower Crane foreman will assess the situation and call 911, if necessary, on their cell phone. Also, the foreman will use their jobsite radio to call the general contractors field office. If the emergency is not life threatening the safety rep, or foreman will drive that person to the Hospital located at Nearest Hospital Highline Medical Center: 16251 Sylvester Road Southwest, Burien, WA 98166 206.2449970 US Healthworks Location 6720 Fort Dent Way Suite 206.242.3651 110, Tukwila, WA 98188 1 have reviewed and understand the foregoing Site Specific Safety Plan for the Project: Tukwila Village Erection: Date: 08.25.16 2 of 2 Dismantle: Date: TBD Erection Date: 08.25.16 Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Fall Protection Work Plan Project: Tukwila Village Contractor: Inter -City Dismantle Date: The purpose of this Fall Protection Work Plan is to ensure that all employees are provided with the information and training necessary to prevent injury from fall hazards. The fall protection work plan is to supplement the comprehensive company plan that outlines general fall protection information for Tower Crane Erection/Dismantle including company policies, hazards, methods and procedures. Apex Tower Crane, Inc. has established a 100% fall protection requirement. 100% fall protection means no exposure to an elevated hazard is permitted without protection. PROJECT LOCATION: 144th & Tukwila International Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMPETENT PERSON: The following people are competent per OSHA standards in the areas of general safety and health, hearing protection, respiratory protection, rigging of material and equipment, welding, cutting, heating, fall protection, scaffolding, bolting, fitting, plumb -up, and ladders. Kevin Koester 425-802-0770 Jim Greene 425-802-0771 x Josh Calquhoun 425-802-0776 TRAINING: All on-site employees of Apex Tower Crane, Inc. are joumeymen or apprentice ironworker members of the Northwest Ironworkers Local 86 Union. To become a joumeyman or apprentice ironworker, safety training including fall protection is provided through the Union. All employees undergo full site specific safety orientation as well as Apex Tower Crane, Inc.'s new hire orientation. Employees continually receive on the job training through weekly toolbox meetings and from their supervisors. FALL HAZARDS IN THE WORK AREA: Include locations and dimensions for hazards x Leading Edge x Harness/Double Leg Lanyard Open Sided Floors Handrails on Counter Jib x Perimeter Edge Equipment or system Inspected Guardrails & Toe Boards @ Scaffolding Man -Lift Door Openings Jib Lacing & Top Cord Elevator Openings x x Tower Sections Handrails @ Stairways Stairway Openings x Flat Bed Trucks Standard Guardrails © Deck/Floor Openings Vent/Mechanical Openings x Tower Crane JIB SPECIFY METHODS OF FALL PROTECTION: Descriptions of the methods follow on page 2 x 4FT 6FT 10FT x Harness/Double Leg Lanyard x Handrails on Counter Jib x Cantinary Lines Equipment or system Inspected Guardrails & Toe Boards @ Scaffolding x Jib Lacing & Top Cord Retractable Lanyards x Belly Band Handrails @ Stairways Harness/Lanyards on Articulated Lifts x Standard Guardrails © Deck/Floor Openings Other: DESCRIBE FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM PROCECURES: Additional P Assembly Maintenance of Equipment or System Used Each Employee is Responsible Inspection of Equipment or System Used All Employees Inspection Schedule Every Use Equipment or system Inspected All 1 of2 Apex Tower Crane, Inc. Fall Protection Work Plan Project: Tukwila Village Contractor: Inter -City PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING. STORING AND SECURING TOOLS & MATERIALS AT JOBSITE: Materials will be moved with: x Crane Forklift Other. Methods of Providing Overhead Protection: x Limit Overhead Hazards US Healthworks Location Material Secured when Place in Position x Equipment Secured When Not In Use x Barricading (Eliminating Access) Waming Signs Posted x Hard hats Required Toeboards Installed Around Floor Openings Other: PREPARE FOR PROMPT SAFE REMOVAL OF INJURED WORKER: x Initiate 911 Emergency Medical System US Healthworks Location Use Drop Lines or Retraction Device x Utilize Lift Truck With Personnel Platform x Assist Medical, Fire or Emergency Response Team Use Articulated Boom Lift Platform x High Angle Rescue by Trained Employees Erect Ladders Other DESCRIPTION OF METHODS OF FALL PROTECTION Safety Harness/Lanyard The method of fall arrest will be full body harness, fitted with lanyard which will be secured to one of the following secure anchorage points. • Standard Guardrails Attach lanyard from harness to the mid -rail directly in between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/working surface. • Cantinary Lines 3/8" galvanized cable attached to 3/8" shackles using 3/8" cable clamps. Shackles are attached to holes punched in the iron, or welded washers. Attach lanyard from harness to cable. • Belly Band 5/16" polycoated cable with shop made eyes looped around the leg of the tower & other components of the crane. • Jib Lacing & Top Cord The lacing & top cord of the jib will be anchorage points for 100% tie off points while out on the jib. • Handrails on Counter Jib The counter jib has handrail that allows the worker the ability to work freely & not tie off while working on this component. Retractable Lanyards Attached retractable to any of the above anchorage points, safety designated shackle or bridge clamp. Retractable lanyard attaches directly to harness. Assembly. Disassembly. Maintenance, Inspection and Storage of Equipment: • All equipment shall be assembled, maintained and stored according to the manufacturer's recommendations • Equipment shall be inspected before each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration; defective equipment shall be removed from service • Fall protection equipment subjected to impact loads shall be removed from service and inspected and re -certified prior to being reintroduced to the work site. Nearest Hospital Highline Medical Center: 16251 Sylvester Road Southwest, Burien, WA 98166 206.244.9970 US Healthworks Location 6720 Fort Dent Way Suite 206.242.3651 110, Tukwila, WA 98188 I have reviewed and understand the foregoing Fall Protection Work Plan for the Project: Tukwila Village Erection: Date: 08.25.16 2 of 2 Dismantle: Date: TBD p-�_. 1 LE Tower Crane Base Set Inspection Date 8/25/2016 T(`4 Tcri 61 COAST CRANE COMPANY AC# AC2787 Fixing angle type P602A Customer Inter -City Contractors Inc. Job Name Tukwila Village Phase 2 Address 14400 Tukwila International Blvd. City Tukwila/ WA 98188 Contact Mike Harmon Phone 206-459-1110 The base must be surveyed with an instrument to ensure plumb/level from at least three corners. Points to determine plumb/level should be taken from the same location on each corner. Top on fixing angle at fish plates, or center of tower pins are the preferred locations for plumb/level points. Elevation / measurement Extension welded on Y/N? N Preffered level locations (< 1/8" tolerance allowed) NW 36 z. NE 3(, SW 341 Shimmed? Y/N? tiw.xner prepares the EVIEWED FORfoor►ngenherbyforming OMPLIANG""aa''°'� I AsPPROVED Customer pours a non- e P,rein owed slab and then ,., T 0 4 2016 ties ire bottom rebar mat IIIL►Lir"t°ON INC. Engineered footing designs must be submitted to Coast Crane Company with this I ___.� The customer must verify the plumb of the tower prior to pouring the footing to emicp8REIV `D not settled or been moved since the base was set. - UKWILA There is NO adjustment of the base once the concrete is poured and cured! AUG 2 6 2016 Note: it Is very important that the customer pour concrete test cylinders and break the PERMIT CENTER cylinders prior to assembly of the tower crane to ensure the concrete In the footing has come up to the strength specified in the footing design. City of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION SE ,6—; Coast Crane Company will weld leg extensions on the bottom of the fixing angles. The base section and fixing angles will be placed at the correct location on the non -reinforced slab. Shims can used taundsL the leg extbr sionsfoi ( [1 n /J E (l adjustments. r 1 L (1 UVJ ! 1 ) AUG 3 0 2016 Inspection completed by: /4,1<d, , 7<et.r �t�taFj Date $ —25 l The controlling entity responsible for the installation, ,has certified that the base section has been checked for plumb and level from at least three corners and is within < 118" tolerance at the Tukwila Village Phase 2 project, Ioacated at 14400 Tukwila International Blvd., Tukwila, WA 98188 Name: (Sign and print name) j -,,.._ jflj,' j<� htek,1 yx o h Company Date Dl�� o1,1-1/0 ak Greg Herring From: Sent: To: Subject: Attachments: Mike, Mike Wheatley <MikeW@coastcrane.com> Thursday, August 25, 2016 2:06 PM 'mikeh'; Greg Herring (gregh@intercitycontractors.com) Base set inspection sheet. Inter -City Base Set Inspection Sheet.pdf Here is the base section inspection sheet for your records. ESSEX RENTAL. conF. OMPANY r: REN1AL !SALES 1 PARTS 1 SERVICE o00 Mike Wheatley Tower Crane Coordinator Email: MikeW@coastcrane.com Direct: 206-801-9460 Mobile: 206-465-6168 Coast Crane 1 Seattle 1206-622-1151 8250 5th Avenue S. Seattle WA 98108 The information transmitted is intended only for the person or entity to which it is addressed and may contain confidential and privileged material. Any review, retransmission, dissemination or other use of, or taking of any action in reliance upon, this information by persons or entities other than the intended recipient, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this message to the intended recipient, is prohibited. If you received this in error, please contact the sender and then delete and destroy all copies of the material. 1 DECLEfiVE AUG 30 2016 REID it(IDOLE1ON INC. I P ; „,REVIEwED FOR , :t ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 11 OCT 0 4 2016 ,4 1-4, City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION i product guide features • Topless jib with maximum radius of 213 ft (65 m) • Two versions: 11 USt (10 t) and 13.2 USt (12 t) • 6,614 Ib (3 000 kg) maximum tip capacity at 213 ft (65 m) • Internal and external climbing with K mast o Centrally located mean ! E D CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER contents Features Specifications Component Weights MDT 268 J10 Dimensions Load Charts 1 Mast & Mechanisms MDT 268 J12 Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms MDT 268 J10 (Metric) Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms (anitowolc www.manitowoc.com (nom Product may be shown with optional equip en . MDT 268 J12 (Metric) Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms Symbols Glossary features Designed for easy maintenance, the MDT 268's mechanisms are centrally located near the pivot POTAIN 4d K mast available as monoblock or panel mast with stepped pins for easy installation and instant visual inspection. Climbing mast available to allow you to climb with your jobsite. New counter -jib design is able to be folded ,for transport and erected as one piece. Patented six knot jib design creates a lighter jib with enhanced capacities for • • improved • performance. Jib 98 ft (30 m) radius standard lattice jib. Patented six (6) bar knot design and joints. Catwalks in first two (2) 33 ft (10 m) sections for maintenance and easy access to sling points for erection and dismantling. Mounted as whole wired jib with hoist rope and trolley rope installed. One pin and two (2) safety pins at connection point to counter jib. Sling points welded on jib, *lifting beam and *slings optional with crane. C ®1 *Jib Extensions Optional jib lengths start at 82 ft (25 m). Additional jib sections of 16 ft (5 m) available up to maximum jib length of 205 ft (65 m). 4 Counter -Jib Patented design in one compact package. Inclined position of ballast holder ensures self-locking of ballast blocks. Welded sling points. Counter -Jib Ballast (customer supplied) Two (2) concrete block style combinations for various ballasting combinations according to jib length: 3,373 Ib (1 530 kg) and 10,141 Ib (4 600 kg); 6,768 Ib (3 070 kg) and 10,141 Ib (4 600 kg). Blocks are designed for safe and easy placement on the ground during erection and dismantling. lF, Cab Vision cab 140C includes heating, window vent, tinted glass, windshield wipers, sun visor, document case, side pocket, bottle holder, ergonomic seat with high back, adjustable armrests, height and seating with control units, front -to -back shifting and reclining back. 140C: 4.6 ft (1,400 mm) width, 7.2 ft (2,200 mm) height, and 5.3 ft (1 620 mm) depth. *140S: 4.6 ft (1 400 mm) width, 7.2 ft (2 200 mm) height, and 7.2 ft (2 180 mm) depth; air conditioning optional. [111 Controls Dual axis joystick controls located in the cab with an optional *radio remote control optional. {L..i1 Reeving SM for 2 -part line application standard. *Optional 2 -trolley or SM/DM (semi-automatic) hookblock for 2 or 4 -part line applications. Electrical Requirement 480 volt, 60 Hz measured at the turntable. * Anemometer & *Dialog Visu Electronic wind speed meter (anemometer) to alert the operator of wind speed conditions. Requires *Dialog Visu to display information. Crane can be operated with wind gusts up to 45 MPH (72 KPH). *Dialog Visu displays height under hook, position of jib trolley, loads and overload moment, and wind speed. * Denotes optional equipment specifications Swing RVF 162 Optima + slewing mechanism with maximum swing speed of 0.8 RPM. Progressive control of speed with counter- slewing possible, anti -load swinging system makes aligning the load and jib easier. Optima + swing allows two (2) distinct swing modes. fki Hoist Grooved drum with electromagnetic safety brake. Progressive speed change according to the accelerating or decelerating ramps. Optima allows the hoist to adapt its speed to the weight of the load. MDT 268 J10: 50 LVF 25 Optima 2.8 USt (2.5 t) 315 ftimin (96 m/min) 50 HP Single Line Pull: Line speed: Horse Power. Spooling Capacity: 1,827 ft (557 m) MDT 268 J12: *75 LVF 25 Optima 2.8 USt (2.5 t) 361 ft/min (110 mlmin) 75 HP 2,936 ft (895 m) 50 LVF 30 Optima '75 LVF 30 Optima Single Line Pull: 3.3 USt (3 t) 3.3 USt (3 t) speed: 269 ft/min (82 m/min) 381 ft/min (116 mlmin) Horse Power. 50 HP 75 HP Spooling Capacity: 1,106 ft (337 m) 2,51311(766 m) 3,0878 (941 m) Specification of quantity of hoist rope is dependent upon customer's requirements and mast height. Trolley '100 LVF 30 Optima 3.3 USt (3 t) Line 531 ft/min (162 m/min) 75 HP 6 DVF 4: 5.5 HP variable frequency hoist with 882 Ib (400 kg) line pull and line speed of 394 ft/min (120 m/min). Progressive speed change according to acceleration or deceleration ramps controlled by the frequency converter. * Optional Equipment * STANDARD NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION for J12: includes electric slip ring, 197 ft (60 m) cable 4G35 mm2, 213 ft (65 m) jib, 100LVF30 Optima hoist, heating mechanism for hoist, 2 -trolley hookblock or SM/DM hookblock. 853 ft (260 m) hoist rope, Vision 140SX cab with insulation, Dialog Visu, and anemometer. * Electric slip ring * Jib radius 82 — 205 ft (25 — 65 m) * 2 -Trolley hookblock * SM/DM (semi-automatic) hookblock * Dialog Visu * Cab air conditioning * Motorized greasing Consult price list for addition! options NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAIN 4/t c0 N specifications re]* Mast K mast in K600 (6.6 ft [2 m]), panel or monoblock, and climbing or non -climbing available. Lengths of 10.9 ft (3.33 m), 16.4 ft (5 m), and 32.8 ft (10 m). available. Identification plates welded on each section to designate the type of mast and pin box to stow pins when not in use. Mast nomenclature: K - Series of mast with box angled members M - Monoblock, non climbing R - Reinforced MT - Monoblock & climbing RMT - Reinforced, monoblock, climbing Equipped with aluminum ladders and galvanized steel resting platforms in each section. Cast connections are secured with two double tapered pins. *Tirax tool and *Tirax pins available for faster easier assembly. Combinations of masts can allow free-standing HUH to increase. * Climbing Equipment ltl Equipment available for both intemal climbing and extemal climbing of 6.6 ft (2 m) mast. Internal climbing equipment sold separately: 20 HP hydraulic unit, jack, and collars. External climbing equipment sold separately: climbing cage, 20 HP hydraulic unit, yoke, and jack. �-a-J * Anchor Stools Anchor stools to be used in combination with a concrete foundation. Anchors P61A: permanent anchor, maximum free-standing HUH: 212 ft (64.7 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Anchors P62A: permanent anchor, maximum free-standing HUH: 229 ft (69.7 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. * Chassis Chassis available with square footprints of 19.7 ft (6 m) for K600 mast. Composed of 2 metallic structures connected with a central mast -chassis and 4 struts for rigidity. A chassis can be placed on either straight or curved traveling equipment or metallic stools embedded into a concrete block. Chassis V60A: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 217.8 ft (66.4 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Chassis V63A: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 245.7 ft (74.9 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. * Cross Shaped Base Cross shaped bases available with square footprint of 14.8 ft (4.5 m) and 19.7 ft (6 m). Composed of 2 beams and able to be placed on screw jacks with support plates, screwjacks with concrete blocks or traveling equipment. Cross ZD 463: square footprint of 14.8 ft (4.5 m), maximum free- standing HUH 172.2 ft (52.5 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Cross ZX6830: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 210.6 ft (64.2 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. * Consult price list for additional options Component earn .�. My "IJeights , R bn it m ry .. -, n�.r _ J- 3 1 4'tU2m - in 11itn +vei ... # i ' 4+S 7S tAFF ocum d *'.S4' LWF 3D tvi tj 11_210 1 j � i f fi 3.741 al I2.S1 13.1 ) 25.115 eft L. j.".... .�y,_� laimenemanrAugoommuNws TA 12.476) T 64 #i mil el itbi kite la 6II3 ¢ 1 ��-1r.�. ) rt -..., ++6175 Lir Xi be- i..,_ , 74 2.27) [ O 2.10, +1.+l ... (1.35) 5,357. j •4XI) E 1 Ma�s1.11at] LA 30 } h LI- til %r -`a_ ape) 10 magi 613. aft 5,,02257-;- ta550) 5 1 Cob Vi406 ' _ qui support gilt t Ma, _ ._.?. r. i 2.1 (4..29) ' �.2 [Z22)1 $ a R48 Til 4 01531 NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAIN 4) component weights NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAI N 4 t?mponent Wei is (continued) 7 1 root 1 ! 1 ('mini ;; (1.121 : B tz i 7103 rdui �! Ili 1 -6 Dalian • , moi` .. 1 4l) (1:21 %: t.+FTI k .324 {#157 _ t� 1 i.i 2ql i2 39i (9$1) 336 10,24) (1 2i+j 7_6 (2 l 3223 41 4s2) I 1' 330 (113 24 3.9 f12P7 7.6 ' 12zoi 2;x+1 (115i.1 ! 14 91 ' 20) 3 643 ($3{ 1 763 17 1 y H 9 1.4 16.9 1515.) 3.9 i 11.211) (k0 11 53 696 + pl J.,.;,.6::::,,,...;_ ht 1 �. ?B7 I�i�g 3.8 11.26) 4G i.39j 485 k t eh now " ""'` 1 t-= � ":. 41 t 3, ' - J 5A 41 511 4.4 11. j 1:8 ( ) 258 .. (118) t JA h� lop alM6412i f 1 _ { °; + - S.i (iii +5,9 (1.§j I (1) g i7>'t tikeldtbcit5i,1r1 t21 J Hi 15) 17D4) it.31) i452j 1Ct2Clbtan- 121 irr tr1 1111- `_... �3"t 53 Iz.$3l B.11CB---1--� �9t.511i 12 10964, OM db b y i31z I w_? 4.H 19,•) 11 11 4t,51 3 +1 11.031 401� 1221, 1CrI Fa9cidi 121 L. t�!.w h 54: )1.88) 13.1) id.25$ °� H i1_P 4!}0 �+6) 1111 11 I Mast soctkvi tiH17E A 1Mµ_4 + '. (110 { 11.7 am 6. T 12 84) iC �Bd (4 eesi , u1a'iLLtvu _ _ .j s._µj 33.9 419231 55 (2.67) 5x7 RIM : Mx,82 15 2901 Ma} eacitonfs636H ' fir'' �. ` 17.2 1523) 6 7 12333 4.7 pm) 6 UM p BOS) IWeztecilmnl sJi lam, 117 MSTj 46 42.07) 67 41113,? 4,37ff 11 BIM II111 Il souls 6166 (G.411 # QO-811. 41 4t. l) �:rtH 14903 haIDe:.ZX as .. _�J :,; -i ff t+" ei g jl i .5� 10:1) .f 1011 LTi 1, 17,66) J.1 4x.1) 3.7 41.1) 3)5 (1.11 ,2004 x6446 "` _ 313 1111 # 61-361 115117 %, -a«..�� ;r.s f. I'L-•*-� i bras shaped haste:20483 3 . ,... ii tt) _ 1-;,... 144'4 h 1_4, 11.2 (341) 7.3 id .Y) ' 44 11 5 1645 15551 I.....0FP' 11.2 f341) a.3 4 j 7) 44 11351 3.1513` ti 6701 ` NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAI N 4 dimensions RIOT 268 J170 10 ft 8ft ii 10 ftrum 218 ft r 5.5 USt .rJ 6.1 USt 50 ft ra 41, ❑14.8 ft 19.7 ft 1J 3.9 USt. 4.5 USt H (ft) 5USt ❑ 172 io 227 ■ 246 • THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) �.kri 213ft 10 ► 197ft 10 ► row, 180ft 10 ► roa, 164 ft 10 ► 148 ft 10 I. 131 ft 10 ► roa, 115 ft 10 98 ft rAYA 82 ft 10 10 ► load charts war 268Ja 72 72 82 89 98 105 115 121 129 138 148 154 164 11 10.9 9.5 8.6 7.6 7.1 6.4 6 5.5-4.5,5 5.1 4.9 4.5 76 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 136 147 148 154 11 10.1 9.3 8.2 7.6 6.8 6.4 5:8 5.5•-5.5 5.5 5.2 78 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 138 142 152 154 11 10.6 9.6 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.6 6.1 5.7 5.56,5 5.4 78 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 141 151 154 11 10.4 9.6 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.6 6:1 5.5"•5.5 5.4 78 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 141 148 ft 11 10.5 9.6 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.6 6.1 5.5'45,5 USt 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 ft 11 10.5 9.6 "8.5 7.9 7.2 6.6 6.1 USt 79 82 89 98 105 115 ft 11 10.5 9.6 8.5 7.9' 7.1 USt 79 82 89 98 ft 11 10.6 9.78.5 USt 79 82 ft 11 10.5 USt 171 180 187 197 203 213 4.3 4.1 3.9 3.6. 3.5 3.3 164 171 180 187 197 ft 4.9 4.6 4.3 4.2 3.9 USt 164 171 180 ft 5.1 4.9 4.5 USt 164 ft 5 USt (USt) 11 0 USt 5.5 ` i 0.5 USI (ft) -=W-0.5USt V -. t; 213 8 ► 73 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 132 135 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft ►.y.e, 11 9.78.97.87,36.56.25.55.545.55.4 5 4.64.34.13.93.63.43.33.1 USt 197 ft 8 ► 77 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 138 138 141 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft ""` 11 10.6 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.9 6.5 5.87 5.5 5.5-45.5 5,2 5 4.6 4.4 4.1 3.9 3.6 USI 180 ft 8 . 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 138 144 147 148 154 164 171 180 0 moo, 1110.69,78.6 8 7.36.76.25.85.5^-5.55.55.24.94.64.3USt 164 ft 8 ► 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 143 146 148 154 164 ft r"A` 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7,2 6.7 6.2 5.5K5,5 5.4 5.2 4.8 USt 148 ft 8 ► 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 144 146 148 0 1 Al\ 11 10.6 9.7 8.6. 7.9 7.2 6.7 6.2 5:56,5 5.5 USt 131 ft 8 ►79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 0 (USt) 1 A, 11 1069.7 8.6.7.9 7.2 6.7 .6.2 USt 11 115 ft 8 79 82 89 98 105 115 ft 0.1 USt r I` 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 8 7.2 USt 5.5 r 98 ft 8 . 80 82 89 98 0 (ft) row, 11 10.7 9.8 8.7 USt-=C7-0.1US 82 ft 8 . 80 82 ft rA.al, 11 10.7 USt NOTE: Illustrated hook heights on this page were determined using FEM 1.001. Configurations shown may include optional equipment. Other codes may require reductions in configurations. POTAIN 4�t mast & mechanisms Mar 268 H (ft) 212.3 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 H (ft) 171.9 155.5 139.1 122.7 106.3 89.9 73.5 57.1 40.7 o>. E20,46U H (ft) 228.7 217.5 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 0 H (ft) 217.8 201.4 185.0 168.6 152.2 135.8 119.4 103.0 86.6 70.2 53.8 H (ft) 227.0 215.9 205.1 188.6 172.2 155.8 139.4 123.0 106.6 90.2 73.8 57.4 41.0 19.78 ribCalti to H (ft) 245.7 234.6 218.2 201.8 185.4 169.0 152.6 136.2 119.8 103.3 86.9 70.5 54.1 H (ft) 201.1 190.3 173.9 157.5 141.1 124.7 108.3 91.9 9.7 ft , 3- ft/min 315. _ 217 118 50 LVF 25 Optima + 25% t 171 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN ;. . - ;•( ; ,;.;;.- ,„, hp kW ;• - '.: ..-,', 50ti # 2 5 Optimq.,.;:. '.7510.:2§' °RtIn*, , ft/min _ 'USt f '': 10 -+ -: 5:5 : 39 -.118 -.151-0217 -.315 5:5, '; 5.5'.' c-.-4:1 : 2.8 ''2. 1,4 - 5 -. 20 -+ 59 -0 75 -.108-057 I1- -11 11 -.,e..s, 1,15' ..211 50 37 1 827 8 ' fi/min , :o8t: .‘:,: 13 -, 5.5 46 -0171-.217 -.295 -0361 ,5 :.. -,5.5 - , .4.1 .-, :2,43 71,4:::' 7 -. 23 -+ 85 1087. 148-080 .11 :, :11 ,, 11 :::...5.3` . 6:5Zfl 75 55 2,9368 .:, rpm 0 -0 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 ' ,b4i4:, fi/min 0 -. 164 (11 USt) - 0 -+ 328 (5.5 USt) - 0 -0 394 (2.8 USt) 5,5 4 5.,. ,Vit0 Ai';;..,--; ;#754.-.;`, Al2V, fprii, ....,....,..-, ft/min 44 - 89 4x7 4x5,2 tiEctlip;: 5, ;.i.9:14:$',,,, ' .., 0 .2V -:;: ftimin 49 - 98 4x5 4 x3,7 furnin -"" 44 - 89 6x7 6x5,2 ,'',T.:rfri-^r: 7. • ;,'--.M -;.; . , ,....; ,CE138 .-.., iit • " 480 V (+6% -10%) 50 LVF : 75 kVA 75 LVF : 100 kVA ft/min 315. _ 217 118 50 LVF 25 Optima + 25% t 171 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 10ft 8ft 13 ft 59 ft dimensions mar 268 J s 218 ft 10 ft 5_ 213ft • ''3.2 USt 13.2 USt 197 ft 180 ft 164 ft 148 ft 5 USt' J 131 ft 5.5 USt 115 ft 98 ft / I 8.5 USt 82 ft rJ 6.1 USt r' 7.1 USt 11 1• I. ❑14.8 ft a 19.7 ft 1-1 3:9 USt 4.4 USt H (ft) o 172 IA 227 • 246 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) load charts fii/ 268 `Li 't- 1-V 213 ft 10 I. 60 66 72 82 89 98 105 108 116 121 131 WAN 13.2 12 10.8 9.3 8.5 7.4 6.8 6.6.4.6 6.3 5.7 197 ft 10 . 64 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 116 124 131 WAN 13.2 12.9 11.6 10 9.1 8 7.5 6.7 6.6,6 6.2 180ft 10 I. 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 m•^ 132 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.8 6.0'16 6.4 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft 5.4 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.2 4 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 USI 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft 5.8 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 4.1 3.9 USt 138 148 154 164 171 180 ft 6.15.65.3 5 4.7 4.4 USt 154 164 ft 5.3 4.9 USt ft USt 164ft 10 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 112 118 127 131 138 148 132 11.8 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.6 7.1 6.6.6 6.4 6 5.5 148ft 10 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 138 148 U'?, 13.211.910.39.48.37.66.86.6-'6,66.46.15.6 131ft 10 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 11 ►•`•^ 13.211.910.39.48.37.66.86.6'.66.4USt 115 ft 10 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 11 r"•^ 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.9 USt 98ft 10 ► 66 72 82 89 98 ft '•`�� 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.3 USt 82 ft 10 ► 66 72 82 ft [Mk 13.2 12 10.3 USt (USt) 1161 13.2 6.6 N� I (ft) -=W-0.6USt V -.1;, 213 8 ► 61 66 72 82 89 98 105 110 112 115 121 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft '•`•^ 13.2 12.1 10.9 9.4 8.6 7.5 6.9 6.6 6.8"4.4 6 5.4 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.9 USt 197ft 8 ► 65 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 117 119 121 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft imm 13.21311.710 9.18.27.56.76.66.8^6.55.85.55.14,94.54.3 4 3,7 3.5 USI 180ft 8 . 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 ft WA& 13.21210.49.58.47.76.96.&.6,66.15.75.3 5 4.6 4.4 4.1 USt 164ft 8 . 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 121 131 138 148 154 164 11 no'. 13.211.910.39.48.37.76.96.6.6,66.15.75.2 5 4.6 USt 148ft 8 . 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 138 148 ft I•"^ 13.211.910.49.58.47.76.96.6.6,66.1 5.7 5.2 USt (USt) 131ft 8 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 11 WAN 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.6.6,6 6.1 USt 13.2 il. 115 ft 8 ► 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 ft 02 USI �•mi 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 6.9 USI 6.6 9811 8 . 66 72 82 89 98 ft . (ft) W^ 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 USt -=17 - 0.2 US 82 ft 8 ► 66 72 82 11 &To, 13.2 12 10.4 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN �►. fl H (ft) 212.3 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 cc: H (ft) 171.9 155.5 139.1 122.7 106.3 89.9 73.5 57.1 40.7 cn 14.8 ft (21574637 mast & mechanisms H (ft) 228.7 217.5 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 '';'70".62•A), cc? or? MDT 268 J12 H (ft) 217.8 201.4 185.0 168.6 152.2 135.8 119.4 103.0 86.6 70.2 53.8 H (ft) 227.0 Pg.? 0 . 0 188.6 172.2 155.8 139.4 123.0 106.6 90.2 73.8 57.4 41.0 9.7 ft 9.7 ft EV 401-7 H (ft) 245.7 234.6 218.2 201.8 185.4 169.0 152.6 136.2 119.8 103.3 86.9 70.5 54.1 H (ft) 201.1 190.3 173.9 157.5 141.1 124.7 108.3 91.9 ft/min 269 184 98 50 LVF 30 Optima ftlmin 381 262 144 75 LVF 30 Optima + 25% .:',.., 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt 1.7 33 6.6 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTA IN 1). `,,,',.....•!:.:.;;;7',..P..1.?,- '....g.:„.,..1,,, . . 4M.:.!..;','.,,;2:'.'41;: hP kW 501111t0:: '' Oiiti*,'". ft/min ',-;:-.(18t ; .rf„ 9 -+ 33 -+ 98 -0131-o 184 269 : 6..6 .86 :-.' 0.05-.-:,,7, 3.37:-. i • 1.7: 4 -,o 16 -+ 49 7+766 to 92 7.015 '13:2 .13.2 '132 '.:;9:96.5 '..,i3 ' 50 37 ,..;,..-, ...., 1,10689 5LiiK31; 0105, Ciii-fifiiiii ft/min .: . USI :„ :!:' : ' 12 -. 144-184-.262-'381 .'. f - 6.4 --:!;;;:!,;:r:, '5 '"!:'::33.'..17:, 6 -o 72 -+ 92 -+ 131 -+ 190 ' :-.:: :13.2 ,l.. 72:: 070. '-:-.. 0.p..,_7,-3.: 75 55 251311 ft/min 0 -k 197-o 262-4361-k 531 :- 6.6 .-:;"-: '. ' 5 ''". 9.3 ': ::: 1.7 - 0 -+ 98 -031-080-0266 , :.;'. z':.: III' ; :.: ' '`'9.9 ''-',.:0.6 l''..128 100 75 3,087 fl ; ,f2J?.. _ -i-.V.,4•/-•,- rpm 0 -4 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 ft/min 0 -0 164 (13.2 USt) - 0 -, 328 (6.6 USt) - 0 -0 394 (3.3 USt) 5,5 4 . , y -- , T, '."- -41 2V Alft/min 44 - 89 4x7 4 x 5,2 „ . LR t3m 0 - -- - .• , "ZD463 RT -443 ftimin 49 - 98 4 x 5 4x3,7 .. . - ft/min 44 - 89 6x7 6 x 5,2 ',' -- • - ..7,-; ' ' -.! ,•:',.'-, tz 480 V (+6% -10%) 50 LVF : 75 kVA - 75 LVF : 100 kVA - 100 LVF : 125 kVA ft/min 269 184 98 50 LVF 30 Optima ftlmin 381 262 144 75 LVF 30 Optima + 25% .:',.., 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt 1.7 33 6.6 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTA IN 1). n metric dimensions ADT 268 J110 2,95 m 2,35 m 114l 4 m ._: 2,9 m .�. 17,9m 10t 66,5 m 65 m • 3# 60 m / 55 m OA. MiI1N ` 4 / 35 m 15,2 mItg / / �J2x2m 50 m 45 m 4;55 t 40 m 30 m 6,45# 25 m 4 ❑ 4,5 m 0 6m 9,56 t 7,751 rJ 5,5t J 5t 4,1 t 3,55 t H (m) o 52,4 0 69,2 ■ 74,9 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) n i1.5. Y 65 m 3,1 rAvx 60 m 3,1 ► 55 m 3,1 I. 50 m 3,1 ► ren. 45 m 3,1 ► Ira x% 40m 3,1 ► rAvg 35 m 3,1 ► 30m 3,1 ► rAvx 25 m 3,1 ► --�» 1;! 65 m 2,4 ► 60 m 2,4 55 m 2,4 ► U.A. 50 m 2,4 ► rax 45 m 2,4 30 m 2,4 ► 'Ayr. 25 m 2,4 ► .r. 30 m 2,4 ► A. 25 m 2,4 metric Toad charts rhiacir 268 J i C 21,9 22 25 27 30 32 35 37 39,3 42,2 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m 10 9,9 8,6 7,8 6,9 6,4 5,8 5,4 5 ,. 5 4,6 4,4 4,1 3,9 3,7 3,5 3,3 3,2 3 t 23,2 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 41,6 44,8 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 m 10 9,2 8,4 7,4 6,9 6,2 5,8 5,3 5 v 5 5 4,7 4,4 4,2 3,9 3,8 3,55 t 23,9 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 42 43,2 46,3 47 50 52 55 m 10 9,5 8,7 7,7 7,1 6,4 6 5,5 5,2 5"-5 4,9 4,6 4,4 4,1 1 23,8 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 42,9 46 47 50 m 10 9,4 8,7 7,7 7,1 6,4 6 5,5 5-••5 4,9 4,55 t 23,9 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 43 45 m 10 9,5 8,7 7,7 7,1 6,4 6 5,5 5-x.5 t (USt) 24 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 m u 10 9,5 8,7 7,7 7,2 6,5 6 5,5 t 11 24 25 27 30 32 35 m 5'S t 0.5 USt 10 9,5 8,7 7,7 7,2 6,45 t 24 25 27 30 m (ft) 10 9,6 8,8 7,75 t - - u - 0.5 USt 24 25 m 10 9,56 t 22,4 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 10 8,8 8,1 7,1 6,6 5,9 5,6 , 5 23,4 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 10 9,3 8,5 7,5 7,0 6,3 5,9 5,3 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 8 7.3 6.7 6.2 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 ft 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 8 7.2 USt 80 82 89 98 ft 11 10.7 9.8 8.7 USt 80 82 ft 11 10.7 USt 40,3 41,1 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m 5'"-5 4,9 4,5 4,2 3,9 3,7 3,5 3,3 3,1 3 2,8 t 47 50 52 55 57 60 m 4,5 4,2 4 3,7 3,5 3,3 t 154 164 171 180 ft 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 USt 154 164 ft 5.2 4.8 USI 42 42,2 42,9 45 5 5-•.5 4,7 138 144 147 148 5.8 5.5K.5.5 5.5 131 143 146 148 6.2 5.5•`.5,5 5.4 131 144 146 148 ft 6.2 5.5^-5.5 5.5 USt 131 ft 6.2 USt (USt) 11 5.5 0USt (ft) -= -0.1US THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. 13 POTAIN 4) fl mast & mechanisms tifor 268 /170 H (m) IMAM 64,7 E pi 61,3 Hi 56,3 Ed 51,3 E ea 46,3 Ea 41,3 WI/ 36 3 31,3 MINN 26 3 El 21,3 II 16,3 H (m) 52,4 47,4 42,4 37,4 32 4 27 4 22 4 17,4 E 12,4 u-> WW1 6 DVF 4 ' nn/min mlmin tr/min U/min - rpm mlmin H (m) 69,7 66,3 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36 3 31,3 263 21,3 16,3 E E H (m) 66,4 61,4 56,4 51,4 46,4 41,4 36,4 31,4 26,4 21,4 E 16,4 st H (m) 9,2 58 5 57,5 52,5 47,5 42,5 37,5 32,5 27,5 22,5 17,5 E 12,5 ") 6m ROW 3,2-. 12-0 36-'46 -0 66 -.196 5 5- , 1,25 4 14 -• 52 -0 66 90 -.110 55; S :5 ;1,75- 25 125 6m 19,76:0' E H (m) 74,9 71,5 66,5 61,5 56,5 51,5 it 46,5 3. 41,5 36,5 315 26 5 '- 21,5 165 H (m) 61,3 58 53 48 43 38 33 28 E co co 1,6-. 6 -18-.23-433--.48 10 10 10 '7,5 5 25 2 7 26 -+ 33 -0 45 -0 55 10 •.c10':: . 52,5 0-. 0,8 0 -050 (10 t) - 0 -0 100 (5 t) - 0 120 (2,5 t) E 0 x ch - PS hp 50 75 2 x 7,5 5,5 kW 37 55 2x5,5 4 02544 lmmE"" AI2V 'eZtiz§, 'w Y63A- • #tc. it?!.'0;s• ,rAl 2V mlmin 13,5 -27 4 x 7 4 x 5,2 0 rnlmin 15 - 30 4 x 5 4 x3,7 mlmin 13,5 - 27 6 x 7 6 x5,2 CB 38 400 V (+6% -10%) 50 LVF: 75 kVA 75 LVF: 100 kVA 50 LVF 25 Optima mlmin 96. 66: 36: + 25% 1,25 2,5 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. mlmin 75 LVF 25 Optima + 25% ut 110 90 52 1,25 2,5 5 t E 0 rit 557 m 895 m POTAIN n CEMIre 15,2 m metric dimensions MDT 268 12 t 60 m 66,5 m 65 m 55 m 50 m 45 m 4,45 t 40 m 35 m -71 30 m 6,25 t 25 m ri 9,36 t 02x2m ❑ 4,5 m 6m rJ 7;55 t: 5,8 t 5,05 t rJ 4t rJ 3,5 t 2,9 t H (m) ❑ 52,4 0 69,2 ■ 74,9 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 1) fl 1 metric load charts kflaT 268 J q2 411--i--. 40 65 m 3,1 ► 18,4 20 22 25 27 30 32 33 35,5 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m rA`AN. 12 10,9 9,8 8,4 7,7 6,7 6,2 6 `-6 5,7 5,2 4,9 4,6 4,3 4 3,8 3,6 3,4 3,2 3,1 2,9 t 60 m 3,1 . 19,6 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 35,3 37,9 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 m ►ox). 12 11,7 10,5 9,1 8,3 7,3 6,8 6,1 6 4.-6 5,6 5,3 4,9 4,7 4,4 4,2 3,9 3,7 3,5 t 55 m 3,1 . 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,1 38,8 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 m a`R, 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,2 6-x-6 5,8 5,5 5,1 4,8 4,5 4,3 4 t 50 m 3,1 ► 20 22 25 27 30 32 34 35,9 38,6 40 42 45 47 50 m &ow. 12 10,7 9,3 8,5 7,5 6,9 6,4 6'•-6 5,8 5,4 5 4,8 4,45 t 45 m 3,1 . 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 36 38,7 40 42 45 m cm% 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 6,9 6,2 6 ',46 5,8 5,5 5,05 t 40 m 3,1 . 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,1 38,8 40 m (t) 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,2 6-,.6 5,8 t 12 35 m 3,1 . 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 m "'r`12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,25 t 6 30 m 3,1 . 20,2 22 25 27 30 m 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,55 t 25 m 3,1 ► 20,2 22 25 m 12 10,9 9,36 t -0551 -=u-0,551 1111 --,-. , 65 m 2,4 . 18,6 20 22 25 27 30 32 33,4 34,1 35 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m or. 12 11 9,9 8,5 7,8 6,8 6,3 6'•.6 5,8 5,4 4,9 4,6 4,3 4 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.9 USt 60 m 2,4 ► 19,7 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 35,6 36,3 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 m caw.12 11,8 10,6 9,1 8,3 7,4 6,8 6,1 6-4.6 5,9 5,3 5 4,6 4,4 4,1 3,9 3,6 3,4 3,2 t 55 m 2,4 . 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,4 37,2 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 m cm. 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 6'..-8 5,5 5,2 4,8 4,5 4,2 4 3,7 t 50 m 2,4 . 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,2 37 40 42 45 47 50 m ran` 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,3 6"-6 5,5 5,2 4,7 4,5 4,15 t 45 m 2,4 ► 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,3 37,1 40 42 45 m 4..a 12 10,8 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 6'h. 6 5,5 5,2 4,75 1 40 m 2,4 . 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,4 37,2 40 m 0 am 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 6".6 5,5 t 122 35 m 2,4 . 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 m - 0151 "�` 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 t _ 30 m 2,4 ► 20,2 22 25 27 30 m lilliiiii(m) ms, 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 t - = t7 -0,151 25 m 2,4 . 20,2 22 25 m am 12 10,9 9,41 t THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) H (m) 613 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36 3 26 3 21,3 16,3 H (m) 52,4 47,4 42,4 37,4 32 4 27,4 22,4 17,4 E 12,4 , , 4,5 m ZD 463 P62A mast & mechanisms H (m) 69 7 66,3 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36 3 31 3 26 3 21,3 16,3 MfT 268 J172 H (m) 66,4 61,4 56,4 51,4 46,4 41,4 36,4 314 26 4 214 E 16,4 . H (m) 57,5 52,5 47,5 42,5 37,5 32 5 27 5 22,5 17,5 E 12,5 '. V60A E H (m) 74,9 71,5 66,5 61,5 56,5 51,5 46,5 41,5 36,5 315 26 5 21,5 165 6m V63A - H(m) -'- 61,3 58 53 48 43 38 33 28 x si 660A E 0 x } E 0 x x C PS kW 50LVF 30 Optima Mmin t 2,6-+10-630-+40-+56-+82 6 6 6 4,5 3 1,5 1,3-65-615-620-628-641 12 12 12 9 6 3 r 50 37 75 LVF 30 • , °Pima 100 LVF 30 Optima mlmin t 3,8 -0 6 44 -+ 56 -6 4,5 80 3 -+ 116 1,5 1,9 -+ 12 22 -6 28 9 -+ 40 -6 6 58 3 75 55 Mmin t 0 -6 6 60 -+ 80 -. 4,5 110 3 -6162 1,5 0 -+ 12 30 -6 40 9 -6 55 -6 6 81 3 100 75 J Optima + U/m/in - rpm 0 -+ 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 ' ■ ► ( 6 DVF 4 Mmin 0 -050 (12 0 - 0 -6 100 (61) - 0 -, 120 (31) 5,5 4 V 60A RT 544 lalur Al -2V �''''�R 13m V63A rams ; ... ZD 483 , Al -2Y RT 443 rmnr.0. ZX 6630 RT 544 �.0. Al -2V rNmin 13,5-27 4x7 4x5,2 0 mi 15 - 30 4 x 5 4 x3,7 Mmin 13,5-27 6x7 6x5,2 CEI 38 ( IEC 38 400 V (+6% -1O%) 50 LVF: 75 kVA - 75 LVF : 100 kVA - 100 LVF :125 kVA mlmin 82 56 30 50 LVF 30 Optima Mmin 116 80 44 75 LVF 30 Optima 337 m 766 m 941 m 1,5 3 6 t 1,5 3 6 t 1,5 3 6 t THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. co 0 POTAIN 4) symbols glossary r1 Anchor Stools Anemometer Ballast Cab Chassis ig ♦I Climbing Equipment Controls CO N POTAIN 1) 3'• 4*. y Counter Jib Cross -Shaped Base Curve Track Traveling Equipment Electrical Requirement Hoist Hoisting Mechanism Hydraulic Equipment • • uu Jib Jib Extension Mast Reeving 2 -Part Reeving 4 -Part Straight Track Traveling Equipment iii ii•.1 fel 1A1 Irc • Swing Traveling Traversing Trolley Traversing Trolley & Load Diagrams Trolley Weight in Base Ballast notes 00 (0 ifttc1 POTAIN 0 Regional Headquarters Americas Manitowoc, Wisconsin, USA Tel: +1 920 684 6621 Fax: +1 920 683 6278 Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, USA Tel: +1 717 597 8121 Fax: +1 717 597 4062 Regional Offices Americas Brazil Alphaville Tel: +55 11 3103 0200 Fax: +55 11 4688 2013 Mexico Monterrey Tel: +52 81 8124 0128 Fax: +52 81 8124 0129 Europe. Middle East. Africa Algeria Hydra Tel: +21 3 21 48 1173 Fax: +21 3 21 48 1454 Czech Republic Netvorice Tel: +420 317 78 9313 Fax: +420 317 78 9314 France Baudemont Tel: +33 385 28 2589 Fax: +33 385 28 0430 Cergy Tel: +33 130 31 3150 Fax: +33 130 38 6085 Decines Tel: +33 472 81 5000 Fax: +33 472 81 5010 Germany Langenfeld Tel: +49 21 73 8909-0 Fax: +49 21 73 8909 30 Hungary Budapest Tel: +36 13 39 8622 Fax: +36 13 39 8622 Italy Parabiago Tel: +390 331 49 3311 Fax: +390 331 49 3330 eagorfec www.manitowoc.com Europe, Middle East, Africa Ecully, France Tel: +33 472 18 2020 Fax: +33 472 18 2000 Netherlands Breda Tel: +31 76 578 3999 Fax: +31 76 578 3978 Poland Warsaw Tel: +48 22 843 3824 Fax: +48 22 843 3471 Portugal Alfena Tel: +351 229 69 8840 Fax: +351 229 69 8848 Lisbon Tel: +351 212 109 340 Fax: +351 212 109 349 Russia Moscow Tel: +7 495 641 2359 Fax: +7 495 641 2358 U.A.E. Dubai Tel: +971 4 3381 861 Fax: +971 4 3382 343 U. K. Middlesex Tel: +44 1 895 43 0053 Fax: +44 1 895 45 9500 Sunderland Tel: +44 191 522 2000 Fax: +44 191 522 2052 Asia - Pacific Australia Melbourne Tel: +61 3 9 336 1300 Fax: +61 3 9 336 1322 Sydney Tel: +61 2 9 896 4433 Fax: +61 2 9 896 3122 Asia - Pacific Shanghai, China Tel: +86 21 51113579 Fax: +86 21 51113578 Singapore Tel: +65 6264 1188 Fax: +65 6862 4142 China Beijing Tel: +86 10 58674761 Fax: +86 10 58674760 Xi'an Tel: +86 29 87891465 Fax: +86 29 87884504 Korea Seoul Tel: +82 2 3439 0400 Fax: +82 2 3439 0405 Philippines Makati City Tel: +63 2 844 9437 Fax: +63 2 844 4712 Factories Brazil Alphaville China Zhangjiagang France Charlieu La Clayette Moulins Germany Wilhelmshaven India Calcutta Pune Italy Niella Tanaro Portugal Baltar Fanzeres Slovakia Saris U.S.A. Manitowoc Port Washington Shady Grove ;7 Constant improvement and engineering progress make it necessary that we reserve fhe right to make specification, equipment and price changes without notice. Illustrations shown may include optional equipment and accessories, and may not include an standard equipment. ©2008 MANITOWOC Printed in USA Form No. MOT 268 Part No. 08-008 / 0408 / 1M SEABURG CONSULTING LLC Phone: 253-310-1609 Fax: 425-285-9629 Dean@seaburgconstruction.com FILE August 22, 2016 Greg Herring Inter -City Contractors 17425 68th Ave NE Kenmore, WA 98028 Re: Crane Inspection Process Dear Mr. Herring, REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE to APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ECEOVE AUG 3 0 2016 4 5.a REID MIDDLI= ,► O INC, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER The tower crane inspection process includes many steps. This letter is to give you and overview or the processes I have used in the last ten years that have prevented serious matters from being noticed and addressed. Some of these processes are codified in WAC 296-155 Part L and more specifically in WAC 296-155-53206. Before the crane is delivered to the site, an inspection of the crane and all of its components occurs. This is to allow for two things. One is to check the parts that will not be visible after the crane is assembled. The second reason is to allow the crane owner time to address anything we need for safety or in terms of structure. This helps prevent any exposure to dangers of a non- compliant crane being delivered and erected and the need of repairs while the crane is erected. Another part of the job that occurs prior to erecting the crane is the review of documentation. The foundation of the crane needs to be designed by a Registered Professional Structural Engineer who also ensures the underlying support for the crane is acceptable. I review this documentation prior to the delivery of the crane or it cannot be erected. Further documentation is required for the concrete break test which determines the strength of the crane. Local crane erectors will not hang out the horizontal portions of the crane until this is provided to them. The next phase in the crane inspection is to inspect it after it has been assembled. My process includes another 10 minutes per tower section of inspecting. I review each weld now that it is under stress. I check each piece of connecting hardware for proper installation including tension. I use my hands extensively checking bolts and feeling for abnormalities. At the top of the crane I exit to the outside of the crane to review the welds and parts of the crane that would not be visible after the crane has been erected. I stand on the outside of the crane anchored to the tower to again review welds while they are under stress. Inside the turntable I check the tension of the bolts by hand on the side with the counterweights. This is because the bolts are under compression and if one were loose, that would be the time where we might find it early. Then the crane is swung in the opposite direction and they are checked on that side. While 14438 Bear Creek Road NE Woodinville, WA 98077 V,(p- 020 SEABURG CONSULTING LLC Phone: 253-310-1609 Fax: 425-285-9629 Dean@seaburgconstruction.com that process is going on I am listening to the motors and the sounds of the structure for any abnormalities as well as feeling for any grinding which would be an indication of a bearing problem. The cabs of the cranes are reviewed for fire extinguishers, good glass, all fall protection systems being US compliant, and for being electrically sound. At this point most cranes are UL certified as well by another agency. I check for the sticker to verify this. Another item in the cab is the manual of the crane that contains the inspection worksheets as well as certifications of the wire rope strengths. Hoist ropes must be able to support five times their rated load. The back side of the crane is called the counter jib. Most cranes have the machinery located here as well as the counterweights. The proper amount of weight in the right location is verified against the manual. The hoist brakes are visually inspected. The gear box is checked for oil and the drum is checked for proper attachment of the hoist rope. Once this is done I can inspect the entire working range of the hoist rope. My methodology is very through. I have the operator put the hoist block next to the ground. I then hoist up with my hand wrapped in a towel around the hoist rope. The rope is made out of wires that are very stiff. If any broken wires exist or if there is any deformation, I will feel it long before I could see it. The final area to check is the assembly of the jib of the crane. The operator trolley's out to the tip of the crane. This allows me to walk out the jib so I can visually look at every weld a second time while it is under stress. When I reach the tip I review the connection of the rope. I will then get into the service basket on the side of the trolley and watch the hoist rope as it goes by. This also provides an opportunity to watch the hoist rope go by that I could not inspect previously as well as a chance to hear the bearings and watch the trolley motor and gear box function. Finally, we move on to the load test. The test consists of checking all of the motion limits to prevent the crane from damaging itself due to an inattentive operator. Load testing with weights is done to test the maximum line pull. This is set and tested again to be sure that the hoist can't lift more than it was designed to or more than the brakes can hold. The moment limit is set with a lighter weight in order to keep the crane from picking up or taking out a weight that weights more than it is designed for. At this point, it should be impossible for the crane to harm itself. For the final weight test, we test the foundation as it has been installed. To accomplish this, we apply that maximum moment weight to the crane. It is held at its limit for 10 minutes at one position. If the jobsite allows, we then move it 45 degrees and wait another 10 minutes to see if the foundation will displace. If it does not, we go to a third position to prove the crane one more time. Periodic inspections include everything but the testing with the weights. An annual recertification adds in the weight testing portion to the periodic inspection. 14438 Bear Creek Road NE Woodinville, WA 98077 SEABURG CONSULTING LLC Phone: 253-310-1609 Fax: 425-285-9629 Dean@seaburgconstruction.com This is a rough outline of the process we use to certify tower cranes. The standards used start with the manufacturer recommendations. These standards must meet the applicable ASME B30.3 standard for the date of manufacture. Washington State requires that the cranes also meet their core safety rules even if the manufacturer never designed them that way. For example, some older cranes don't have qualified fall protection in the form of handrails. Or they have a straight ladder system that exceeds 27'. We would make them alter their crane to meet the safety standards that are afforded to all workers in Washington. As someone that has been in the industry for 15 years whom has seen what the industry was like before to the care we take now, we are quite safe in Washington. As long as the crane certifiers such as myself stand up for the demands of the Washington citizens, we are a bound to continue to have a safe industry. Sincerely, Gaytor Rasmussen 14438 Bear Creek Road NE Woodinville, WA 98077 Site Specific Accident Prevention Plan Seaburg Construction Intercity — 4450 144th St Tukwila 98188 Tukwila Village Project Seattle, WA 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject Page Company Safety Policy Letter 3 Safety Program Outline 4 First Aid Procedures in Construction 4 Temperature Extremes (Heat Stress/Cold Stress) 5 Safety meetings and self -inspections 6 Safety Disciplinary Policy 6 General Safety Work Practices for Construction 7 Personal Protective Equipment 7 Housekeeping 7 Fall Protection 8 Electrical 8 Ladder safety 8,9,10 Scaffold Safety Rules 11 Motorized Vehicles and Equipment 12 Crane and Rigging 13-36 Appendix: Job Safety Hazard Analysis Worksheet 37 Fall Protection Work Plan 38 Weekly Walk -around safety inspection 39 MSDS Construction Hoist Operation Crane Operator Certs COMPANY POLICY LETTER SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY FOR Seaburq Construction The purpose of this policy is to develop a high standard of safety throughout all operations of Seaburg Construction We believe that each employee has the right to derive personal satisfaction from his/her job and the prevention of occupational injury or illness is of such consequence to this belief that it will be given top priority at all times. It is our intention here at Seaburg Construction to initiate and maintain complete accident prevention and safety training programs. Each individual from top management to the working person is responsible for the safety and health of those persons in their charge and coworkers around them. By accepting mutual responsibility to operate safely, we will all contribute to the well being of personnel. Dean Seaburg 3 Safety Contact List Seaburg Contact: Dean Seaburg CeII Phone 253.310.1609 dean(a�seaburgconstruction.com 14438 Bear Creek Rd. NE, Woodinville WA 98077 Gaytor Rasmussen CeII Phone 425.210.1520 Gaytor.rasmussen@gmail.com 13420 33rd Ave SE Mill Creek, WA 98012 Safety Program Outline Seaburq Construction Element 1- Safety Orientation: Each employee will be given a safety orientation by Dean Seaburg when first hired. The orientation will cover the following items: A description of the accident prevention program: • We have a formal written accident prevention program as described in WISHA regulations (WAC 296-155-110). It consists of this safety orientation, safety meetings as described in Element 2, and Self -inspections as outlined in Element 3. • We also have basic safety rules that all employees must follow. They are: • Never do anything that is unsafe in order to get the job done. If a job is unsafe, report it to your supervisor or foreman. We will find a safer way to do that job. • Do not remove or disable any safety device! Keep guards in place at all times on operating machinery. • Never operate a piece of equipment unless you have been trained and are authorized. • Use your personal protective equipment whenever it is required. • Obey all safety waming signs. • Working under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs or using them at work is prohibited. • Do not bring firearms or explosives onto company property. • Horseplay, running and fighting are prohibited • Clean up spills immediately. Replace all tools and supplies after use. Do not allow scraps to accumulate where they will become a hazard. Good housekeeping helps prevent accidents. How and when to report injuries, including first aid kits and their locations: • If you are injured or become ill on the job, report this to Dean Seaburq. • We require all supervisors and/or foremen to have first-aid/CPR training. 1 • We have first aid qualified workers here but we do not have "designated" first -aiders. First aid at the job site is done on a Good Samaritan basis. • If first aid trained personnel are involved in a situation involving blood, they should: • Avoid skin contact with blood/other potentially infectious materials by letting the victim help as much as possible, and by using gloves provided in the first aid kit. • Remove clothing, etc. with blood on it after rendering help. • Wash thoroughly with soap and water to remove blood. A 10% chlorine bleach solution is good for disinfecting areas contaminated with blood (spills, etc.). • Report such first aid incidents within the shift to supervisors (time, date, blood presence, exposure, names of others helping). • First aid kit locations at this jobsite include: • Company Truck • Jobsite Trailer 5 Temperature Extremes Workers subjected to temperature extremes, radiant heat, humidity, or air velocity combinations which, over a period of time, may produce physical illness. Protection by use of adequate controls, methods or procedures, or use of protective clothing will be provided to employees working in these conditions. Excessive exposure to heat is referred to as heat stress and excessive exposure to cold is referred to as cold stress. Heat related illness (HRI) and cold -induced illnesses (Hypothermia/frostbite) are well known, recognized workplace hazards. All work operations involving exposure to temperature extremes, either humidity/heat extremes or cold extremes have the potential for inducing heat stress and heat related illnesses or cold stress resulting in frostbite or hypothermia, therefore, Seaburq construction has developed a policy to address these issues. All employees will receive training relating to the causes and effects, as well as the personal and environmental factors that may lead to temperature extreme related illnesses. Each employee will be provided with training and materials that include but are not limited to: • The chosen method or methods to assess the risk for HRI or cold stress. • A section covering training elements to provide employees information on what the employer will do when working in extreme weather conditions. • A section on first aid including how to identify HRI symptoms and cold stress systems. The proper first aid application for an individual that is suffering from HRI or cold weather illness, and procedures for summoning medical aid personnel. • A section identifying where and how adequate drinking water will be supplied. What to do in an emergency including how to exit the workplace: • An evacuation map for the building is posted. It shows the location of exits, fire extinguishers, first aid kits, and where to assemble outside. Fire Emergency • A fire extinguisher or fire extinguishers will be covered as part of this orientation. • If you discover a fire: Tell another person immediately. Call or have them call 911 and a supervisor. • If the fire is small (such as a wastebasket fire) and there is minimal smoke, and you have training, you may try to put it out with a fire extinguisher if trained in its use. • If the fire grows or there is thick smoke, do not continue to fight the fire. • Tell other employees in the area to evacuate. • Go to the designated assembly point outside the building. Add other emergency procedures 3 Identification of hazardous chemicals used at this location: • Safe use and emergency actions to take following an accidental exposure. • We use a limited number of chemicals. You will receive a separate orientation as part of our chemical hazard communication program on the hazards of these chemicals before you work with them or work in an area where they are used. 6 Use and care of required personal protective equipment (PPE): 4 • Some tasks in our company require an employee to wear PPE to protect against injury. • You will be instructed by Dean Seaburg and using the manufacturer's instructions on how to use and care for these PPE. On-the-job training about what you need to know to perform the job safely: • Before you are first assigned a task Dean Seaburg will show you what to do along with safety instructions and required PPE. • We have established safety rules and personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements based upon a hazard assessment for each task. • Do not use equipment or attempt to do any of these tasks until you have received the required training and PPE. 7 Safety Meetings and Self -Inspections • Element 2 - Employee Safety Meetings • At the beginning of each job and at least weekly thereafter. • Review of any walk -around safety inspections conducted since the last safety meeting. • Review of any citation to assist in correction of hazards. • Evaluation of any accident investigations conducted since the last meetings to determine if the cause of the unsafe acts or unsafe conditions involved were properly identified and corrected. • Document attendance and other subjects discussed. • Maintain records for one year. • Element 3 — Self -inspections • At the beginning of each job, and at least weekly thereafter. • Include one member of management and one employee, elected by the employees, as their authorized representative. • Document walk -around safety inspection. • Maintain records until the completion of the job. Safety Disciplinary Policy Seaburq construction believes that a safety and health Accident Prevention Program is unenforceable without some type of disciplinary policy. Our company believes that in order to maintain a safe and healthful workplace, the employees must be cognizant and aware of all company, State, and Federal safety and health regulations as they apply to the specific job duties required. The following disciplinary policy is in effect and will be applied to all safety and health violations. The following steps will be followed unless the seriousness of the violation would dictate going directly to Step 2 or Step 3. 1. A first time violation will be discussed orally between company supervision and the employee. This will be done as soon as possible. 2. A second time offense will be followed up in written form and a copy of this written documentation will be entered into the employee's personnel folder. Time off without pay (3 day minimum). 3. A third time violation will result in termination. If an employee of this company knowingly and willingly violates any of the safety rules or procedures, or puts his/her self in an imminent danger situation, the employee will be immediately discharged. 8 General Safe Work Practices for Construction Personal Protective Equipment • Suitable clothing must be worn including Hi -Vis; long pants, at least short -sleeved shirts and adequate foot wear. • Hard hats, safety glasses or goggles must be used when a potential hazard exists. (Safety glasses must be ANSI Z87 or Z87.1 approved). • Hearing protection (earplugs or earmuffs) must be used in high noise (85db+) areas. • Gloves (as needed). Housekeeping • Always store materials in a safe manner. Tie down or support materials if necessary to prevent falling, rolling, or shifting. • Shavings, dust scraps, oil or grease should not be allowed to accumulate. Good housekeeping is a part of the job. • Trash piles must be removed as soon as possible. Trash is a safety and fire hazard. • Immediately remove all loose materials from stairs, walkways, ramps, platforms, etc. • Do not block aisles, traffic lanes, fire exits, gangways, or stairs. Other general safe work practices • Avoid shortcuts — use ramps, stairs, walkways, ladders, etc. • Do not remove, deface or destroy any warning, danger sign, or barricade, or interfere with any form of accident prevention device or practice provided for your use or that is being used by other workers. • Get help with heavy or bulky materials to avoid injury to yourself or damage to material. • Do not use tools with split, broken, or loose handles, or burred or mushroomed heads. Keep cutting tools sharp and carry all tools in a container. • Know the correct use of hand and power tools. Use the right tool for the job. 9 Fall protection • Fall hazards of 4 feet or more will be outlined and addressed in our jobsite fall protection work plan. • Fall hazards of Tess than 4 feet will be protected by covers, guardrails or other methods and will be addressed in our self -inspections and safety meetings. • Standard guardrails must be erected around all floor openings and open -sided surfaces. Contact your supervisor for the correct specifications. Electrical • Ground -fault circuit interrupters (GFCI) will be used when ever possible. • Electric cords will be inspected daily and repaired or replaced as necessary. • Do not operate any power tool or equipment unless you are trained in its operation. • Use tools only for their designed purpose. Ladder safety • Inspect before use for physical defects. • Ladders are not to be painted except for numbering purposes. • Do not use ladders for skids, braces, workbenches, or any purpose other than climbing. • When you are ascending or descending a ladder, do not carry objects that will prevent you from grasping the ladder with both hands. Use ropes to raise or lower small objects. • Always face the ladder when ascending and descending. • If you must place a ladder over a doorway, barricade the door to prevent its use and post a warning sign. • Only one person is allowed on a ladder at a time. • Do not jump from a ladder when descending. • All joints between steps, rungs, and side rails must be tight. • Safety feet must be in good working order and in place. • Rungs must be free of grease and/or oil. 10 Stepladders • Do not place tools or materials on the steps or platform of a stepladder • Do not use the top two steps of a stepladder as a step or stand. • Always level all four feet and lock spreaders in place. • Do not use a stepladder as a straight ladder. Straight type or extension ladders • All straight or extension ladders must extend at least three feet beyond the supporting object when used as an access to an elevated work area. • After raising the extension portion of a two or more stage ladder to the desired height, check to ensure that the safety dogs or latches are engaged. • All extension or straight ladders must be secured or tied off at the top. Ladder with a single support attachment for a pole. Ladder tics t4 to support ot MO top • All ladders must be equipped with safety (non-skid) feet. 11 Rubber Safety Feet Spikes Ladders with supports on the bottom Cleats Nailed to the Floor • Portable ladders must be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about one-quarter of the working length of the ladder. For other rules and regulations regarding Portable Ladders, please refer to Safety Standard, WA C 296-876. For other rules and regulations regarding Fixed Ladders & Stairways, please refer to Part J of the Safety Standard WAC 296-155. 12 Scaffold Safety Rules 1. General Before starting work on a scaffold, inspect it for the following: a. Are guardrails, toeboards, and planking in place and secure? b. Are locking pins at each joint in place? c. Are all wheels on moveable scaffolds locked? 2. Do not attempt to gain access to a scaffold by climbing on it (unless it is specifically designed for climbing — always use a ladder. 3. Scaffolds and their components must be capable of supporting four times the maximum intended load. 4. Any scaffold, including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., damaged or weakened in any way, must be immediately repaired or replaced. 5. Scaffold planks must extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches or more than 12 inches, unless otherwise specifically required. 6. Scaffold platforms must be at least 18 inches wide unless otherwise specifically required or exempted. 7. Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided with a screen between the toeboard and guardrail, extending along the entire opening. The screen must be made of No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard wire, 1/2 inch mesh or equivalent protection. 8. All scaffolds must be erected level and plumb, and on a solid footing. 9. Do not change or remove scaffold members unless authorized. 10. Do not allow workers to ride on a rolling scaffold when it is being moved. Remove or secure all materials and tools on deck before moving. 11. Do not alter any scaffold member by welding, burning, cutting, drilling, or bending. For other rules and regulations regarding scaffolding, please refer to Part J of the Construction Safety Standard, WAC 296-155. 13 Motorized vehicles and equipment 1 Do not ride on motorized vehicles or equipment unless a proper seat is provided for each rider. 2. Always be seated when riding authorized vehicles (unless they are designed for standing). 3. Do not operate any motorized vehicle or equipment unless you are specifically authorized to do so by your supervisor. 4. Always use your seat belts in the correct manner. 5. Obey all speed limits and other traffic regulations. 6. Always be aware of pedestrians and give them the right-of-way. 7. Always inspect your vehicle or equipment before and after daily use. 8. Never mount or dismount any vehicles or equipment while they are still in motion. 9. Do not dismount any vehicle without first shutting down the engine, setting the parking brake and securing the load. 10. Do not allow other persons to ride the hook or block, dump box, forks, bucket or shovel of any equipment. 11. Each operator must be knowledgeable of all hand signals and obey them. 12. Each operator is responsible for the stability and security of his/her load. 14 Crane and Rigging Safety RESPONSIBILITES: DUTIES OF ASSIGNED PERSONNEL • Crane Owner: has custodial control of the crane by virtue of lease or ownership • Crane User: arranges the crane's presence on a worksite and controls its use there • Site Supervisor: exercises supervisory control over the work site on which a crane is being used and over the work that is being performed on that site • Lift Director: directly oversees the work being performed by a crane and the associated rigging crew • Crane Operator: directly controls the crane's function ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY: Crane assembly or disassembly must be controlled by an Assembly/Disassembly (A/D) Director Must comply with: — Manufacturer procedures, OR — Employer procedures, which must be developed by a qualified person. — A/D supervisor can be one person; however, if it is then he/she must meet the requirements of BOTH qualified & competent person. It can also be a competent person working along with a qualified person. — The A/D must not only understand the procedures but a clear requirement is there that he / she must have reviewed them prior to starting assembly. - The A/D is also responsible for ensuring that workers are briefed on their tasks and anticipated hazards prior to work starting. — If outriggers are used, there is a requirement that be either fully deployed or set up according to a load chart, no more operator opinion. Employer Procedures: — Developed by a qualified person AND designed to: • Prevent unintended dangerous movement to prevent collapse • Provide adequate support and stability during A/D process • Minimize employee exposure to unintended movement or collapse Preassembly inspection: Prior to assembling crane components or attachments, the A/D director must visually inspect the components and attachments to ensure: • Sound physical condition • Meet manufacturer's recommendations • Functional per manufacturer's recommendations 15 — Documentation of this inspection must remain at the job site while the crane/derrick is in use. Assembly/Disassembly procedures must address: • Ways to prevent unintended dangerous movement or collapse of any part of the equipment; • Adequate support and stability of all parts of the equipment; and • Positioning employees involved in the assembly/disassembly operation that will minimize their exposure to unintended movement or collapse of the equipment. The A/D director must follow any manufacturer prohibitions that apply to the assembly/disassembly operation. Crane assembly or disassembly must be controlled by an Assembly/Disassembly Director. ■ An assembly/disassembly director is an individual who meets the criteria for both a competent person and a qualified person, or by a competent person who is assisted by one or more qualified persons. • The A/D director must know & understand the applicable assembly/disassembly procedures. The A/D director must ensure that the crew members understand all of the following: — Their tasks — The hazards associated with their tasks — The hazardous positions & locations that they need to avoid Assembly/Disassembly Director must cover 12 Key Hazards with their crew: 1. Adequate site and ground conditions 2. Sufficient blocking for load and stability 3. Suitable boom and jib pick points 4. Identify center of gravity 5. Stability for pin removal 6. Consider wind speed and weather 7. The suitability of blocking material 8. Verification of the loads for assist cranes 9. Snagging of cables or components 10. Struck by counterweights 11. Boom hoist brake failure 12. Loss of backwards stability 16 Lift Director The lift director's duties would include the following: (a) Being present at the job site and overseeing the lifting operations; (b) Stopping crane operations if alerted to an unsafe condition affecting those operations; (c) Ensuring that the preparation of the area needed to support crane operations has been completed before crane operations commence; (d) Ensuring necessary traffic controls are in place to restrict unauthorized access to the crane's work area; (e) Ensuring that personnel involved in crane operations understand their assigned duties, and the associated hazards; (f) Addressing safety concerns raised by the operator or other personnel and deciding if it is necessary to overrule those concerns and directs crane operations to continue. In all cases, the manufacturer's criteria for safe operation and the requirements of this chapter and any other applicable safety and health standards must be adhered to; (g) Assigning qualified signal person(s) and conveying that information to the crane operator; (h) Ensuring that signal persons assigned meet the qualification requirements located in WAC 296-155-53302; (i) Allowing crane operation near electric power lines only when the requirements of WAC 296-155-53408 and any additional requirements determined by the site supervisor have been met; (j) Ensuring precautions are implemented when hazards associated with special lifting operations are present. Such operations include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) Multiple crane lifts; (ii) Multiple load line lifts; (iii) Lifting personnel; (iv) Pick and carry operations; (v) Mobile/articulating cranes operating on barges. (k) Ensuring that the applicable requirements of WAC 296-155-547 through 296-155- 55405 are met when lifting personnel; (I) Informing the crane operator of the weight of loads to be lifted, as well as the lifting, moving, and placing locations for these loads; (m) Obtaining the crane operator's verification that this weight does not exceed the crane's rated capacity; (n) Ensuring that a crane's load rigging is performed by a qualified rigger as defined in WAC 296-155-53306; (o) Ensuring that the load is properly rigged and balanced before it is lifted more than a few inches. Critical Lift Checklist included. 17 Critical Lift Checklist Contractor Intercity Contractors Jobsite Tukwila Village Phase II Crane Potain MDT 268 Go — No Go Checklist Crane inspection Winds Date Crane Operator Rigger/Signalperson Lift Director Rigging Inspection Ground Conditions Power Line Clearance Power lines De -energize? Operating area 20' clear of 50kv? Zoning system or spotter? (circle one) Known Voltage kv Minimum Clearance ft Actual Clearance ft Load Known weight of load Rating of Crane % of chart Parts of line Weight of Rigging Accessories If test pick is made for weight, it must be off flat ground. Not off of a truck or other uneven surface. Rigging Used Sling type Sling Rating in Hitch used D/d ratio for steel Softners req? Angle of sling below 60 degrees Hardware rating above slings? Weakest link percentage of capacity Number of legs Multiple Crane Lift Radio communication Loading < 90% of chart Hoisting Path Clear All traffic (human or auto) clear of fall zone Center of Gravity known Load Balanced If not, is the rigging and the crane rated for the imbalance If the load will be lifted out of balance, is the rigging positively attached Personnel Lift Platform designed according to ASME B30.23 Five Minute Test pick with weight Winds below 15 miles per hour Wind speed Total Load < 50% of chart Percentage of chart Use of platform is the only feasible way to do the job Inspect the platform and the rigging Outside of Power line encroachment chart 18 Certifications • All crane operators must have current nationally recognized certifications for the crane they will operate as well as documented training hours for that crane type. • All rigging will be performed by a person holding a current rigging certification that complies with WAC 296-155-53306. • All Signaling will be performed by persons holding a current Signalperson Certification in accordance with WAC 296-155-53302 • Each crane that will be operated must be currently certified for operation in the State of Washington. If the paperwork is not present establishing the current certification, all operations shall cease until one can be provided. If any of these requirements are not met, contact Dean Seaburg immediately so we can properly address the matter. Operations shall not commence without these certifications in place. Pre -Shift Inspections • Each crane requires a pre -shift inspection. Please note that this is for each shift and not limited to once each day. This means the operators need to climb the tower crane from the base prior to each shift. • A functional and movement limit test shall be conducted prior to the hoisting of loads. • The crane shall be tested for normal operation prior to the hoisting of loads. • All accessible load bearing structures must be visually reviewed prior to being placed into service. • Machinery on the cranes need to be reviewed for leaks and obvious deficiencies that may lead to unsafe hoisting including looking at the brakes if they are accessible without removing panels or covers. • Routine maintenance should also be conducted prior to a shift to keep the crane in compliance with the manufacturer requirements. It is the operator's responsibility to maintain the equipment in accordance with the manual provided with the crane. If anything prevents this from occurring, please contact Dean Seaburg immediately. • When operating Mobile Cranes be sure to check the ground conditions and utilize outrigger pads, matting, or plates to spread the load whenever practicable. Pay particular attention to the ground after rain and storm events. • Each crane shall have a daily log maintained by the assigned Seaburg crane operator. • All cranes must have manuals present. If the manual is missing, one must be delivered to the site without delay and operations cannot commence until one is provided. Stowing the Crane • Cranes must be stowed out of service in the manner prescribed by the manufacturer. 19 • If a storm is impending, the potential severity must be considered and measures taken. Some tower cranes require the boom to be left freely weather-vaning and others need to be secured in winds over 90 miles per hour. Operations • All employees must be prepared to work and free of substances that could interfere with sound judgment. • All employees should be free of any injury that would prevent them from safely doing their normal daily job. If you find yourself injured, either on the job or off the job, please report it immediately to Dean Seaburg for your own safety and for the safety of those around you. You will not be in danger of losing your job should you be injured and report it ahead of time. We want you healthy and safe for your benefit as well as ours. • At no time shall the crane ever be overloaded during normal operations. The only time a crane can be overloaded is under the direction of a Washington State Accredited Crane Certifier for the purposes of certifying a crane. You shall refuse to overload the crane at any other time even from a Lift Director. • When the operator is not also the rigger, they shall respond to signals only from an Accredited Signalperson whom has also been appointed for the lift that is being performed with the exception of a stop signal. A stop signal given by anyone shall be obeyed until the appointed signal person states otherwise. Power Line Safety ■ If the crane, load, or rigging could get closer than 20/50 feet to an energized power line there are new safety requirements which apply. • If the crane, load, or rigging cannot get closer than 20/50 feet to the power line, even if the crane is operated at its maximum working radius, the 20/50 -foot requirement is satisfied. ■ Minimum approach distance: Up to 350kv 20 Feet Over 350KV 50 Feet 20 Voltage (nominal, kV) Table 4—Minimum Clearance Distances Minimum clearance distance (feet) up to 50 10 over 50 to 200 15 over 200 to 345 20 over 345 to 500 25 over 500 to 750 35 over 750 to 45 1,000 over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution). Identiify the Work Zone ■ Define the work zone by demarcating boundaries such as flags, or a device such as a range limit device or a range control warning device and prohibiting the operator from operating past those boundaries. If the crane or load COULD get closer than 20/50 feet of Power Lines in the Work Zone Crane operations near power lines, use one of THREE Options – Option 1- Deenergize & Ground Power lines - Option 2 - Maintain 20/50 foot clearance – Option 3 - Obtain power line voltage from Utility Owner/Operator and ensure the crane or rigging does not get closer than the distances listed in Table 4 Contact with electrical lines is the number one safety hazard as encountered for crane operations. Given that knowledge, we have to treat it very carefully and with the seriousness that it is a matter of life and limb. Above is the chart showing the minimum approach distances to power. The numbers shown must be verified by the power company before they can be considered accurate. They are also the minimum distances allowed. In order to utilize this chart, we must first put methods into 21 place to allow us this encroachment. The approved methods are as follows. At least one of these must by utilized. • De -energize the line. Then verify this with the line owner. • Erect high visibility warning lines to demark the limit of the safe approach distance. • Use a motion limiting device such as Acorel MC602 or the built in one(Liebherr ABB system) on many modern crane LMI's • Get a second set of radios and have a dedicated spotter whom must also be a qualified signalperson present at all times in a position, with a visual aide, (such as a line on the ground) to stop the crane operations. This can be the only task assigned to them and the radio channel must be dedicated to them. • And/or a insulating Link for the non-conductive tag lines and between the hook and the rigging to prevent electrocution. If none of these conditions cannot be met, we must maintain a 20 clearance of all power lines up to 350kV. For tower cranes, in the event of power line contact, you should attempt to clear the crane of the hazard. If the crane will not clear itself, you should remain in place. The crane is grounded often in three ways. The footing, a grounding rod, and through the switch gear are these methods. In most cases this amount of grounding will keep you safe. Disembarking the crane could expose you to energized ground or even a arc while in the process of stepping off the crane. Wait for the power company to de -energize the line and announce that we are safe. In all cranes, a power line strike will at the very minimum require load line replacement. If an arc ever happens without other damage to the crane or person. Do not simply go back to work. That crane will need to be re -certified and the contractor is required to report the incident to Labor and Industries to ensure that the crane is properly recertified. When operating Mobile cranes, in the event of a power line strike, you should also try to clear the crane from the contact if at all possible. If the crane will not clear, you should temporarily stay put until it is clearly unsafe to remain in place. If the crane is grounded it is possible that it is safer to stay in place. However, you should pay close attention to fire potential. If a fire starts, get to the furthest edge of the crane that you can safely jump down from. When you jump, land with both feet and stay upright if possible. The ground may be energized so you will want to shuffle your feet without breaking contact with the ground until you are 20 feet away from the crane. 22 Personnel Hoisting The Hoisting of Personnel is a last option. It is not something that should ever be done because it's convenient. If there is another method to get the work done, that's the option that should be utilized. But if we get to point where we are going to hoist personnel, our first requirement is to see if the manual for the crane prohibits doing so. Some cranes do not allow for the practice at all. Once we have established that this is the only way to do the work and the crane manufacturer accepts the practice, we can move on to fulfilling the following items. • Personnel Lift Design • Personnel Lifting Hoisting Equipment (Platform must be designed to ASME B30.23 standards) ■ Crane Derrick Requirements • Inspections (Platform and Cranes) • Lift proof Load Tests (Only 50% of the crane's chart can be utilized) ■ Trial Lift (must be to the areas where personnel will be hoisted to) • Crane Operation Requirements • Employer's Responsibilities • Personnel Lift Supervisor's Responsibilities (Lift Director since this is a critical lift) • Lifting Personnel • Fill out the Critical Lift Checklist. • Winds cannot be over 20 mph including occasional gusts. Multiple Lift Rigging Multiple Lift Rigging occurs when more than one load is placed on the hook. If done for Ironwork, it must be done in accordance with the rules written for it. • All pieces must be structural steel (ie; no decking) • Each item must have its own sling running up to the master link • Each item must be separated by 7 feet to accommodate clearing the connector • Each item must have a tag line. When it comes to the rest of construction, the practice is far less regulated. Multiple Lift Rigging is legal as a practice, but there are some places where as an industry we violate other related rules when we do it. As long as we do not violate these other rules, the practice can be done safely. • You cannot stand under a load. Rig the small loads up high and before you go to unhook the rigging, have the operator clear the load from being overhead. This may include hoisting down and swinging away for example. • Do not allow the rigging to rub on sharp edges that could cut it. • Do not overload the crane. Structural Lifters Often in the field we have boxes, pallets and other items sent to us and we are requested to hoist them while they contain the load. WAC 296-155-56200 prohibits that activity. Specifically we should be using lifters designed under ASME B30.20 that have a 3:1 safety factor such as Peri Bins, Camlevers, etc. This is not likely to be the case often so there is another direction we could take as a reasonable solution. If a contractor is asking us to hoist a bin, it must be engineered. They need a drawing with the rating of the box provided by the engineer. Then one needs to have been Toad tested to 125% of 23 its capacity in a choke or via a positive attachment like a pick point as a proof Toad test. As long as the rest of the structural lifters are made in the same manner with no deviations, then we can accept them as rated. Each one will need the manufacturer, a serial number and the load rating included. Just to be clear, we do not fly pallets with slings. We need a structural lifter. Either a pallet fork or the person wanting the load lifted can put it into a bin/ Structural Lifter. Basketing Loads As a practice, we do not basket loads at Seaburg Construction. The reliance upon friction and gravity to hold a load in place is irresponsible. If the Toad inadvertently lands or touches another item during the hoisting process, control of the Toad can be lost. If a load is Tight, slick or it's particularly cold with frost a Toad can be lost without warning. The only time basseting a load is acceptable is when positive control of the load can be maintained. le: The rigging is ran through a boom section between lacings where there is no physical way for the rigging to fall out without being unhooked. Operating in Winds All cranes have a wind rating that must be adhered to. Some cranes also have a wind load chart that regulates the size of the Toad to be lifted and the surface that will be exposed to the wind. These charts must be looked for in the manual and adhered to strictly. It's important to recognize that these limits are the ones imposed by the machine. There are cases where operators become uncomfortable with their ability to control a crane or a load at much lower thresholds. Common sense and listening to your gut instincts about a lift being unsafe should be heeded at every opportunity. As the crane operator, you are the only person with the direct knowledge about how a crane or given Toad is going to perform in the air. We look to you and will stand behind you if you are uncomfortable. You have final say and our full backing. Lightning When electrical storms are in the vicinity and visible strikes are occurring within roughly 3 miles, all crane operations shall cease until a minimum of 15 minutes have passed with no visible strikes in the area. If you are in a tower crane, you should stay put. The crane is grounded and strikes should pass through the crane without injury to the operator. When it happens you may hear the electrical switch gear react and buzz. It is safer to be in the crane using it as a Faraday cage than it is to be exposed to anything outside of the cab. If you are operating a mobile crane you shall stow the boom if possible and get away from the crane and seek shelter to avoid being struck by lightning. Mobile cranes on outriggers are often not grounded and it is not safe to remain in place. 24 SIGNAL AL PEJ SON & RIGGING WAC 296-155-53302 Signal Person Qualifications (1) The signal person must meet the qualification requirements (subsection 3 of this section), prior to giving any signals to a crane/derrick operator. This requirement must be met by using either Option 1 or Option 2. (a) Option 1 — Third party qualified evaluator. The signal person has documentation from a third - party qualified evaluator showing that the signal person meets the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section. (b) Option 2 — Employer's qualified evaluator. The employer has its qualified evaluator assess the individual and determine that the individual meets the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section and provides documentation of that determination. As assessment by an employer's qualified evaluator, under this option, is not portable...meaning other employers are not permitted to use this qualification to meet the requirements of this section. (c) The employer must make the documentation, for whichever option is used, available at the site while the signal person is employed by the employer. The documentation must specify each type of signaling (e.g., hand signals, radio signals, etc.) for which the signal person meets the requirements of subsection (3) of this section. (2) If subsequent actions by the signal person indicate that the individual may not meet the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section, the employer must not allow the individual to continue working as a signal person until retraining is provided and a reassessment is made in accordance with subsection (1) of this section that confirms that the individual meets the qualification requirements. (3) QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Each signal person must: (a) Know and understand the type of signals used. For example, if hand signals are used, the signal person must know and understand the standard method for hand signals. (b) Be competent in the application of the type of signals used. (c) Have a basic understanding of crane/derrick operation and limitations, including the crane dynamics involved in swinging and stopping loads and boom deflection from hoisting loads. (d) Know and understand the relevant requirements of WAC 296-155-53406 (see below) and this section. (e) Demonstrate that they meet the requirements in (a) through (d) of this subsection through an oral or written test and through a practical test. All tests must be documented. (4) QUALIFICATION PERIOD A signal person qualification cannot exceed a five-year period; this qualification must be renewed every five years to ensure signal persons maintain qualified status. At a minimum, this renewal must include a documented written or oral or practical exam. 25 WAC 296-155-53406 SIGNALS (1) A qualified signal person that meets the requirements in WAC 296-155-53302 must be provided in each of the following situations: (a) The point of operation, meaning the load travel or the area near or at load placement, is not in full view of the crane/derrick operator. (b) When the crane is traveling, the view in the direction of travel is obstructed. (c) Due to site specific safety concerns, either the crane/derrick operator or the person handling the load determines that it is necessary. (2) Types of signals. Signals to crane/derrick operators must be by hand, voice, audible or other means at least as effective. (3) Hand Signals. (a) When using hand signals, the standard method as established in the applicable ASME B30 standards must be used. Where use of the standard method for hand signals is infeasible, or where an operation or use of an attachment is not covered in this standard method, nonstandard hand signals may be used in accordance with (b) of this subsection. (b) Nonstandard Hand Signals. When using nonstandard hand signals, the signal person, operator and lift director must contact each other prior to the operation and agree on the nonstandard hand signals that will be used. (4) Signals other than hand, voice or audible signals may be used where the employer demonstrates that the signals provided are at least equally effective communications as voice, audible or standard method hand signals. (5) Use and suitability. (a) Prior to beginning operations, the operator, signal person and lift director, must contact each other and agree on the voice signals that will be used. Once the voice signals are agreed upon, these employees need not meet again to discuss voice signals unless another employee is added or substituted, there is confusion about the voice signals or a voice signal is to be changed. (b) Each voice signal must contain the following three elements, given in the following order: a. FUNCTION (such as hoist, boom, etc) b. DIRECTION, DISTANCE and/or SPEED c. FUNCTION STOP (c) The operator, signal person and lift director, must be able to effectively communicate in the language used. (d) The signals used (hand, voice, audible or other effective means) and means of transmitting the signals to the operator (such as direct line of sight, video, radio, etc) must be appropriate for the site conditions. (e) Signals must be discernible or audible at all times. The crane operator must not respond unless the signals are clearly understood. 26 (6) During operations requiring signals, the ability to transmit signals between the operator and signal person must be maintained. If that ability is interrupted at any time, the operator must safely stop operations requiring signals until it is reestablished and a proper signal is given and understood. (7) If the operator becomes aware of a safety problem and needs to communicate with the signal person, the operator must safely stop operations. Operations must not resume until the operator and signal person agree that the problem has been resolved. (8) Only one person gives signals to a crane/derrick at a time, except in circumstances covered by (9) of this section. (9) Anyone who becomes aware of a safety problem must alert the operator or signal person by giving the stop or emergency stop signal. The operator must obey and stop (or emergency stop) signal, irrespective of who gives it. (10) All directions give to the operator by the signal person must be given from the operator's direction perspective. (11) Communication with multiple cranes/derricks. Where signal person(s) is in communication with more than one crane/derrick, a system for identifying the crane/derrick for which each signal is intended must be used, as follows: (a) For each signal, prior to giving the function/direction, the signal person must identify the crane/derrick for which the signal is intended; or (b) An equally effective method of identifying which crane/derrick the signal is intended for must be used. (12) Hand Signal Chart. Hand Signal Charts must be either posted on the crane/derrick or conspicuously posted in the vicinity of the hoisting operations. (13) Radio, telephone or other electronic transmission of signals. (a) The device(s) used to transmit signals must be tested on site before beginning operations to ensure that the signal transmission is effective, clear and reliable. (b) Signal transmission must be through a dedicated channel except: a. Multiple cranes/derricks and one or more signal persons may share a dedicated channel for the purpose of coordinating operations. b. Where a crane is being operated on or adjacent to railroad tracks and the actions of the crane operator need to be coordinated with the movement of other equipment or trains on the same or adjacent tracks. c. The operator's reception of signals must be made by a hands-free system. 27 WAC 296-155-53306 Rigger Qualifications (1) The rigger must meet the qualification requirements (subsection (3) of this section), prior to performing hoisting activities for assembly and disassembly work (WAC 296-155-53402 (19) (a) ). A qualified rigger is required whenever workers are within the fall zone and hooking, unhooking, or guiding a load, or doing the initial connection of a load to a component or structure (WAC 296-155-53400 (43) (c) ). This requirement must be met by using either Option (1) or Option (2). Option (1) — Third -party qualified evaluator. The rigger has documentation from a third -party qualified evaluator showing that the rigger meets the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section. Option (2) — Employer's qualified evaluator. The employer has its qualified evaluator assess the individual and determine that the individual meets the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section and provides documentation of that determination. As assessment by an employer's qualified evaluator, under this option, is not portable...meaning other employers are not permitted to use this qualification to meet the requirements of this section. The employer must make the documentation, for whichever option is used, available at the site while the rigger is employed by the employer. The documentation must specify each type of rigging for which the rigger meets the requirements of subsection (3) of this section. If subsequent actions by the rigger indicate that the individual may not meet the qualification requirements listed in subsection (3) of this section, the employer must not allow the individual to continue working as a rigger until retraining is provided and a reassessment is made, in accordance with subsection (1) of this section that confirms that the individual meets the qualification requirements. (2) QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (a) Know and understand the requirements located is ASME B30. 7-2006, Base -Mounted Drum Hoists, B30.9-2020, Slings, B30.10-2009, Hooks, B30.16-2007, Overhead Hoists (Underhung), B30.20-2010, Below -the -hook Lifting Devices, B30.21-2005, Manually Lever Operated Hoists and B30.26-2004, Rigging Hardware, as applicable. (b) Know and understand the type of sling and hitch used. For example, if synthetic web slings are used, the rigger must know and understand the removal criteria for this type of sling and how to properly use the sling. (c) Be competent in the application of the type of hitches used. (d) Have a basic understanding of slings, rigging hardware and below -the -hook lifting devices (as applicable); their limitations, rigging practices, associated hazards and inspection requirements. (e) Know and understand load weight estimation, center of gravity, effect of angles on rigging components, load turning, knots/tag lines, chain hoist/come-a-long usage, winch and block usage and basic hand signals, as applicable. 28 (f) Know and understand the relevant requirements of WAC 296-155-556 through 296-155-56220 and this section. (g) Demonstrate that they meet the requirements in (a) through (e) of this subsection through a written test and through a practical test. All tests must be documented. (3) QUALIFICATION PERIOD A rigger qualification cannot exceed a five-year period. This qualification must be renewed every five years to ensure riggers maintain qualified status. At a minimum, this renewal must include a documented written exam. Rigging Hardware Inspection/Removal Criteria For all hardware, inspect for the following: (1) Missing or illegible identification. (2) Indications of heat damage, including weld spatter or arc strikes. (3) Excessive pitting or corrosion. (4) Load bearing components that are: ✓ Bent ✓ Twisted ✓ Distorted ✓ Stretched ✓ Elongated ✓ Cracked ✓ Broken (5) Excessive nicks or gouges. (6) 10% reduction of the original or catalog dimension at any point. (7) Excessive thread damage or wear, where applicable. (8) Evidence of unauthorized welding or modification. (9) Any other conditions that cause doubt as to the safety of continued use. On shackles, also inspect for incomplete pin engagement. On swivels and swivel hoist rings, check for lack of ability to freely rotate or pivot. On compression hardware, also check for: ✓ Unauthorized replacement components; ✓ Insufficient number of wire rope clips; ✓ Improperly tightened wire rope clips; ✓ Damaged wire rope; ✓ Indications of wire rope slippage; ✓ Improper assembly. On swivels, check for loose or missing nuts, bolts, cotter pins, snap rings, or other fasteners and retaining devices. On blocks check for: ✓ Loose or missing nuts, bolts, cotter pins, snap rings, or other fasteners and retaining devices; ✓ Misalignment or wobble in sheaves; ✓ Excessive sheave groove corrugation or wear. 29 Any alteration or modification of rigging hardware must be in accordance with the hardware manufacturer or a qualified person and proof load tested to one hundred twenty-five percent. This test must be documented and available upon request. Welding of rigging hardware is prohibited unless authorized by the manufacturer or an RPE. Replacement parts must meet or exceed the original rigging hardware manufacturer's specifications. Workers must keep all parts of their body from between the load and any rigging during the lift. WIRE ROPE SLINGS Angle of Choke Angle of Choke, deg. Rated Capacity, % Over 120 100 90 - 120 87 60 - 89 74 30 - 59 62 0 - 29 49 Note: Percent of sling rated capacity in a choker hitch. A10-011****, .1 M 11 81111111, W t,rstre11s. 1ssslr 4 11111. sr Ile 1NO0* sOJ601C01M.■sRf0010* /Orsi - 11sMf 10010' YJ.Osi AilVW 'tf4Y00' Loadlies. !*** '181513 '.i'OisU>a:OMWOOi0011'l "fOROJ11Ms*1*001/ ws OWIMM1NB1101" .V. RY;RsssYss' 30 rope. Use of Wire Rope Slings or Clips If you are using: Single leg slings used with multiple -leg slings. Hand tucked slings are used in a single leg vertical lift. Slings made with wire rope clips. U -bolt wire rope clips. INSTALLATION AND LOADING Proper Installation Requires: Correct number of clips for wire rope size Correct spacing of clips Correct turnback length Correct torque on nuts Correct orientation of saddle on live end. Then: Make sure the rating shown is not exceeded in any leg of the multiple -leg sling. Do not allow the sling or oad to rotate. Must not be used as a choker hitch. Use only U -bolt wire rope clips that are made of drop -forged steel. Apply the U -bolt so the "U" section is in contact with the "dead end" of the 1 CLIP BASE WIDTH (2) t Live End 1 CLIP BASE WIDTH (2) Live End Dead End Wire Rope Sling Inspection and Removal Criteria 31 Inspect Wire Rope Slings for the following conditions: ✓ Missing or illegible sling identification. ✓ Severe localized abrasion or scraping. ✓ Kinking, crushing, birdcaging, or any other condition resulting in damage to the rope structure. ✓ Evidence of heat damage.. ✓ Severe corrosion of the rope, end attachments, or fittings. ✓ End attachments that are cracked, deformed, or worn to the extent that the strength of the sling is substantially ✓ affected. Broken wires: ✓ For strand -laid and single -part slings, ten randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken ✓ wires in one strand in one rope lay; ✓ For cable -laid slings, twenty broken wires per lay; ✓ For six -part braided slings, twenty broken wires per braid; ✓ For eight -part braided slings, forty broken wires per braid. Hooks that have any of the following conditions: ✓ Any visibly apparent bend or twist from the plane of the unbent hook; ✓ Any distortion causing an increase in throat opening five percent, not to exceed one-quarter inch, or as ✓ recommended by the manufacturer; ✓ Wear exceeding ten percent, of the original section dimension of the hook or its load pin, or as recommended by ✓ the manufacturer; ✓ Self-locking mechanism that does not lock. Other visible damage that raises doubt about the safety of the sling. Synthetic Rope Slings. Verify all slings have legible identification information attached to the sling which includes the following information: (a) Name or trademark of the manufacturer; (b) Manufacturer's code or stock number; (c) Type of fiber material; (d) Rated loads for the types of hitches used, and the angle that the load is based on; (e) Number of legs, if more than one; (f) Repairing agency, if the sling has ever been repaired. Synthetic Rope Sling Inspection and Removal Criteria 32 G reg Greg Herring Inter -City Contractors, Inc. P.O. Box 82405 17425 68th Ave NE Kenmore, WA 98028 Office: 425-806-8560 Fax: 425-806-8560 Cell: 206-459-1110 8 Inspect synthetic rope slings for the following conditions: ✓ Missing or illegible sling identification; ✓ Cuts, gouges, or areas of extensive fiber breakage along the length; ✓ Abraded areas on the rope; ✓ Damage that is estimated to have reduced the effective diameter of the rope by more than ten percent; ✓ Uniform fiber breakage along the major part of the length of the rope in the sling such that the entire rope appears covered with fuzz or whiskers; ✓ Inside the rope, fiber breakage, fused or melted fiber (observed by prying or twisting toopen the strands) ✓ involving damage estimated at ten percent of the fiber in any strand or the rope as a whole; ✓ Discoloration, brittle fibers, and hard or stiff areas that may indicate chemical, ultraviolet or heat damage; ✓ Dirt and grit in the interior of the rope structure that is deemed excessive; ✓ Foreign matter that has permeated the rope, making it difficult to handle and attracting and holding grit; ✓ Kinks or distortion in the rope structure, particularly if caused by forcibly pulling on loops (known as hockles); ✓ Melted, hard, or charred areas that affect more than ten percent of the diameter of the rope or affect several adjacent strands along the length that affect more than ten percent of strand diameters; ✓ Poor condition of thimbles or other components manifested by corrosion, cracks, distortion, sharp edges, or localized wear; Hooks that have any of the following conditions: ✓ Any visibly apparent bend or twist from the plane of the unbent hook; ✓ Any distortion causing an increase in throat opening five percent, not to exceed one-quarter inch, or as recommended by the manufacturer; ✓ Wear exceeding ten percent, of the original section dimension of the hook or its load pin, or as recommended by the manufacturer; ✓ Self-locking mechanism that does not lock. Other visible damage that raises doubt about the safety of the sling. Synthetic Webbing Slings Make sure all slings have legible identification information permanently attached to the sling which includes the following information: (a) Name or trademark of the manufacturer; (b) Manufacturer's code or stock number; (c) Rated loads for the types of hitches used, and the angle that the load is based on; (d) Type of synthetic web material; (e) Number of legs, if more than one; (f) Repairing agency, if the sling is ever repaired. 33 Synthetic Webbing Slings Inspection and Removal Criteria Inspect Synthetic Webbing Slings for the following conditions: ✓ Missing or illegible sling identification; 1 Acid or caustic burns; 1 Melting or charring on any part of the sling; ✓ Holes, tears, cuts or snags; ✓ Broken or wom stitching in load bearing splices; ✓ Excessive abrasive wear; ✓ Knots in any part of the sling; ✓ Discoloration, brittle fibers, and hard or stiff areas that may indicate chemical or ultraviolet/sunlight damage; ✓ Fittings that are pitted, corroded, cracked, bent, twisted, gouged or broken; Hooks that have any of the following conditions: ✓ Any visibly apparent bend or twist from the plane of the unbent hook; ✓ Any distortion causing an increase in throat opening five percent, not to exceed one-quarter inch, or as ✓ recommended by the manufacturer; ✓ Wear exceeding ten percent, of the original section dimension of the hook or its load pin, or as recommended ✓ by the manufacturer; ✓ Self-locking mechanism that does not lock. Other visible damage that causes doubt about the safety of continued use of the sling. For more information on Synthetic Roundslings, Metal Meshslings and Rigging Hardware Inspection Requirements and Removal Criteria, visit Labor & Industries website, www.lni.wa.gov. Signal Person AND Rigger Qualifications As of February 1St, 2012 Qualification Requirements: Verbal or written test AND practical test Documentation from qualified evaluator must be on site • A Third Party Qualified Evaluator • An Employer Qualified Evaluator Employer qualification is not portable 34 Mobile Crane Hand Signal Chart Hoist With forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up, move hand in small horizontal circles. Lower With arm extended downward, forefinger pointing down, move hand in small horizontal circles. Use Main Hoist 'ap fist on head; then use regular signals Use Whip Line (Auxiliary Hoist) Tap elbow with one hand; then use regular signals. Raise Boom Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing upward. Lower Boom Arm extended fingers closed, thumb pointing downward. Move Slowly Use one hand to give motion signal and place other hand motionless in front of hand giving the motion signal. (Hoist slowly shown as example.) Raise the Boom & Lower the Load With arm extended, thumb pointing up, flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired. Lower the Boom & Raise the Load With arm extended, thumb pointing down, flex fingers in and out as long as load movement is desired. 35 fr� a:LTAS'— Swing Arm extended, point with finger in direction of swing of boom. down, 1 Stop Arm extended, move back forth horizontally. palm and t Emergency Both arms extended, palms down, move back and forth horizontally. Stop arms �®4 Travel Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly raised, make pushing motion in direction of travel. Dog Clasp lei kvi Everything hands in front of body. Use body, motion indicating travel, 1r,4 0146 little Travel (Both Tracks) both fists in front of making a circular about each other, direction of forward or backward. Travel Lock indicated Travel direction rotated t ti' w +• (One Track) the track on side raised fist byHand opposite track in of other fist, vertically in front of body. Both itv,l, ����' Extend Boom fists in front body with thumbs pointing outward. i of Both body pointing • RWM ,441, gill- - rhr Retract Boom fists in front of with thumbs towards each other. '� Extend Boom (One Hand Signal) One fist in front of chest with thumb tapping chest. 01 il a Retract Boom (One Signal) One fist in front of chest, thumb pointing outward and with heal of fist tapping chest. 36 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS WORKSHEET TITLE OF JOB OPERATION: Date: Title of person who does job: Employee observed: Location: 4550 144th St Tukwila WA Analysis made by: Sequence of basic job steps Potential accidents or hazards Recommended safe job procedures Personal protective equipment required for this position: Other hazards that may develop and will be addressed in our safety meetings: 37 Other hazards that may develop and will be addressed in our safety meetings: 37 FALL PROTECTION WORK PLAN COMPANY: Seaburq Construction DATE: SITE ADDRESS: 4550 144th St Tukwila, WA REPORT PREPARED BY: Gavtor Rasmussen 1) SPECIFIC WORK AREA: Tower Crane 2) ACTIVITIES: Inspection and operation of tower crane 3) IDENTIFY ALL FALL HAZARDS IN THIS AREA: Climbing ladders, climbing lacings of mast to inspect welds, exiting tower to inspect welds and stewing gear outside of tumtable, Walking iib of crane. 4) CHECK THE METHOD OF FALL RESTRAINT OR ARREST TO BE UTILIZED: X STANDARD GUARDRAIL X SECURED TO EXISTING STRUCTURE X SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARD _ SCAFFOLD W/GUARDRAIL _ WARNING LINE X FULL BODY HARNESS X TIE -OFF POINT CAPABLE OF 5000 LB/PERSON _ RETRACTABLE LANYARD X OTHER (SPECIFY) Positioning strap _ WARNING LINE & SAFETY MONITOR (See WAC 296-155-24521) X TRAUMA STRAPS _ BOOM LIFT _ FORKLIFT BASKET 5) DESCRIBE PROCEDURES FOR ASSEMBLY, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION AND DIASSEMPLY OF THE SYSTEM (IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED, COMPLETE ON THE BACK OR THIS FORM OR ATTACH A SEPARATE SHEET.) Hamess and lanyard, are consistently kept as one unit. They are inspected prior to each use visually for damage, wear, deformation, corrosion and any other damage that may warrant removal from service 6) DESCRIBE PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING AND SECURING TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AND FOR PROVIDING OVERHEAD PROTECTION FOR WORKERS (IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED, COMPLETE ON THE BACK OF THIS FORM OR SEPARATE SHEET): No tools of significant weight are carried when exposed to a fall. 7) I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE RECEIVED FALL PROTECTION ORIENTATION INCLUDING THE MATERIAL COVERED IN THIS FALL PROTECTION WORK PLAN. EMPLOYEE NAME: DATE: 38 Weekly Walk -around Safety Inspection x Power lines: Minimum 10' clearance / insulate — de -energize, under 50 kw; over 50 kw — refer to ❑ Chapter WAC 296-155 x Trench/excavation: Any trench four feet or must be sloped, shored or braced ❑ Guardrails: Any opening four feet or more above ground level must be guarded x Standard guardrail: Top rail = 39" to 45" above working surface. Midrail = halfway between top rail and floor. Toeboard = 4". ❑ Scaffold: Fully planked ❑ Scaffold: Fall protection provided if fall hazards over 4 feet exist ❑ Stairs: Four or more risers must have handrails x Fall protection: Any exposure to fall hazards of 10' or greater must be eliminated by the use of safety harness/belt, lanyard or lifeline, horizontal lines, or cantenary lines. Positive fall restraint/protection must be utilized at all times. Two lanyards may be necessary at the beam/upright traverse points. No exposure at any time is allowed. x Fall protection work plan: Job specific, in writing; available on-site for all fall hazards above 10'. o Open belts and pulleys, chains and sprockets, points of operation must be guarded to prevent accidental contact. Air compressors and electric motor pulleys are the most common hazards. o Radial saws: Cutting head must return easily to start position when released; blade must not extend past the edge of the worktable; off/on switch should be at front of operator's position. o Table saws: Upper hood guard; anti -kickback, push stick, belt and pulley guarded ❑ Circular saws: Blade guard instantly returns to covering position o Never wedge or pin a guard. ❑ Ladders: Extended 36" above landing and secured to prevent displacement ❑ Floor holes/openings: Covered and secured; be sure no tripping hazards in the area. o Extension cords/electric power tools: Marked/covered by Assured Grounding Program x Clothing: Minimum of short sleeve shirts, long pants, and substantial footwear; no recreational shoes X Hard hats: readily accessible at all times; worn when overhead hazard exists o Oxygen/acetylene storage areas: Cylinders chained and separated x Personal protective equipment: Head, eye, ear, respiratory, and leg protection — high visibility vests when required ❑ Housekeeping: Workers are responsible for their own area of exposure x First aid/fire extinguishers: Available and readily accessible Other hazards observed: Supervisor's signature Date Employee's signature Date 39 Operations of Construction Hoist Operating a Construction Hoist comes with some distinct challenges to safety. Some are obvious and some are well hidden. Care must be taken in all moves when operating a construction hoist. This section seeks to lay out some of the hidden dangers and give guidance on some of the rules surrounding Construction Hoist operations. The language used is more direct in this section than we often use. It is due to the quiet dangers involved with Construction Hoists and the seriousness we need to exercise to remain safe. It is easy to safely conduct our business as long as we consistently follow these rules. Interlock Testing When you are operating the hoist, you are responsible for ensuring the safety of everyone both inside and outside of the car. In order to accomplish this, one needs to be diligent in checking the safety devices for their operation as a first step. On the car, the doors are equipped with interlock safety devices that should prevent the car from operating if the doors are ajar. These should be tested on a regular basis as well as the physical locking devices. If any door is able to be opened far enough to allow even a hand through them, operations should cease until a licensed elevator mechanic as corrected the condition and has given approval to restart operations. The hoistway is the path the car travels through. At the bottom of the hoistway there will be a landing with steel panels and one way doors that prevent people and materials from being able to enter. These doors also have interlocks that must be tested on a regular basis. Each landing on the building being constructed also has a door that has an interlocked switch that will prevent the cars from moving should the doors be opened. These should all be tested regularly and serviced by a licensed elevator mechanic only should they be found to fail the test. Construction of the Hoistway In order to keep the car, its occupants, and the people near it safe, there are strict construction requirements that guide hoistway safety. The lower landing on the building side is to have the entire hoistway covered so that materials like rebar and 2x4's cannot be accidentally placed into the hoistway which could cause injury or death. If there is a platform built up, the protection on the platform sides needs to extend up 8' above the landing to keep persons and materials out of the hoistway. In addition, the platform needs to be covered with overhead protection equal to 2" equivalent wood planking in accordance with ANSI A10.4 (5.6.3). If handrails are required, they should be in place as well. If removable handrails are utilized, either the area should be made safe from falls by the presence of a truck or the like, or fall arrest should be implemented for Seaburg employees that approach within 6' of the open fall zone. The floor landings of the structure must have protection in place that prevents people from entering the hoistway. The protection must extend a minimum of 8' up, or cover the entire vertical face. Protection to the sides must extend 30" past the sides of the car. If doors are provided, they must only be able to be opened from the car side only and not have any large openings. Additionally, the spacing between the car and the doors at each landing cannot exceed 8 inches. This is to prevent the possibility of a person standing there. 40 The spacing between the car and the floor landings are to be between .5" and 2.5". Drop plates may only be used from the car if they have a device preventing the vertical car door from closing while they are in place. Otherwise they have the possibility of striking the building if neglected. If scaffolding, ladders, or other means allows a person to get near the hoistway, protections similar to the landings must be provided. Car Inspection The Hoist inspection that is allowed is minimal but critical. The doors should be checked for smooth operation. If the doors are not operating smoothly, you should see if there is an obvious cause. One common problem could be that the counterweight rope has jumped off the sheave. If the repair of this item necessitates entering the hoistway or exposing the Seaburg employee to a fall by leaning out the handrail, we will not perform the repair work. It's important to note that we are not elevator mechanics and Washington State Law prohibits us from working on these machines. We can only report problems. However, this does not preclude us from our responsibility in performing inspections prior to each shift which should include inspecting these counterweighted ropes for fraying and alignment. Our operators should run the car the length of the hoistway to test the up motion limits and the down motion limits as well as to be sure the car is running safely. Care should be given to documenting any unusual noises and bumps. If a new one develops that is uncharacteristic, a qualified person (ie licensed elevator mechanic) should determine the cause and safety of the car. We are not allowed to operate the car from the top of the elevator without a licensed elevator mechanic present. At no time should the operator be on top of the car doing anything more than a visual inspection. During this inspection, all body parts are to remain within the handrails. If anything, anything is a concern that cannot be seen or determined from that vantage, a licensed elevator mechanic must be the one to determine the condition. At no time will a Seaburg employee enter into the hoistway pit below an elevator car. Regular Operation Considerations The car is rated for load and occupancy. These ratings will need to be adhered to strictly. All checklists will be maintained and kept up to date. Wind loads on elevators have posted limits. Often they are 44 miles per hour or 72 kilometers per hour. You will need to know the correct number for your hoist and cease operations when we know that these limits have been exceeded. Check with the tower crane operator if possible for a wind speed reading. The reaction forces on the buildings are engineered to these limits. Exceeding those ratings is dangerous. If someone is working in the hoistway and we are not in full visual contact with said person, we will not operate the car at anyone's direction. This is a matter of life and limb and no safety measures or practices will constitute an acceptable risk. We need full visual and audible contact with them. If you are pressured to do otherwise, refuse and contact Dean Seaburg or Gaytor Rasmussen immediately. During normal operations the operator may be required to assist in loading and unloading materials. The operator will need to consider pinch points and toppling hazards during these operations and keep themselves clear of these hazards. If at any time you feel uncomfortable with the safety of what is happening, you have the right to refuse to assist. We will endeavor to help, but take no undue risks with our health. 41 If you are assisting people with the moving materials, be sure to use proper lifting techniques with your knees instead of your back. No materials in the car can be longer than the car is diagonally. This means that you cannot open the upper hatch and have materials extending out of the car. Should they get into the path of the floor they could cause injury, damage to the car or become falling objects. The practice of sticking items through the hatch is forbidden and another means must be found to get the materials up to the required floor. No fuel heaters are allowed to be operated in the cars of the elevators. This poses an obvious fire hazard. Dress appropriately for the time of year and the current weather. At no time shall the Seaburg employee pass off the responsibility to operate the car to another person. All maintenance shall be performed by a licensed elevator mechanic. Seaburg employees are not permitted to so much as grease the rack of the elevator as a matter of law. For more information WAC -296-96 series is comprehensive in addressing who is an elevator mechanic. We are allowed to report problems and fill out the log as our legal limitation. We can assist by operating the car from the roof only at the direction of a licensed elevator mechanic and never at our own volition. And end on the roof of the car, never reach outside of the handrail, look over the handrail, or have loose clothing present that could snag on any structure. If you have more questions about Construction Hoist design or rules, please contact Gaytor Rasmussen, Phone #425.210.1520. He has the ANSI A10.4 code book and extensive experience with Construction hoists. I have read these instructions and understand them. Operator Signature Date 42 FILA CECI AUG 302016 22&±tS• RECD MIDDLEI ON INC. Apex Comprehensive Safety & Accident Prevention Program 1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER D1(a- 0240 TABLE OF CONTENTS Subject ----4~ ,'- General Instructions Company Safety Policy Letter Responsibilities Safety Disciplinary Policy Drug & Alcohol Policy Procedure for Reporting Injury or Illness on the Job Basic Rules for Accident Investigation Safety Bulletin Board Information First Aid Training, Kits and Posters First Aid Procedures in Construction Work Crew Safety Meetings Construction Safety Meeting Topic Suggestions How to Hold a Good Safety Meeting Walk -around Safety Inspections General Safety Rules for Construction Standard Personal Requirements Personal Protective Equipment Ladder Safety Rules Fall Protection Safety Rules Fall Protection — Slip, Trip & Fall Trenching and Excavating Scaffold Safety Rules Motorized Vehicles and Equipment Material Handling Safety Guidelines Lockout/Tagout Checklist Lockout/Tagout Policy Welding and Cutting Safety Rules Fire Prevention and Protection Hazard Communication Program Respirator Program Hearing Conservation Program Heat Stress (Heat Illness) Confined Space Assured Grounding Program Aerial Work Platforms Bloodborne Pathogen Appendixes: Jobsite Safety Inspection Form Site Specific Safety Plan Templates Weekly Job Walk Template Weekly Safety Meeting Template Drug & Alcohol Testing Guidelines Impaired Behavior Reasonable Suspicion Incident/Near Miss Report • Report of Injury and Investigation 44 Safety Infraction Report GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. Overview Industrial injuries create a no-win situation for everyone involved. Employees experience pain, suffering and incapacitation while the company suffers from the loss of the injured person's contributions. This document is designed to assist all personnel in assuring that such an undesirable situation will not develop in this company. It provides information and guidance for the establishment and maintenance of an injury -free work environment. B. Procedures This document contains guidance for safety procedures to be followed and forms to be used. Supervisors are expected to integrate the procedures into the appropriate work activity and employees are expected to apply them on the job. The sample forms are to be used if they apply to the job concerned. C. Dissemination A copy of this statement will be issued to all supervisory and management personnel. A copy of the policy statement will be posted on company safety and health bulletin boards and at the following locations: Apex Office, 935 Kirkland Ave, Kirkland WA 98033 D. Regulations A copy of the following documents will be maintained on each job site and all employees are required to comply with Apex company policies, OSHA and WISHA regulations: 1. Chapter 155, Construction Safety Standards from the Division of Industrial Safety and Health, Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. 2. Our customized copy of this Accident Prevention Program sample outline. 3. Job Safety and Health Law (F416-081-909), Your Rights as a Worker (F700-074-909) and Notice to Employees — if a job injury occurs (F242-191-909) a COMPANY POLICY LETTER SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY FOR APEX The purpose of this policy is to develop a high standard of safety throughout all operations of Apex and to ensure that no employee is required to work under any conditions, which are hazardous or unsanitary. We believe that each employee has the right to derive personal satisfaction from his/her job and the prevention of occupational injury or illness is of such consequence to this belief that it will be given top priority at all times. It is our intention here at Apex initiate and maintain complete accident prevention and safety training programs. Each individual from top management to the working person is responsible for the safety and health of those persons in their charge and coworkers around them. By accepting mutual responsibility to operate safely, we will all contribute to the well being of our employees. In 2016 our efforts will be directed toward reducing our overall RIR (recordable incident rate) by 50%. Through comprehensive and ongoing employee training, thorough near miss reporting and analysis and emphasis on pre -planning of jobs and specific tasks this goal can be accomplished. Together with VP Jill Johnson, and VP/Safety Kelly Huestis I will analyze our progress monthly and implement any changes necessary to meet the 50% reduction in RIR goal. Kevin Koester President RETRO GROUP EMPLOYEE LETTER Dear Employee: We wanted to let you know about an exciting new addition to our accident prevention program effective 1/1/16. In addition to stressing safety, we will be part of the Master Builders Association GRIP Retro Program, a program to help us better respond when workers are injured. Approach Management Services will be helping us with our claims processing. Our intent with this program is twofold: to assure quick access to medical treatment and to speed an injured worker's return to work. Ultimately, we hope our efforts translate to a healthier workforce. The savings to our bottom line will make us more competitive and provide future jobs. The keys to our success in this program are communication and cooperation. On our part, we have agreed to improve our interaction with physicians in hopes of returning employees back to work as soon as possible after an injury occurs. Also, we have worked with Approach Management Services in streamlining our internal handling of claim -related information. Our focus is to minimize the confusion and burden on injured employees. Attached is a summary of what is expected of you in this process. Again, communication and cooperation are essential. Notifying us immediately when an accident occurs and providing us with information throughout the claim process will be your basic responsibilities. When an injury occurs, this list will be reviewed with you again. If you have an on the job injury, a member of the Approach claim staff may be contacting your doctor and/or the Department of Labor & Industries on our behalf to help us get you back to work. If you have questions or concerns, please contact the main office. We look forward to a safe and prosperous year. Sincerely, Jill Johnson Vice President RESPONSIBILITIES Responsibilities for safety and health include the establishment and maintenance of an effective communication system among workers, supervisors and management officials. To this end, all personnel are responsible to assure that their messages are received and understood by the intended receiver. Specific safety and health responsibilities for company personnel are as follows: A. Management Officials Active participation in and support of safety and health programs is essential. Management officials will display their interest in safety and health matters at every opportunity. At least one manager (as designated) will participate in the safety and health committee meetings, incident investigations and inspections. Each manager will establish realistic goals for implementing instructions for meeting the goals. Goals and implementing instructions shall be within the framework established by this document. Incentives will be included as part of the instructions. B. Supervisors The safety and health of the employees they supervise is a primary responsibility of the supervisors. To accomplish this obligation, supervisors will: 1. Assure that all safety and health rules, regulations, policies and procedures are understood and observed. 2. Require the proper care and use of all required personal protective equipment. 3. Identify and eliminate job hazards quickly through job safety analysis procedures. (See the sample Job Safety Analysis form attached to this document.) 4. Inform and train employees on the hazardous chemicals and/or procedures they MAY encounter under normal working conditions or during an emergency situation. (See the sample hazard communication program.) 5. Receive and take initial action on employee suggestions, awards or disciplinary measures. 6. Train employees (new and experienced) in the safe and efficient methods of accomplishing each job or task as necessary. 7. Review injury trends and establish prevention measures. 8. Attend safety meetings and actively participate in the proceedings. 9. Participate in incident investigations and inspections. 10. Promote employee participation in the safety and health program. 11. Actively follow the progress of injured workers and display an interest in their rapid recovery and return to work. C. Employees Observe the items of responsibility established in this document as well as job safety rules which may apply to specific task assignments. SAFETY DISCLIPINARY POLICY Apex believes that a safety and health Accident Prevention Program is unenforceable without some type of disciplinary policy. Our company believes that in order to maintain a safe and healthful workplace, the employees must be cognizant and aware of all company, State, and Federal safety and health regulations as they apply to the specific job duties required. The following disciplinary policy is in effect and will be applied to all safety and health violations. The following steps will be followed unless the seriousness of the violation would dictate going directly to Step 2 or Step 3. An employee found to be in violation of fall protection policies will immediately be given a minimum 2 days off without pay. 1. A first time violation will be discussed verbally between company supervision and the employee. This will be done as soon as possible. 2. A second time violation will be followed up in written form and the employee will be removed from Apex employment for a minimum of one day. A copy of this written documentation will be entered into the employee's personnel folder. 3. A third time violation will result in employee's termination. This employee will not be eligible for rehire until 3 months has elapsed since termination date. 4. An employee who receives two written notifications of violation within three months will be subject to termination. This employee will not be eligible for rehire until 3 months has elapsed since termination date. DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY Purpose: Apex has a commitment to protect people and property and to provide a safe working environment. The purpose of this policy is to establish a drug-free, alcohol -free, safe, healthy work environment for its employees. Policy: Apex prohibits the use, possession, distribution, or sale on its premises, facilities, or workplaces of any of the following: alcoholic beverages, intoxicants, drugs, and related drug paraphernalia. Employees must not report for duty or perform work while under the influence of any prohibited substance. Applicants and employees will be required to consent to pre-employment drug testing. Apex employees will be required to comply with the NWIW drug free workplace program requirements. Apex employees either directly or indirectly involved in an incident resulting in an injury requiring medical attention or resulting in damage to property or equipment will be tested for the presence of any form of alcohol and/or other intoxicating substance, narcotic plant, or similar narcotic substance, whether illegal or not, including medicinal marijuana and legal drugs obtained illegally. Employee may also be subject to testing to assure compliance with General Contractor/Owner drug testing requirements. Apex may conduct employee testing project wide, up to three times in any twelve month period, without notice. In addition, testing may be conducted on an individual basis whenever Apex suspects that an employee or a group of employees is, or may be impaired or effected on the job by any form of alcohol and/or other intoxicating substance, narcotic plant, or similar narcotic substance, whether illegal or not, including medicinal marijuana and legal drugs obtained illegally. Definitions Alcohol - Means ethyl alcohol (ethanol). References to use or possession pertain to any beverage, mixture, or preparation containing alcohol. Drug - Means any form of intoxicating substance, narcotic plant, or similar narcotic substance, whether illegal or not, including medicinal marijuana and legal drugs obtained illegally. Employee - Any individual who actually performs job site work for any contractor, vendor, or supplier on the project for Apex and its subcontractors and suppliers. Company Premises - Company premises include all operative premises, facilities, parking lots, garages, work places, dry shacks, and company owned tool boxes and storage facilities. Right to Search Employees and their property, which includes lunch boxes and toll boxes, are subject to search while on company premises. Refusal to permit such search shall be cause for discharge. Rehabilitation Upon successful or satisfactory completion of an alcohol treatment program, as evaluated by the treatment staff, an individual will then be eligible for rehire. The individual must have completed treatment as certified by the treating facility, and present proof of satisfactory or successful completion to employer prior to rehire eligibility being granted. PROCEDURE FOR INJURY OR ILLNESS ON THE JOB A. On Site Superintendent or lead person immediately takes charge 1. Supervise and administer first aid as you wish (Good Samaritan Law applies). 2. Arrange for transportation (ambulance, helicopter, company vehicle, etc.), depending on the seriousness of the injury. Protect the injured person from further injury. 3. Notify owner or top management, if not already present. 4. Do not move anything unless necessary, pending investigation of the incident. 5. Accompany or take injured person(s) to doctor, hospital, home etc. (depending on the extent of injuries). 6. Take injured person to family doctor, if available. 7. Remain with the injured person until relieved by other authorized persons (manager, EMT, doctor, etc.). 8. When the injured person's immediately family is known, the owner or supervisor should properly notify family members, preferable in person, or have an appropriate person do so. B. Documentation 1. Minor injuries — requiring doctor or outpatient care: After the emergency actions following an injury, an investigation of the incident will be conducted by the immediate supervisor and any witness to determine the causes. The findings must be documented on our investigation form. 2. Major injuries — fatality or multiple hospitalizations: Top management must see that the Department of Labor and Industries is notified as soon as possible, but at least within 8 hours of the incident. Call or contact in person the nearest office of the Department or call the OSHA toll free central number (1-800-321-6742). Top management will then assist the Department in the investigation. 3. The findings must be documented on our incident investigation report form and recorded on the OSHA 300 log, if applicable. (Sample incident investigation report form included in this document.) C. Near Misses 1. All near -miss incidents (close calls) must be investigated. 2. Document the finding on the company incident investigation report form. 3. Review the findings at the monthly safety meetings or sooner if the situation warrants. Incident investigation and Employee's Report of Injury are available in the Appendix. BASIC RULES FOR ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION • The purpose of an investigation is to find the cause of an incident and prevent future occurrences, not to fix blame. An unbiased approach is necessary to obtain objective findings. • Visit the incident scene as soon as possible — while facts are fresh and before witnesses forget important details. • If possible, interview the injured worker at the scene of the incident and "walk" him or her through a re-enactment. Be careful not to actually repeat the act that caused the injury. • All interviews should be conducted as privately as possible. Interview witnesses one at a time. Talk with anyone who has knowledge of the incident, even if they did not actually witness the mishap. • Consider taking the signed statements in cases where facts are unclear or there is an element of controversy. • Graphically document details of the incident: area, tools, and equipment. Use sketches, diagrams, and photos as needed, and take measurements when appropriate. • Focus on causes and hazards. Develop an analysis of what happened, how it happened, and how it could have been prevented. Determine what caused the incident itself (unsafe equipment/condition, unsafe act, etc), not just the injury. • How will you prevent such incidents in the future? Every investigation should include an action plan. • If a third party or defective product contributed to the incident, save any evidence. It could be critical to the recovery of the claim costs. Use Incident Investigation Report Form — Appendix C-1 to write up accident investigation report. SAFETY BULLETIN BOARD A. Purpose: To increase employee's safety awareness and convey the company's safety message. If a proper place can be found for a bulletin board, this is a good tool. B. The following items are required to be posted: 1. Job Safety and Health Law (F416-081-909) 2. Notice to Employees — if a job injury occurs (F242-191-909) 3. Your Rights as a Worker in WA State (F700-074-909) 4. Citation and Notice If a Citation and Notice is received, it must be posted until all violations are abated. 5. Emergency Telephone Number Posted 6. OSHA 300 Summary (required February 1 thru April 30 of each year) 7. Site Specific Safety Plan 8. Site Specific Fall Protection Plan C. Suggested Items: 1. Safety and health posters 2. Minutes of crew/leader safety meetings 3. Date, time, and place of next safety meeting 4. Information about any recent incidents 5. Safety awards/employee recognition 6. Hazard communication information 7. Pertinent safety concerns, news clippings and other off -the -job items that may be of significant importance to employees. FIRST AID TRAINING, KITS, AND POSTER A. Purpose: To afford the employees immediate and effective attention should an injury result, we will ensure that a certified first aider(s) will be available on each jobsite. 1. To meet the above objectives, the following procedures will be followed: a. All supervisors or persons in charge of crews will be first aid trained unless their duties require them to be away from the jobsite. If so, other persons who are certified in first aid will be designated as the recognized first aider. b. Other persons will be trained in order to augment or surpass the standard requirements. c. Valid first aid cards are recognized as ones that include both first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and have not reached the expiration date. 2. First aid training, kits, and procedures will be in accordance with the requirements of the general safety and health standards (WAC 296-800). a. First aid kit will be located in the gang box and also located in the General Contractor's shack. b. Each Superintendent is designated to ensure that the first aid kits are properly maintained and stocked. 3. Posters listing emergency numbers, procedures, etc., will be strategically located, such as on the first aid kit, at telephones, and in other areas where employees have easy access. FIRST AID PROCEDURES IN CONSTRUCTION We have first aid qualified workers here but we do not have "designated" first -aiders. First aid at the job site is done on a Good Samaritan basis. If first aid trained personnel are involved in a situation involving blood, they should: 1. Avoid skin contact with blood/other potentially infectious materials by letting the victim help as much as possible, and by using gloves provided in the first aid kit. 2. Remove clothing, etc. with blood on it after rendering help. 3. Wash thoroughly with soap and water to remove blood. A 10% chlorine bleach solution is good for disinfecting areas contaminated with blood (spills, etc.). 4. Report such first aid incidents within the shift to supervisors (time, date, flood presence, exposure, names of others helping). Hepatitis B vaccinations will be provided as soon as possible but not later than 24 hours after the first aid incident. If an exposure incident occurs, we will immediately make available appropriate: 1. Post exposure evaluation 2. Follow-up treatment 3. Follow-up as listed in WAC 296-823, Occupational Exposure to Bloodborne Pathogens. Training covering the above information should be conducted at job site safety meetings. WORK CREW SAFETY MEETINGS We believe that hard work and perseverance are required for the prevention of injuries and illnesses, with the crew leader being the key to a successful result. A. Purpose: To assist in the detection and elimination of unsafe conditions and work procedures. B. Procedures: The following guidelines will be followed: a. These meetings are held at the beginning of each job and at least weekly thereafter, according to the various circumstances involved or when necessary to clear working procedures. No set pattern will suit all cases. It is important that the crew leader talk daily on injury prevention and immediately upon witnessing an unsafe act. b. The attendance and subjects discussed will be documented and maintained on file for one year. c. Copies of the minutes will be made available to the employees by posting or other means. C. Scope of Activities: (certain employees, as may be designated by their supervisors, will assist) 1. Conduct in-house safety inspections with supervisor concerned. 2. Investigate incidents to uncover trends. 3. Review incident reports to determine means or elimination. 4. Accept and evaluate employee suggestions. 5. Review job procedures and recommend improvements (Job Safety Analysis Form is available in the Appendix) 6. Monitor the safety program effectiveness. 7. Promote and publicize safety. D. Documentation: The sample form in the Appendix D-1 is available to assist in documenting activities of crew/leader meetings. Topics to discuss will be sent out from the office from time to time. There is also a Safety Meeting Notice form that you can print out and copy to announce your next safety meeting. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MEETING SUGGESTIONS (The crew leader's guide) Twelve good topics for construction safety meetings: 1. Fall protection/fall prevention 2. Personal protective equipment a. Hard hats b. Eye protection c. Hearing protection d. Footwear e. Safety hamess/belts f. Respiratory protection 3. Housekeeping 4. Tool inspection 5. Emergency procedures 6. Electrical safety 7. Ladder safety 8. Scaffold safety 9. Fire prevention/fire extinguishers 10. Reporting injuries and unsafe conditions 11. Confined spaces 12. Lock -out procedures 13. Heat Stress Training programs, educational materials, films, videos and posters are available from the Department of Labor and Industries — Safety webpage. HOW TO HOLD A GOOD SAFETY MEETING 1. Be certain everyone knows the time and place of the next meeting. You may use the sample form on the next page if you wish. 2. Insist that everyone attend. Before the next meeting, remind those who were late or failed to attend that attendance is not optional. 3. Pick an appropriate topic. If you can't think of an appropriate topic, use one from the attached list (these usually apply to all projects). 4. Start the meeting on time. 5. Don't waste time — give the meeting your undivided attention. 6. Discuss the topic you have chosen and prepared. Don't wait until the meeting to choose your topic. 7. Use handouts or posters to illustrate your topic. 8. Discuss current job site safety events, injuries and close calls. 9. Encourage employees to discuss safety problems as they arise. Do not save safety concerns for the meeting. Allow some time for employee questions or input at the end of the meeting. 10. Invite managers or owners to speak. Ask fellow employees to speak on a safety topic. 11. If you prevented one injury, it is time well spent. Your topic may be one that some employees have heard many times, but there may be one person who is new or has never been told of the safety requirement for that topic. Repeating topics several times during the course of a project is beneficial as long as it applies to the work being done. 12. Follow up on employee concerns or questions and get back to them with the answer before the next meeting. 13. Be certain to document the attendance and the topics discussed. WALK -AROUND SAFETY INSPECTIONS Walk -around safety inspections will be conducted at the beginning of each job, and at least weekly thereafter. • The inspections will be conducted by a designated employee. • The inspections will be documented and the documentation will be made available for inspection. • The records of the walk -around inspections will be maintained until the completion of the job. GENERAL SAFETY RULES FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. Always store materials in a safe manner. Tie down or support piles if necessary to prevent falling, rolling, or shifting. 2. Never drop tools from an elevation. Always use tag lines when lowering tools from an elevation. 3. Shavings, dust scraps, oil or grease should not be allowed to accumulate. Good housekeeping is a part of the job. 4. Trash piles must be removed as soon as possible. Trash is a safety and fire hazard. 5. Remove or bend over the nails in lumber that has been used or removed from a structure. 6. Immediately remove all loose materials from stairs, walkways, ramps, platforms, etc. 7. Do not block aisles, traffic lanes, fire exits, gangways, or stairs. 8. Avoid shortcuts — use ramps, stairs, walkways, ladders, etc. 9. Standard guardrails must be erected around all floor openings and excavations must be barricaded. Contact your supervisor for the correct specifications. 10. Do not remove, deface or destroy any warning, danger sign, or barricade, or interfere with any form of protective device or practice provided for your use or that is being used by other workers. 11. Get help with heavy or bulky materials to avoid injury to yourself or damage to material. 12. Keep all tools away from the edges of scaffolding, platforms, shaft openings, etc. 13. Do not use tools with split, broken, or loose handles, or burred or mushroomed heads. Keep cutting tools sharp and carry all tools in a container. 14. Know the correct use of hand and power tools. Use the right tool for the job. 15. Know the location and use of fire extinguishing equipment and the procedure for sounding a fire alarm. 16. Flammable liquids shall be used only in small amounts at the job location and in approved safety cans. 17. Proper guards or shields must be installed on all power tools before use. Do not use any tools without the guards in their proper working condition. No "homemade" handles or extensions (cheaters) will be used! 18.AII electrical power tools (unless double insulated), extension cords, and equipment must be properly grounded. 19. All electrical power tools and extension cords must be properly insulated. Damaged cords must be replaced. 20. Do not operate any power tool or equipment unless you are trained in its operation and authorized by your firm to do so. 21.AII electrical power equipment and tools must be grounded or double insulated. C rroundexl Plug no thIe Insulated Double Insulated Mand WO V* ono moo* 41►+airybez or pgoiprpgoq mar oso a B-wire Plug or Itto Iced bbot mil show toe loot as rnslllatod by words or symbol. 22. Use tools only for their designed purpose. STANDARD PERSONAL REQUIREMENTS ✓ Hard Hats ✓ Boots ✓ Proper fitting clothes ✓ Safety glasses ✓ Gloves ✓ Task specific PPE such as earplugs ✓ Compliance with all OSHA, DOSH rules ✓ Drug testing. Pre-employment, reasonable suspicion, post accident, random, NWIW DFW compliance. ACCIDENTS: • Report all accidents to your supervisor immediately and fill out all forms. • Report all accidents to the office immediately. • Post accident/incident drug testing will be required. • Participate in post accident investigation/interview. • Light duty will be provided based on restrictions, if any. PERSONAL PROTECIVE EQUIPMENT It is the policy of Apex to use the following PPE on the jobsite: • Head Protection at all times • Eye Protection at all times • Gloves at all times • Foot Protection at all times • Hearing Protection when necessary • Fall Protection 100% Tie Off It is the responsibility of the Apex employee to carry out the following: • ASK YOUR SUPERVISOR for clarification of what PPE is required if you are unsure. • MAINTAIN AND STORE all equipment properly. • REPORT all lost, defective or unsafe equipment to your SUPERVISOR immediately for replacement. Head Protection Hardhats are designed to protect from objects that have the potential impact and penetrate the head and from limited electrical shock or burns. Hardhats must be worn at all times on Apex projects. Each hardhat has two (2) important features that are designed to absorb impact from objects. 1.) The shell of the hard hat is designed to absorb some of the impact, but most of the shock is absorbed by the suspension. 2.) The suspension, which consists of the headband and strapping, offers the greatest protection against impact because it is designed to prevent the shell from striking the skull violently. The suspension must be adjusted so that it fits the individual and keeps the shell a minimum of 1 1/4" above the wearer's head. Hardhats are designed and tested to withstand the impact of an 8 pound weight dropped 5' which is equivalent to a 2 pound hammer dropped at 20'. Hardhats must also meet other requirements including weight, flammability and electrical insulation. It is important to understand that hardhats are categorized in three different classes. The right hardhat must be worn for the job. The required type of hardhat on all Apex projects is Type I, Class G. Eye Protection Safety glasses are designed to protect the eye from injury. Safety glasses are required to be worn at all times. Safety glasses are the basic form of eye protection required by Apex Safety glasses must provide coverage for the eye from the front and the sides any time there is a hazard from flying objects. If employees wear prescription glasses, they must wear goggles and other protective devices designed to fit over regular prescription glasses or protective eyewear ground to meet the prescription. Description of Danger Liquid Chemical Molten Metal Flying Particles Radiant Energy Gloves Protection Required Safety Glasses Tinted Safety Glasses/Welding Helmet Safety Glasses/Face Shields Welding Helmet Apex has determined that lacerations make up a vast majority of the injuries experienced by its employees on the jobsite. Accordingly, we have implemented a glove policy to help reduce these injuries. Gloves are required for all employees during all operations. Bulk gloves will be provided to Apex Superintendents for distribution to Apex employees. Foot Protection Employees shall wear foot protection in the form of work boots on Apex projects. Work boots must be in good condition meaning no rips, cracks, holes, worn out soles, etc. They must come up past the ankle. Hearing Protection To determine whether employees are being subject to excessive noise levels the following non- technical guidelines should be used: • Is it necessary to speak very loudly or shout when someone is Tess than 2' away? • Do sounds of speech or music seem muffled after leaving work? • Are there signs indicating hearing protection required? If communication becomes difficult to others around noisy operations, it is recommended that employees wear hearing protection. For their protection, Apex will provide employees with foam earplugs. Foam earplugs are the single most effective method of protecting workers' ears against hearing Toss. Maintenance and Storage of PPE It is important that employees realize that all PPR has limitations and that it won't protect from all hazards. Employees need to understand the limitations of the PPE they choose to use. • Inspect each piece of equipment before each use. • Check the condition of safety glasses. Dirt or scratched eyewear could limit vision. • Check the suspension of hard hat. Look for loose or torn cradle straps, loose rivets, broken sewing lines or other defects. REMEMBER TO REPLACE HARDHAT AT LEAST EVERY TWO TO FIVE YEARS OR AFTER A MAJOR IMPACT. • Ensure that the selected equipment fits properly. Employees must have the right size of PPE and it must fit properly to adequately protect them. Always maintain PPE. Learn how to clean and sanitize equipment. Earplugs, for example, may keep ears safe from noise but may cause an ear infection if inserted with dirty hands or used repeatedly. Dispose of foam earplugs after each use. Knowing how to store equipment is just as important. For example, personal fall protection equipment or safety glasses could easily be damaged if left where others could step on them. If equipment is damaged know when to replace it. In most cases PPE should not be repaired, it should be replaced. Contact the jobsite foreman or safety director for replacement PPE. Fall Protection PPE: When not in use harnesses and lanyards will be hung in a locked and secure area that minimizes exposure to heat and sunlight and does not expose them to any chemicals. Nylons will be stored in a secure and dry toolbox. Cables, Clamps, Bolt Hole Anchors, Beamer 2000, Screw Down Metal Roof Anchors, and Beam Guard Posts will be stored in a skiff box. LADDER SAFETY RULES General: • Only fiberglass ladders will be used on Apex jobsites. No wood or metal ladders. • Inspect before use for physical defects. • Ladders are not to be painted except for numbering purposes. • Do not use ladders for skids, braces, workbenches, or any purpose other than climbing. • When you are ascending or descending a ladder, do not carry objects that will prevent you from grasping the ladder with both hands. • Always face the ladder when ascending and descending. • If you must place a ladder over a doorway, barricade the door to prevent its use and post a warning sign. • Only one person is allowed on a ladder at a time. • Do not jump from a ladder when descending. • All joints between steps, rungs, and side rails must be tight. • Safety feet must be in good working order and in place. • Rungs must be free of grease and/or oil. Stepladders • Do not place tools or materials on the steps or platform of a stepladder • Do not use the top two steps of a stepladder as a step or stand. • Always level all four feet and lock spreaders in place. • Do not use a stepladder as a straight ladder. Straight type or extension ladders • All straight or extension ladders must extend at least three feet beyond the supporting object when used as an access to an elevated work area. • After raising the extension portion of a two or more stage ladder to the desired height, check to ensure that the safety dogs or latches are engaged. • All extension or straight ladders must be secured or tied off at the top. Ladder with a single support attachment for a pole. 1.rclth:t lies to the slopputl 01 that top • All ladders must be equipped with safety (non-skid) feet. Rubber Safety Feet Spikes Ladders with supports on the bottom Cleats tailed to the Floor • Portable ladders must be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about one-quarter of the working length of the ladder. FALL PROTECTION SAFETY RULES WAC 296-155 PART C-1 296-155-24601 through 24624 The goal of this company is to comply with the fall prevention requirements and to provide and enforce the use of fall protection for employees in construction, alteration, repair, maintenance (including painting and decorating), demolition workplaces and material handling. The overall purpose of this rule is to protect the employees from suffering an on-the-job injury as a result of a fall, provide the employees with the appropriate fall protection equipment to insure their personal safety and maximize the productivity of the employees. Fall protection is implemented when employees are exposed to a potential fall of 4 feet or more. This company will develop and implement a written fall protection work plan including each area of the work place where the employees are assigned and where fall hazards of 10 feet or more exist. This includes a written work plan, employee training and equipment maintenance Contents ❑ Fall Hazard Identification o General Requirements o Fall Protection Codes o Fall Protection Required, regardless of height o Fall Protection Required, at four feet or more o Guarding of Ramps, Runways and Inclined Walkways o Guarding of Floor Openings and Wall Openings o Fall Protection Required, at ten feet or more o Fall Arrest and Fall Restraint Specifications o Guardrail Specifications o Toe Boards and Covers Specifications o Waming Lines o Safety Monitor and Safety Watch Systems o Material Handling Areas o Training Requirements o Definitions Fall Hazard Identification Each job -site has particular fall hazards during construction, repair or servicing. A fall hazard is any unprotected edge/open-sided floors/walking, working surfaces 4 feet or more above the next surface or ground. Possible Job -Site Fall Hazards include, but are NOT limited to: Elevator Shaft Scissor Lift Floor Opening Manholes/Hatches Skylight Openings Scaffold Stairwells Leading Edge Ditch Work Ladder Jack/Pump Jack Roofs Window hole opening Outside Static Line Foundations Wall Openings General Requirements: (1) The employer shall ensure that all surfaces on which employees will be working or walking on are structurally sound and will support them safely prior to allowing employees to work or walk on them. (2) Inspection criteria. (a) All components (including hardware, lanyards, and positioning harnesses or full body harnesses depending on which system is used) of personal fall arrest systems, personal fall restraint systems and positioning device systems shall be inspected prior to each use according to manufacturer's specifications for mildew, wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be removed from service if their function or strength has been adversely affected. (3) Personal fall arrest systems, personal fall restraint system, positioning device systems, and their components shall be used only for employee protection and not to hoist materials. (4) Exemptions. Employees are exempt from WAC 296-155-24609 and 296-155-24611 only under the following conditions: (a) During initial installation of the fall protection anchor (prior to engaging in any work activity), or the disassembly of the fall protection anchor after the work has been completed. (b) An employee directly involved with inspecting or estimating roof -level conditions only on low pitched roofs prior to the actual start of construction work or after all construction work has been completed. Examples of activities the department recognizes as inspecting or estimating include: ❑ Measuring a roof to determine the amount of materials needed for a project. ❑ Inspecting the roof for damage without removing equipment or components. ❑ Assessing the roof to determine what method of fall protection will be provided to employees. Examples the department does not recognize as inspecting or estimating under this exemption include: ❑ Delivering, staging or storing materials on a roof. n Persons estimating or inspecting on roofs that would be considered a "hazardous s lope" by definition. FALL PROTECTION CODES: ( fall Arrest Stopped after the fall with a 6 ft. maximum free fall distance WAC 296.155-24813 • Personal fall arrest • Safety nets •Catch platforms WAC 296-155-24613(1) WAC 296-155-24633(2) WAC 296-155-24613(3) Fall Restraint Restrained from falling WAC 296-155-24615 • Personal fall restraint *Guardrails *Covers +Warning line system • Safety monitor •Safety watch WAC 296455-24615(1) WAC 296-155-24-615(2) WAC 296-155-24615(3) WAC 296-155-24615(4) WAC 295-155.24615(5) WAC 296-155-24615(6) Positioning Device WAC 296-155-24617 1 •Positioning harness/full body harness with a 2 ft. maximum free fall distance. •Vertical walls, columns, poles, hazardous slopes, and steep pitches. Examples of what personal fall arrest, personal fall restraint and positioning device systems look like: Fall Arrest Fall Restraint Positioning Fall protection required regardless of height: (1) Regardless of height, open sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equipment, such as dip tanks and material handling equipment, and similar hazards shall be guarded with a standard guardrail system. (2) Floor holes or floor openings, into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standard railing with standard toe board on all exposed sides, or a cover of standard strength and construction that is secured against accidental displacement. While the cover is not in place, the floor hole opening shall be protected by a standard railing. (3) Regardless of height employees shall be protected from falling into or onto impalement hazards, such as: Reinforcing steel (rebar), or exposed steel or wood stakes used to set forms. Fall protection required at four feet or more: (1) The employer shall ensure that the appropriate fall protection system is provided, installed, and implemented according to the requirements in this part when employees are exposed to fall hazards of four feet or more to the ground or lower level when on a walking/working surface. (2) Guarding of walking/working surfaces with unprotected sides and edges. Every open sided walking/working surface or platform four feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level shall be guarded by one of the following fall protection systems. (a) A standard guardrail system, or the equivalent, as specified in WAC 296-155- 24615(2), on all open sides, except where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a standard toe board wherever, beneath the open sides, persons can pass, there is moving machinery, or there is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard. (i) When employees are using stilts, the height of the top rail or equivalent member of the standard guardrail system must be increased (or additional railings may be added) an amount equal to the height of the stilts while maintaining the strength specifications of the guardrail system. (ii) Where employees are working on platforms above the protection of the guardrail system, the employer must either increase the height of the guardrail system as specified in (a)(i) of this subsection, or select and implement another fall protection system as specified in (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this subsection. (iii) When guardrails must be temporarily removed to perform a specific task, the area shall be constantly attended by a monitor until the guardrail is replaced. The only duty the monitor shall perform is to warn persons entering the area of the fall hazard. (b) A fall restraint system; (c) A personal fall arrest system; (d) A safety net system; (e) A catch platform; and (0 A warning line. Guarding of ramps, runways, and inclined walkways: (a) Ramps, runways, and inclined walkways that are four feet or more above the ground or lower level shall be equipped with a standard guardrail system or the equivalent, as specified in WAC 296-155-24615(2), along each open side. Wherever tools, machine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toe board shall also be installed on each open side to protect persons working or passing below. (b) Runways used exclusively for special purposes may have the railing on one side omitted where operating conditions necessitate such omission, provided the falling hazard is minimized by using a runway not less than eighteen inches wide. Guarding of floor openings: (a) Floor openings shall be guarded by one of the following fall restraint systems. (i) A standard guardrail system, or the equivalent, as specified in WAC 296-155- 24615(2), on all open sides, except where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a standard toe board wherever, beneath the open sides, persons can pass, or there is moving machinery, or there is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard. (ii) A cover, as specified in WAC 296-155-24615(3). (iii) A warning line system erected at least fifteen feet from all unprotected sides or edges of the floor opening and meets the requirements of WAC 296-155-24615(4). (iv) If it becomes necessary to remove the cover, the guardrail system, or the warning line system, then an employee shall remain at the opening until the cover, guardrail system, or warning line system is replaced. The only duty the employee shall perform is to prevent exposure to the fall hazard by warning persons entering the area of the fall hazard. (b) Ladderway floor openings or platforms shall be guarded by standard guardrail system with standard toe boards on all exposed sides, except at entrance to opening, with the passage through the railing either provided with a swinging gate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the opening. (c) Hatchways and chute floor openings shall be guarded by one of the following: (i) Hinged covers of standard strength and construction and a standard guardrail system with only one exposed side. When the opening is not in use, the cover shall be closed or the exposed side shall be guarded at both top and intermediate positions by removable standard guardrail systems. (ii) A removable standard guardrail system with toe board on not more than two sides of the opening and fixed standard guardrail system with toe boards on all other exposed sides. The removable railing shall be kept in place when the opening is not in use and shall be hinged or otherwise mounted so as to be conveniently replaceable. (d) Wherever there is a danger of falling through an unprotected skylight opening, or the skylight has been installed and is not capable of sustaining the weight of a two hundred pound person with a safety factor of four, standard guardrails shall be provided on all exposed sides in accordance with WAC 296-155-24615(2) or the skylight shall be covered in accordance with WAC 296-155-24615(3). Personal fall arrest equipment may be used as an equivalent means of fall protection when worn by all employees exposed to the fall hazard. (e) Pits and trap door floor openings shall be guarded by floor opening covers of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not in place, the pit or trap openings shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard guardrail system. (f) Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged in place. While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standard guardrail system. Guarding of wall openings: (a) Wall openings, from which there is a fall hazard of four feet or more, and the bottom of the opening is less than thirty-nine inches above the working surface, shall be guarded as follows: (i) When the height and placement of the opening in relation to the working surface is such that either a standard rail or intermediate rail will effectively reduce the danger of falling, one or both shall be provided; (ii) The bottom of a wall opening, which is less than four inches above the working surface, regardless of width, shall be protected by a standard toe board or an enclosing screen either of solid construction or as specified in WAC 296-155- 24615 (2)(c). (b) An extension platform, outside a wall opening, onto which materials can be hoisted for handling shall have standard guardrails on all exposed sides or equivalent. One side of an extension platform may have removable railings in order to facilitate handling materials. (c) When a chute is attached to an opening, the provisions of subsection (5)(c) of this section shall apply, except that a toe board is not required. (6) Fall protection during form and rebar work. When exposed to a fall height of four feet or more, employees placing or tying reinforcing steel on a vertical face are required to be protected by personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, or positioning device systems. (7) Fall protection on steep pitched and low pitched roofs. (a) Steep pitched roofs. Regardless of the work activity, employers shall ensure that employees exposed to fall hazards of four feet or more while working on a roof with a pitch greater than four in twelve use one of the following: (i) Fall restraint system. Safety monitors and warning line systems are prohibited on steep pitched roofs; (ii) Fall arrest system; or (iii) Positioning device system. (b) Low pitched roofs. Employers shall ensure that employees exposed to fall hazards of four feet or more while engaged in work, other than roofing work or leading edge work, on low pitched roofs use one of the following: (i) Fall restraint system; (ii) Fall arrest system; (iii) Positioning device system; (iv) Safety monitor and warning line system; or (v) Safety watch system. (8) Hazardous slopes. Employees exposed to falls of four feet or more while working on a hazardous slope shall use personal fall restraint systems or positioning device systems. Fall protection required at ten feet or more: (1) The employer shall ensure that the appropriate fall protection system is provided, installed, and implemented according to the requirements in this part when employees are exposed to fall hazards of ten feet or more to the ground or lower level, while: (a) Engaged in roofing work on a low pitched roof; (b) Constructing a leading edge; Note: Employees not directly involved with constructing the leading edge, or are not performing roofing work must comply with WAC 296-155-24609, Fall protection required at four feet or more. (c) Working on any surface that does not meet the definition of a walking/working surface not already covered in WAC 296-155-24609; (d) Engaged in excavation and trenching operations. (i) Exceptions. Fall protection is not required at excavations when employees are: (A) Directly involved with the excavation process and on the ground at the top edge of the excavation; or (B) Working at an excavation site where appropriate sloping of side walls has been implemented as the excavation protective system. (ii) Fall protection is required for employees standing in or working in the affected area of a trench or excavation exposed to a fall hazard of ten feet or more and: (A) The employees are not directly involved with the excavation process; or (B) The employees are on the protective system or any other structure in the excavation. Note: Persons considered directly involved in the excavation process include: ❑ Foreman of the crew. ❑ Signal person. ❑ Employee hooking on pipe or other materials. ❑ Grade person. ❑ State, county, or city inspectors inspecting the excavation or trench. ❑ An engineer or other professional conducting a quality -assurance inspection. Fall protection work plan: The employer shall develop and implement a written fall protection work plan including each area of the work place where the employees are assigned and where fall hazards of ten feet or more exist. (a) The fall protection work plan shall: (i) Identify all fall hazards in the work area; (ii) Describe the method of fall arrest or fall restraint to be provided; (iii) Describe the proper procedures for the assembly, maintenance, inspection, and disassembly of the fall protection system to be used; (iv) Describe the proper procedures for the handling, storage, and securing of tools and materials; Fall protection work plan continued: (v) Describe the method of providing overhead protection for workers who may be in, or pass through the area below the worksite; (vi) Describe the method for prompt, safe removal of injured workers; and (vii) Be available on the job site for inspection by the department. (b) Prior to permitting employees into areas where fall hazards exist the employer shall ensure employees are trained and instructed in the items described in (a)(i) through (vii) of this subsection. Fall arrest specifications: (1) Personal fall arrest system shall consist of: (a) A full body harness shall be used. (b) Full body harness systems or components subject to impact loading shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for employee protection unless inspected and determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse. (c) Anchorages for full body harness systems shall be capable of supporting (per employee): (i) Three thousand pounds when used in conjunction with: (A) A self -retracting lifeline that limits the maximum free fall distances to two feet or less; or (B) A shock absorbing lanyard that restricts the forces on the body to nine hundred pounds or Tess. (ii) Five thousand pounds for all other personal fall arrest system applications, or they shall be designed, installed, and used: (A) As a part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and (B) Under the supervision of a qualified person. (d) When stopping a fall, personal fall arrest systems must: (i) Be rigged to allow a maximum free fall distance of six feet so an employee will not contact any lower level; (ii) Limit maximum arresting force on an employee to one thousand eight hundred pounds (iii) Bring an employee to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance an employee travels to three and one-half feet (1.07 m); and (iv) Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee free falling a maximum distance of six feet (1.8 m). (e) All safety lines and lanyards shall be protected against being cut or abraded. (f) The attachment point of the full body harness shall be located in the center of the wearer's back near shoulder level, or above the wearer's head. (g) Hardware shall be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of materials equivalent in strength. (h) Hardware shall have a corrosion resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage to the attached full body harness or lanyard. (i) When vertical lifelines (droplines) are used, not more than one employee shall be attached to any one lifeline. (j) Vertical lifelines (droplines) shall have a minimum breaking strength of five thousand pounds (22.2 kN), except that self -retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit free fall distance to two feet (.61 m) or less shall have a minimum breaking strength of three thousand pounds (13.3 kN). (k) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, installed, and used, under the supervision of a qualified person, as part of a complete personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two. (I) Droplines or lifelines used on rock scaling operations, or in areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of seven - eighths inch wire core manila rope or equivalent. For all other lifeline applications, a minimum of three-fourths inch manila rope or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of five thousand pounds, shall be used. (m) Lanyards shall have a minimum breaking strength of five thousand pounds (22.2 kN). (n) All components of full body harness systems whose strength is not otherwise specified in this subsection shall be capable of supporting a minimum fall impact Toad of five thousand pounds (22.2 kN) applied at the lanyard point of connection. (o) D -rings and snap hooks shall be proof -tested to a minimum tensile load of three thousand six hundred pounds (16 kN) without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation. (p) Snap hooks shall be a locking type snap hook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snap hook by the contact of the snap hook keeper by the connected member. (q) Unless the snap hook is designed for the following connections, snap hooks shall not be engaged: (i) Directly to the webbing, rope or wire rope; (ii) To each other; (iii) To a D -ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached; (iv) To a horizontal lifeline; or (v) To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap hook such that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snap hook keeper and release itself. Safety net systems and catch platforms: See WAC 296-155-24613(2) and (3) for more information on safety nets and catch platforms. Fall restraint specifications: Fall restraint protection shall conform to the following provisions: (1) Personal fall restraint systems shall be rigged to allow the movement of employees only as far as the unprotected sides and edges of the walking/working surface, and shall consist of: (a) A full body harness shall be used. (b) The full body harness must be attached to securely rigged restraint lines. (c) All hardware assemblies for full body harness shall be capable of withstanding a tension loading of four thousand pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. (d) The employer shall ensure component compatibility. (e) Anchorage points used for fall restraint shall be capable of supporting four times the intended load. (f) Rope grab devices are prohibited for fall restraint applications unless they are part of a fall restraint system designed specifically for the purpose by the manufacturer, and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. Guardrail specifications: A standard guardrail system shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of thirty-nine to forty-five inches from upper surface of top rail to floor, platform, runway, or ramp level. When conditions warrant, the height of the top edge may exceed the forty-five inch height, provided the guardrail system meets all other criteria of this subsection. The intermediate rail shall be halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. Minimum requirements for standard guardrail systems under various types of construction are specified in the following items: (i) For wood railings, the posts shall be of at least two-inch by four -inch stock spaced not to exceed eight feet; the top rail shall be of at least two-inch by four - inch stock and each length of lumber shall be smooth surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be of at least one -inch by six-inch stock. Other configurations may be used for the top rail when the configuration meets the requirements of (b)(vii) of this subsection. (ii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least one and one-half inches nominal OD diameter with posts spaced not more than eight feet on centers. Other configurations may be used for the top rail when the configuration meets the requirements of (b)(vii) of this subsection. (iii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be of two-inch by two-inch by three-eighths inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more than eight feet on centers. Other configurations may be used for the top rail when the configuration meets the requirements of (b)(vii) of this subsection. (iv) For wire rope railings, the top and intermediate railings shall meet the strength factor and deflection of (b)(v) of this subsection. The top railing shall be flagged at not more than six foot intervals with high -visibility material. Posts shall be spaced not more than eight feet on centers. The rope shall be stretched taut and shall be between thirty-nine and forty-five inches in height at all points. Other configurations may be used for the top rail when the configuration meets the requirements of (b)(vii) of this subsection. (v) The anchoring of posts and framing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the completed structure shall be capable of withstanding a load of at least two hundred pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail. The top rail shall be between thirty-nine and forty-five inches in height at all points when this force is applied. (vi) Railings receiving heavy stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other means. (vii) Other types, sizes, and arrangements of railing construction are acceptable, provided they meet the following conditions: (A) A smooth surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or(A) A smooth surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level between thirty-nine and forty-five inches; (B) When the two hundred pound (890 N) load specified in (b)(v) of this subsection is applied in a downward direction, the top edge of the guardrail shall not deflect to a height less than thirty-nine inches (1.0 m) above the walking/working level. Guardrail system components selected and constructed in accordance with this part will be deemed to meet this requirement; (C) Protection between top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair treads, equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard intermediate rail; (D) Elimination of overhang of rail ends unless such overhang does not constitute a hazard. Toe board specifications: A standard toe board shall be a minimum of four inches nominal in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. It shall be securely fastened in place with not more than one-quarter inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over one inch in greatest dimension. Where material is piled to such height that a standard toe board does not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to intermediate rail or to top rail shall be provided. Cover specifications: Floor opening or floor hole covers shall be of any material that meets the following strength requirements: (i) Conduits, trenches, and manhole covers and their supports, when located in roadways, and vehicular aisles shall be designed to carry a truck rear axle load of at least two times the maximum intended load; (ii) All floor opening and floor hole covers shall be capable of supporting the maximum potential load but never less than two hundred pounds (with a safety factor of four). All covers shall be secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by the wind, equipment, or employees. All covers shall be color coded or they shall be marked with the word "hole" or "cover" to provide warning of the hazard. Barriers and screens used to cover wall openings shall meet the following requirements: (i) Barriers shall be of such construction and mounting that, when in place at the opening, the barrier is capable of withstanding a load of at least two hundred pounds applied in any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point on the top rail or corresponding member. (ii) Screens shall be of such construction and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least two hundred pounds applied horizontally at any point on the near side of the screen. They may be of solid construction of either grill work with openings not more than eight inches long, or of slat work with openings not more than four inches wide with length unrestricted. Warning line system specifications: Warning line system specifications on pitches four in twelve or less for roofing work, leading edge work, and on low pitched open sided surfaces for work activities other than roofing work or leading edge work. The employer shall ensure the following: (a) Warning lines shall be erected around all unprotected sides and edges of the work area. Warning lines used during roofing work: When roofing work is taking place or when mechanical equipment is not being used, the warning line shall be erected not less than six feet (1.8 m) from the edge of the roof. When mechanical equipment is being used, the warning line shall be erected not less than six feet (1.8 m) from the roof edge which is parallel to the direction of mechanical equipment operation, and not less than ten feet (3.1 m) from the roof edge which is perpendicular to the direction of mechanical equipment operation. Warning lines erected for leading edge work: Warning lines shall be erected to separate employees who are engaged in leading edge work (between the forward edge of the warning line and the leading edge), from other work areas on the low pitched surface. The employer shall ensure: (A) The warning line is erected not Tess than six feet nor more than twenty-five feet from the leading edge; and (6) When fall arrest systems as described in WAC 296-155-24613, or fall restraint systems as described in subsections (1) and (2) of this section are not used, a safety monitor system as described in subsection (5) of this section shall be implemented to protect employees engaged in constructing the leading edge who are working between the forward edge of the warning line and the leading edge. Warning lines erected on low pitched open sided surfaces for work activities other than roofing work or leading edge work: shall be erected not less than fifteen feet from the unprotected sides or edges of the open sided surface. The warning line shall consist of a rope, wire, or chain and supporting stanchions erected as follows: (i) The rope, wire, or chain shall be flagged at not more than six foot (1.8 m) intervals with high visibility material. Highly visible caution or danger tape as described in (b)(iv) of this subsection, does not need to be flagged. (ii) The rope, wire, or chain shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is no less than thirty-six inches from the surface and its highest point is no more than forty-five inches from the surface. (iii) After being erected, with the rope, wire or chain attached, stanchions shall be capable of resisting, without tipping over, a force of at least sixteen pounds (71 N) applied horizontally against the stanchion, thirty inches (0.76 m) above the surface, perpendicular to the warning line, and in the direction of the unprotected sides or edges of the surface. (iv) The rope, wire, or chain shall have a minimum tensile strength of two hundred pounds(90 k), and after being attached to the stanchions, shall be capable of supporting, without breaking, the loads applied to the stanchions. Highly visible caution or danger tape may be used in lieu of rope, wire, or chain as long as it is at least three inches wide and three mils thick, and has a tensile strength of at least two hundred pounds. (v) The line shall be attached at each stanchion in such a way that pulling on one section of the line between stanchions will not result in slack being taken up in adjacent sections before the stanchion tips over. Access paths shall be erected as follows: (i) Points of access, materials handling areas, and storage areas shall be connected to the work area by a clear access path formed by two warning lines. (ii) When the path to a point of access is not in use, a rope, wire, or chain, equal in strength and height to the warning line, shall be placed across the path at the point where the path intersects the warning line erected around the work area. Safety monitor system specifications: A safety monitor system may be used in conjunction with a warning line system as a method of fall protection during roofing work on low pitched roofs or leading edge work on low pitched surfaces. Note: The warning line is not required when performing roofing work on low pitched roofs less than fifty feet wide. For information on determining roof widths, see WAC 296-155- 24623, Appendix A, determining roof widths. When selected, the employer shall ensure that the safety monitor system is addressed in the fall protection work plan, including the name of the safety monitor(s) and the extent of their training in both the safety monitor and warning line systems. The employer shall ensure that the following requirements are met: (i) The safety monitor system shall not be used when adverse weather conditions create additional hazards. (ii) Employees working outside of the warning line system, (between the forward edge of the warning line and the unprotected sides or edges of a low pitched surface), shall be readily distinguishable from other members of the crew that are working inside the warning line system by wearing highly visible, distinctive, and uniform apparel. (iii) Employees must promptly comply with fall hazard warnings from the safety monitor. (iv) A person acting in the capacity of safety monitor(s) shall be trained in the function of both the safety monitor and warning line systems, and shall: (A) Be a competent person as defined in WAC 296-155-24603. (B) Have control authority over the work as it relates to fall protection. (C) Be instantly distinguishable over members of the work crew. (D) Perform no other duties while acting as safety monitor. (E) Be positioned in relation to the workers under their protection, so as to have a clear, unobstructed view and be able to maintain normal voice communication. (F) Not supervise more than eight exposed workers at one time. (G) Warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner. Safety watch system specifications: Ensure the safety watch system meets the following requirements: (i) There can only be two people on the roof while the safety watch system is being used: The one employee acting as the safety watch and the one employee engaged in the repair work or servicing equipment; (ii) The employee performing the task must comply promptly with fall hazard warnings from the safety watch; (iii) Mechanical equipment is not used; and (iv) The safety watch system is not used when weather conditions create additional hazards. Ensure the employee acting as the safety watch meets all of the following: (i) Is a competent person as defined in WAC 296-155-24603; (ii) Has full control over the work as it relates to fall protection; (iii) Has a clear, unobstructed view of the worker; (iv) Is able to maintain normal voice communication; and (v) Performs no other duties while acting as the safety watch. Positioning device system specifications: Positioning device systems and their use shall conform to the following provisions: (1) Positioning harnesses or full body harnesses shall be used. (2) Positioning devices shall be rigged to prevent an employee from a free fall greater than two feet. (3) Positioning devices shall be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential impact load of an employee's fall or three thousand pounds (13.3 kN), whichever is greater. (4) Connectors shall be drop forged, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials. (5) Connectors shall have a corrosion -resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage to interfacing parts of this system. (6) Connecting assemblies shall have a minimum breaking strength of five thousand pounds (22.2 kN). (7) D -rings and snap hooks shall be proof -tested to a minimum tensile load of three thousand six hundred pounds (16 kN) without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation. Snap hook specifications: Snap hooks shall be a locking type snap hook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snap hook by the contact of the snap hook keeper by the connected member. Unless the snap hook is designed for the following connections, snap hooks shall not be engaged: (a) Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope; (b) To each other; (c) To a D -ring to which another snap hook or other connector is attached; (d) To a horizontal lifeline; or (e) To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap hook such that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snap hook keeper and release itself. Ramps, runways and inclined walkways shall: Be at least eighteen inches wide; and Not be inclined more than twenty degrees from horizontal and when inclined, they shall be cleated or otherwise treated to prevent a slipping hazard on the walking surface. Roof edge materials handling areas and materials storage specifications: When guardrails are used at hoisting areas, a minimum of four feet of guardrail shall be erected along each side of the access point through which materials are hoisted. A chain or gate shall be placed across the opening between the guardrail sections when hoisting operations are not taking place. When guardrails are used at bitumen pipe outlet, a minimum of four feet of guardrail shall be erected along each side of the pipe. Mechanical equipment shall be used or stored only in areas where employees are protected using a fall arrest system as described in WAC 296-155-24613, or a fall restraint system as described in WAC 296-155-24615 (1), (2), or (4). Mechanical equipment may not be used or stored where the only protection is provided by the use of a safety monitor. The hoist shall not be used as an attachment/anchorage point for fall arrest or fall restraint systems. Materials shall not be stored within six feet of the roof edge unless guardrails are erected at the roof edge. Guardrails shall include a toe board if employees could be working or passing below. Training: All training required by this part, must be documented and documentation kept on file. "Retraining." When the employer has reason to believe that any affected employee who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required by subsection (1) of this section, the employer shall retrain each such employee. Circumstances where retraining is required include, but are not limited to, situations where: ■ Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete; or • Changes in the types of fall protection systems or equipment to be used render previous training obsolete; or • Inadequacies in an affected employee's knowledge or use of fall protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill. Falls from elevation are a major cause of injuries and deaths in the construction industry. At Apex Steel we are committed to eliminating injuries caused by fall hazards by instituting a program of 100% fall protection for all fall hazards 4 feet or greater. All work sites will have a site-specific fall protection work plan completed before any employees begin work. The employees on that specific job will be trained in the fall hazards and the method used to implement fall protection. The attached training guide will be used to train employees in the inspection and maintenance of their fall protection equipment, as well as fall protection selection criteria. All employees will use fall protection when there is exposure to a fall hazard of 4 feet or more for walking surfaces and vertical work. 10 feet for leading edge and low sloped roof work. Employees who fail to follow this policy are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal. The evaluation of the jobsite and the completion of the fall protection work plan will be done by a designated "competent person," who has an understanding of OSHA, DOSH, and ANSI fall protection requirements, the fall protection systems available for use, and has the authority to take corrective action to eliminate employee exposure to fall hazards. Fall protection will be provided either through the use of a fall arrest system or a fall restraint system as shown below and thoroughly described in the fall protection work plan available on site for review. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Safety Belt, Harness and Lanyard Inspection and Maintenance I. ANSI Classification: Class I Body belts — used to restrain a person from falling. Class II Chest harness — used for restraint purposes (NOT for vertical free fall hazards). Class III Full body harness — used for fall arrest purposes. Can also be used for fall restraint. Class IV Suspension/position belt — used to suspend or support the worker. If a fall arrest hazard exists this must be supplemented by use of a safety harness. II. Inspection Guidelines: To maintain their service life and high performance, all belts and harnesses must be inspected prior to each use for mildew, wear, damage and other deteriorations. Visual inspection before each use is just common sense. Periodic tests by a trained inspector for wear, damage or corrosion should be part of the safety program. Inspect your equipment daily and replace it if any of the defective conditions in this manual are found. Belt inspection: 1. Beginning at one end, holding the body side of the belt toward you, grasp the belt with your hands six to eight inches apart. Bend the belt in an inverted "U" . The resulting surface tension makes damaged fibers or cuts easier to see. 2. Follow this procedure the entire length of the belt or harness. Watch for frayed edges, broken fibers, pulled stitches, cuts, or chemical damage. 3. Special attention should be given to the attachment of buckles and Dee Rings to webbing. Note any unusual wear, frayed or cut fibers, or distortion of the buckles or Dees. 4. Inspect for frayed or broken strands. Broken webbing strands generally appear as tufts on the webbing surface. Any broken, cut, or burned stitches will be readily seen. 5. Rivets should be tight and immovable with fingers. Body side rivet base and outside rivet burr should be flat against the material. Bent rivets will fail under stress. Especially note condition of Dee Ring rivets and Dee Ring metal wear pads (if any). Discolored, pitted or cracked rivets indicate chemical corrosion. 6. The tongue, or billet, of the belt receives heavy wear from repeated buckling and unbuckling. Inspect for loose, distorted, or broken grommets. Belts using punched holes without grommets should be checked for torn or elongated holes, causing slippage of the buckle tongue. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Safety Belt, Harness and Lanyard Inspection and Maintenance cont'd 7. Tongue Buckle: Buckle tongues should be free of distortion in shape and motion. They should overlap the buckle frame and move freely back and forth in their socket. Roller should turn freely on frame. Check for distortion or sharp edges. 8. Friction Buckle: Inspect the buckle for distortion. The outer bars and center bars must be straight. Pay special attention to corners and attachment to points of the center bar. 9. Sliding Bar Buckle: Inspect buckle frame and sliding bar for cracks, distortions, or sharp edges. Sliding bar should move freely. Knurled edge will slip if worn smooth. Pay special attention to corners and ends of sliding bar. Lanyard inspection: When inspecting lanyards, begin at one end and work to the opposite end. Slowly rotate the lanyard so that the entire circumference is checked. Spliced ends require particular attention. Hardware should be examined under procedures also detailed below, i.e., Snaps, Dee Ring, and Thimbles. 1. Steel While rotating the steel lanyard, watch for cuts, frayed areas, or unusual wearing patterns on the wire. Broken strands will separate from the body of the lanyards. 2. Webbing While bending webbing over a pipe or mandrel, observe each side of the webbed lanyard. This will reveal any cuts or breaks. Swelling, discolorations, cracks, and charring are obvious signs of chemical or heat damage. Observe closely for any breaks in stitching. 3. Rope Rotation of the rope lanyard while inspecting from end to end will bring to light any fuzzy, worn, broken, or cut fibers. Weakened areas from extreme loads will appear as a noticeable change in original diameter. The rope diameter should be uniform throughout, following a short break -in -period. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations Below are guidelines for worker protection where fall arrest or fall restraint systems are used. Some of this material may be suitable for adding to the written fall protection work plan specified in WAC 296-155- 24505. Also reference WAC 296-24-88050, Appendix C, Personal Fall Arrest System. 1. Selection and use considerations: The kind of personal fall arrest system selected should match the particular work situation, and any possible free fall distance should be kept to a minimum. Consideration should be given to the particular work environment. For example, the presence of acids, dirt, moisture, oil, grease, etc., and their effect on the system, should be evaluated. Hot or cold environments may also have an adverse affect on the system. Wire rope should not be used where an electrical hazard is anticipated. As required by the standard, the employer must plan to have means available to promptly rescue an employee should a fall occur, since the suspended employee may not be able to reach a work level independently. Where lanyards, connectors, and lifelines are subject to damage by work operations such as welding, chemical cleaning, and sandblasting, the component should be protected, or other securing systems should be used. The employer should fully evaluate the work conditions and environment (including seasonal weather changes) before selecting the appropriate personal fall protection system. Once in use, the system's effectiveness should be monitored. In some cases, a program for cleaning and maintenance of the system may be necessary. 2. Testing considerations: Before purchasing or putting into use a personal fall arrest system, an employer should obtain from the supplier information about the system based on its performance during testing so that the employer can know if the system meets this standard. Testing should be done using recognized test methods. WAC 296-24-88050, Appendix C, Part II, contains test methods recognized for evaluating the performance of fall arrest systems. Not all systems may need to be individually tested; the performance of some systems may be based on data and calculations derived from testing of similar systems, provided that enough information is available to demonstrate similarity of function and design. 3. Component compatibility considerations: Ideally, a personal fall arrest system is designed, tested, and supplied as a complete system. However, it is common practice for lanyards, connectors, lifelines, deceleration devices, and body harnesses to be interchanged since some components wear out before others. The employer and employee should realize that not all components are interchangeable. For instance, a lanyard should not be connected between a body harness and a deceleration device of the self -retracting type since this can result in additional free fall for which the system was not designed. Any substitution or change to a personal fall arrest system should be fully evaluated or tested by a competent person to determine that it meets the standard, before the modified system is put in use. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations cont'd 4. Employee training considerations: Thorough employee training in the selection and use of personal fall arrest systems is imperative. As stated in the standard, before the equipment is used, employees must be trained in the safe use of the system. This should include the following: Application limits; proper anchoring and tie -off techniques; estimation of free fall distance, including determination of deceleration distance, and total fall distance to prevent striking a lower level; methods of use; and inspection and storage of the system. Careless or improper use of the equipment can result in serious injury or death. Employers and employees should become familiar with this material, as well as manufacturer's recommendations, before a system is used. Of uppermost importance is the reduction in strength caused by certain tie -offs (such as using knots, tying around sharp edges, etc.) and maximum permitted free fall distance. Also, to be stressed are the importance of inspections prior to use, the limitations of the equipment, and unique conditions at the worksite which may be important in determining the type of system to use. 5. Instruction considerations: Employers should obtain comprehensive instructions from the supplier as to the system's proper use and application, including, where applicable: a. The force measured during the sample force test; b. The maximum elongation measured for lanyards during the force test; c. The deceleration distance measured for deceleration devices during the force test; d. Caution statements on critical use limitations; e. Application limits; f. Proper hook-up, anchoring and tie -off techniques, including the proper dee-ring or other attachment point to use on the body harness for fall arrest; g. Proper climbing techniques; h. Methods of inspection, use, cleaning, and storage; and i. Specific lifelines that may be used. This information should be provided to employees during training. 6. Inspection considerations: Personal fall arrest systems must be regularly inspected. Any component with any significant defect, such as cuts, tears, abrasions, mold, or undue stretching; alterations or additions which might affect its efficiency; damage due to deterioration; contact with fire, acids, or other corrosives; distorted hooks or faulty hook springs; tongues unfitted to the shoulder of buckles; loose or damaged mountings; nonfunctioning parts; or wearing or internal deterioration in the ropes must be withdrawn from service immediately, and should be tagged or marked as unusable, or destroyed. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations cont'd 7. Rescue considerations: When personal fall arrest systems are used, the employer must assure that employees can be promptly rescued or can rescue themselves should a fall occur. The availability of rescue personnel, ladders or other rescue equipment should be evaluated. In some situations, equipment that allows employees to rescue themselves after the fall has been arrested may be desirable, such as devices that have descent capability. 8. Tie -off considerations: a. One of the most important aspects of personal fall protection systems is fully planning the system before it is put into use. Probably the most overlooked component is planning for suitable anchorage points. Such planning should ideally be done before the structure or building is constructed so that anchorage points can be incorporated during construction for use later for window cleaning or other building maintenance. If properly planned, these anchorage points may be used during construction, as well as afterwards. b. Employers and employees should at all times be aware that the strength of a personal fall arrest system is based on its being attached to an anchoring system which does not significantly reduce the strength of the system (such as a properly dimensioned eye-bolt/snap-hook anchorage). Therefore, if a means of attachment is used that will reduce the strength of the system, that component should be replaced by a stronger one, but one that will also maintain the appropriate maximum arrest force characteristics. c. Tie -off using a knot in a rope lanyard or lifeline (at any location) can reduce the lifeline or lanyard strength by 50 percent or more. Therefore, a stronger lanyard or lifeline should be used to compensate for the weakening effect of the knot, or the lanyard length should be reduced (or the tie -off location raised) to minimize free fall distance, or the lanyard or lifeline should be replaced by one which has an appropriately incorporated connector to eliminate the need for a knot. d. Tie -off of a rope lanyard or lifeline around an "H" or "I" beam or similar support can reduce its strength as much as 70 percent due to the cutting action of the beam edges. Therefore, a webbing lanyard or wire core lifeline should be used around the beam; or the lanyard or lifeline should be protected from the edge; or free fall distance should be greatly minimized. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations cont'd e. Tie -off where the line passes over or around rough or sharp surfaces reduces strength drastically. Such a tie -off should be avoided or an alternative tie -off rigging should be used. Such alternatives may include use of a snap-hook/dee-ring connection, wire rope tie -off, an effective padding of the surfaces, or an abrasion - resistance strap around or over the problem surface. f. Horizontal lifelines may, depending on their geometry and angle of sag, be subjected to greater loads than the impact Toad imposed by an attached component. When the angle of horizontal lifeline sag is less than 30 degrees, the impact force imparted to the lifeline by an attached lanyard is greatly amplified. For example, with a sag angle of 15 degrees, the force amplification is about 2:1 and at 5 degrees sag, it is about 6:1. Depending on the angle of sag, and the line's elasticity, the strength of the horizontal lifeline and the anchorages to which it is attached should be increased a number of times over that of the lanyard. Extreme care should be taken in considering a horizontal lifeline for multiple tie -offs. The reason for this is that in multiple tie -offs to a horizontal lifeline, if one employee falls, the movement of the falling employee and the horizontal lifeline during arrest of the fall may cause other employees to also fall. Horizontal lifeline and anchorage strength should be increased for each additional employee to be tied-off. For these and other reasons, the design of systems using horizontal lifelines must only be done by qualified persons. Testing of installed lifelines and anchors prior to use is recommended. g. The strength of an eye -bolt is rated along the axis of the bolt and its strength is greatly reduced if the force is applied at an angle to this axis (in the direction of shear). Also, care should be exercised in selecting the proper diameter of the eye to avoid accidental disengagement of snap -hooks not designed to be compatible for the connection. h. Due to the significant reduction in the strength of the lifeline/lanyard (in some cases, as much as a 70 percent reduction), the sliding hitch knot should not be used for lifeline/lanyard connections except in emergency situations where no other available system is practical. The "one -and -one" sliding hitch knot should never be used because it is unreliable in stopping a fall. The "two -and -two," or "three -and -three" knot (preferable), may be used in emergency situations; however, care should be taken to limit free fall distance to a minimum because of reduced lifeline/lanyard strength. 9. Vertical lifeline considerations. As required by the standard, each employee must have a separate lifeline when the lifeline is vertical. The reason for this is that in multiple tie -offs to a single lifeline, if one employee falls, the movement of the lifeline during the arrest of the fall may pull other employees' lanyards, causing them to fall as well. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations cont'd 10. Snap -hook considerations: a. Required by this standard for all connections, locking snap -hooks incorporate a positive locking mechanism in addition to the spring loaded keeper, which will not allow the keeper to open under moderate pressure without someone first releasing the mechanism. Such a feature, properly designed, effectively prevents roll-out from occurring. b. The following connections must be avoided (unless properly designed locking snap - hooks are used) because they are conditions which can result in roll-out when a nonlocking snap -hook is used: • Direct connection of a snap -hook to a horizontal lifeline. • Two (or more) snap -hooks connected to one dee-ring. • Two snap -hooks connected to each other. • A snap -hook connected back on its integral lanyard. • A snap -hook connected to a webbing loop or webbing lanyard. Improper dimensions of the dee-ring, rebar, or other connection point in • relation to the snap -hook dimensions which would allow the snap -hook keeper to be depressed by a turning motion of the snap -hook. 11. Free fall considerations: The employer and employee should at all times be aware that a system's maximum arresting force is evaluated under normal use conditions established by the manufacturer, and in no case using a free fall distance in excess of 6 feet (1.8 m). A few extra feet of free fall can significantly increase the arresting force on the employee, possibly to the point of causing injury. Because of this, the free fall distance should be kept at a minimum, and, as required by the standard, in no case greater than 6 feet (1.8 m). To help assure this, the tie -off attachment point to the lifeline or anchor should be located at or above the connection point of the fall arrest equipment to harness. (Since otherwise additional free fall distance is added to the length of the connecting means (i.e. lanyard).) Attaching to the working surface will often result in a free fall greater than 6 feet (1.8 m). For instance, if a 6 -foot (1.8 m) lanyard is used, the total free fall distance will be the distance from the working level to the body harness attachment point plus the 6 feet (1.8 m) of lanyard length. Another important consideration is that the arresting force that the fall system must withstand also goes up with greater distances of free fall, possibly exceeding the strength of the system. FALL PROTECTION TRAINING GUIDE FOR EMPLOYEES Fall Protection System Considerations cont'd 12. Elongation and deceleration distance considerations. Other factors involved in a proper tie -off are elongation and deceleration distance. During the arresting of a fall, a lanyard will experience a length of stretching or elongation, whereas activation of a deceleration device will result in a certain stopping distance. These distances should be available with the lanyard or device's instructions and must be added to the free fall distance to arrive at the total fall distance before an employee is fully stopped. The additional stopping distance may be very significant if the lanyard or deceleration device is attached near or at the end of a long lifeline, which may itself add considerable distance due to its own elongation. As required by the standard, sufficient distance to allow for all of these factors must also be maintained between the employee and obstructions below, to prevent an injury due to impact before the system fully arrests the fall. In addition, a minimum of 12 feet (3.7 m) of lifeline should be allowed below the securing point of a rope grab type deceleration device, and the end terminated to prevent the device from sliding off the lifeline. Alternatively, the lifeline should extend to the ground or the next working level below. These measures are suggested to prevent the worker from inadvertently moving past the end of the lifeline and having the rope grab become disengaged from the lifeline. 13. Obstruction considerations: The location of the tie -off should also consider the hazard of obstructions in the potential fall path of the employee. Tie -offs that minimize the possibilities of exaggerated swinging should be considered. 14. Other considerations: Because of the design of some personal fall arrest systems, additional considerations may be required for proper tie -off. For example, heavy deceleration devices of the self - retracting type should be secured overhead in order to avoid the weight of the device having to be supported by the employee. Also, if self -retracting equipment is connected to a horizontal lifeline, the sag in the lifeline should be minimized to prevent the device from sliding down the lifeline to a position that creates a swing hazard during fall arrest. In all cases, manufacturer's instructions should be followed. PREVENT SLIP, TRIP AND FALL INJURIES TIPS FOR SMOOTH WALKING ON SLIPPERY SURFACES: 1. Take small steps -shorter than your foot length -to keep you center of balance under you. 2. Walk with your toes pointed outward -which provides a wider, more stable base of support for maintaining balance. 3. Turn gradually -a sharp turn results in a sideways force that can cause loss of balance and a fall. 4. Keep both hands free for balance, rather than in your pockets. 5. Use "smart hands" to lower your center of gravity: Press your two back fingers and thumbs together: Sounds weird, but it helps. 6. Wear shoes with slip -resistant soles, or studded shoe pullovers for walking on icy surfaces. SMART WAYS TO USE STAIRS: 1. Use the handrail from start to finish. 2. Avoid carrying loads on stairways -or only carry loads that you can see over. 3. Keep your eyes on where you are going and descend stairs slowly -keep your balance and identify tripping hazards. 4. Test potentially slippery stairs by tapping them with your foot. Going up or down, keep weight on your back leg until your front foot is safely on the next step. This maintains your center of gravity. FOLLOW THE 3 -POINT RULE ON LADDERS: When ascending or descending the ladders of machinery or vehicles, always keep one hand and two feet, or one foot and two hands, on the ladder. TIPS FOR SMARTER FALLING: • Roll with the Fall: (bruise the meat; don't break the bones"): Try to twist and roll backward, rather than falling forward. Roll onto the soft tissues of your buttocks, thigh and Targe back muscles, which protects the back of your head and your spine. • Turn quickly to look at the spot where your body will hit the ground: this will help turn your body to your side, rather than falling on your back and: avoid impact to your spine; prevent concussion to the head check whiplash to your neck • Relax as much as possible when you begin to fall: You'll be more likely to roll with the fall, than to strike an elbow or knee. • Shout and Exhale ("curse the fall"): To reduce internal compression due to holding your breath, cry out as they do in the martial arts. • Slap the ground (Hit it before it hits you!"): Don't stiff arm the wall, floor or ground when you fall. Slap the surface with your extended palm and inner forearm just before impact. This helps: spread the impact; reduce the force of the fall; avoid wrist, elbow and shoulder dislocations. • Toss The Load ("Free Your Arms"): Protect yourself, instead of objects being carried, by letting go or tossing them clear when beginning to fall. The potential cost in damage to materials, or in clean up time, is usually much less than the cost of an injury. TRENCHING AND EXCAVATING 1. The determination of the angle of slope and design of the supporting system shall be based on careful evaluation of pertinent factors, such as: a. b. c. d. e. Depth and/or cut/soils classification Possible variation in water content of the material while excavation is open Anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air, sun, water, or freezing Loading imposed by structures, equipment, or overlaying or stored material Vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic, or other sources The presence of ground water requires special treatment Approximate Angle of Slope for sloping of sides of excavations Solid rock and compact shale (90°) Original ground ine Type A Cohesive and cemented soils. Unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf* or greater. %:1 (63°26') Type B Non -cohesive Granular soils. Unconfined compressive strength >0.5 tsf but <1.5 tsf*. 1:1 (45°) Type C Compacted sharp sand. Unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf* or Tess. 11/2:1 (33°41') Well rounded loose sand 2:1 (26°34') *tsf = ton per square foot 2. Walkways or bridges with standard railings must be provided when employees or equipment are required to cross over excavations. 3. The walls and faces of all excavations in which employees are exposed to danger from moving ground must be guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or some other equivalent means. 4. No person must be permitted under loads handled by power shovels, derricks, or hoists. 5. All employees must be protected with personal protective equipment for the protection of the head, eyes, respiratory system, hands, feet, and other parts of the body. See Construction Safety standard WAC 296-155-650 —Excavation & Trenching SCAFFOLD SAFETY RULES 1. General Before starting work on a scaffold, inspect it for the following: a. Are guardrails, toeboards, and planking in place and secure? b. Are locking pins at each joint in place? c. Are all wheels on moveable scaffolds locked? d. Are all of the components properly tagged? 2. Do not attempt to gain access to a scaffold by climbing on it (unless it is specifically designed for climbing — always use a ladder. 3. Scaffolds and their components must be capable of supporting four times the maximum intended load. 4. Any scaffold, including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., damaged or weakened in any way, must be immediately repaired or replaced. 5. Scaffold planks must extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches, unless otherwise specifically required. 6. Scaffold platforms must be at least 18 inches wide unless otherwise specifically required or exempted. 7. Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided with a screen between the toeboard and guardrail, extending along the entire opening. The screen must be made of No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard wire, 1/2 inch mesh or equivalent protection. 8. All scaffolds must be erected level and plumb, and on a solid footing. 9. Do not change or remove scaffold members unless authorized. 10. Do not allow workers to ride on a rolling scaffold when it is being moved. Remove or secure all materials and tools on deck before moving. 11. Do not alter any scaffold member by welding, burning, cutting, drilling, or bending. For other rules and regulations regarding scaffolding, please refer to the Construction Safety Standard, Part J-1 of Chapter 296-155 WAC, and Scaffolds, Chapter 296-874 WAC. MOTORIZED VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT 1 Do not ride on motorized vehicles or equipment unless a proper seat is provided for each rider. 2. Always be seated when riding authorized vehicles (unless they are designed for standing). 3. Do not operate any motorized vehicle or equipment unless you are specifically authorized to do so by your supervisor. 4. Always use your seat belts in the correct manner. 5. Obey all speed limits and other traffic regulations. 6. Always be aware of pedestrians and give them the right-of-way. 7. Always inspect your vehicle or equipment before and after daily use. 8. Never mount or dismount any vehicles or equipment while they are still in motion. 9. Do not dismount any vehicle without first shutting down the engine, setting the parking brake and securing the load. 10. Do not allow other persons to ride the hook or block, dump box, forks, bucket or shovel of any equipment. 11. Each operator must be knowledgeable of all hand signals and obey them. 12. Each operator is responsible for the stability and security of his/her load. For other rules and regulations regarding motor vehicles, mechanized equipment and marine operations, please refer to Part M of the construction Safety Standard, WAC 296- 155. GENERAL MATERIAL HANDLING General material storage safety: • Make sure that all materials stored in tiers are stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to prevent sliding, falling, or collapse. • Post conspicuously the maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Do not exceed the maximum safe loads. • Keep aisles and passageways clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equipment or employees. Keep these areas in good repair. • Do not store materials on scaffolds or runways in excess of supplies needed for immediate operations. • Use ramps, blocking, or grading when a difference in road or working levels exists to ensure the safe movement of vehicles between the two levels. • Do not place materials stored inside buildings under construction within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, or within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored. (i) Anchor and brace temporary floors used in steel erection, concrete forms, and shoring and other "in -process equipment" that are to be left overnight or for longer periods of time to prevent their displacement in any direction. While in "interim storage," this equipment is subject to the provisions in WAC 296-155-325(2)(i) (see previous bullet point: Do not place materials stored inside buildings under construction within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, or within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored.) • When working on stored materials in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas, use personal fall arrest equipment meeting the requirements of Chapter 296-155 Part C-1. • Segregate non -compatible materials in storage. • Do not drop or throw tools from an elevation. • If not racked, stack and block structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials as to prevent spreading or tilting. (i) Wear heavy gloves when handling reinforcing steel. (ii) When bending reinforcing steel on the job, use a strong bench set up on even dry ground or a floor to work on. (iii) Carefully pile structural steel to prevent danger of members rolling off or the pile toppling over. (iv) Keep structural steel in low piles, giving consideration to the sequence of use of its members. (v) Stack corrugated and flat iron in flat piles, with the piles not more than 4 feet high; place spacing strips between each bundle. • Frequently inspect stock piles of sand, gravel, and crushed stone to prevent their becoming unsafe by continued adding to or withdrawing from the stock. (i) Do not remove frozen material in a manner that would produce an overhang. General Rigging Equipment Safety: • Inspect rigging equipment for material handling prior to use on each shift and as necessary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Remove defective rigging equipment from service. • Never load rigging equipment in excess of its recommended safe working load. • Remove rigging equipment when not in use from the immediate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. • Mark special rigging accessories (i.e., spreader bars, grabs, hooks, clamps, etc.) or other lifting accessories with the rated capacity. Proof test all components to 125% of the rated load prior to the first use. Maintain permanent records on the job site for all special rigging accessories. • Do NOT use chokers that are not tagged as currently certified for rigging purposes. All chokers on-site that are not tagged can only be used as plub gear. These chokers will be spray painted orange. All Riggers and Signal Persons will be certified by a 3rd party or Qualified by Apex. Employee must have a valid card to perform these duties. Disposal of waste materials: • Whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the building, use an enclosed chute of wood or equivalent material. • When debris is dropped without the use of chutes, make sure that the area onto which the material is dropped is completely enclosed with barricades at least 42 inches high and 20 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Post at each level warning signs of the hazard of falling materials. Do not remove debris in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. • Remove all scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish from the immediate work area as the work progresses. • Make sure to comply with local fire regulations if disposing of waste material or debris by burning. • Keep all solvent waste, oily rags, and flammable liquids in fire-resistant covered containers until removed from the work site. Forklift safety Employees must be trained and have a valid card for the specific equipment that they will be operating. LOCKOUT/TAGOUT CHECKLIST YES NO COMPLETION DATE 1. Equipment, machinery and personnel: a. A list of equipment and machines that need to be locked out has been developed. b. All new machinery (after Jan. 1990) has the ability to accept a lockout device. c. Specific written Energy Control Procedures are developed and used for each piece of equipment. d. A list of all authorized employees has been developed. e. A list of all affected employees has been developed. 2. Energy Control Program: a. A written Energy Control Program has been developed. b. Does the written program state the methods of compliance, including the: • Intended use of procedures. • Steps for shut down, isolating, blocking and securing energy. • Steps for placement, removal, and transfer of lockout/tagout devices. • Requirements for testing to verify effectiveness of lockout/tagout. c. Compliance with energy control procedures is verified at least annually. The results of the inspection are certified and kept on file. d. Lockout/tagout devices are provided. (locks, hasps, tags, etc.). e. Lockout devices are singularly identified, durable, standardized, substantial and employee identifiable. f. Lockout devices are used only for energy control. g. A tagout system is used only if a isolating device cannot be locked out. h. Tagout devices are located at the same location as lockout devices. i. Tagout devices warn against hazardous conditions such as Do Not Start, Do Not Open. j. Energy isolation is performed ONLY by authorized employees. k. Affected employees are notified before and after lockout/tagout. I. Group lockout/tagout procedures are used when needed. m. Information about each others' lockout program is exchanged with contractors. n. Continuity of lockout/tagout is provided during shift change and personnel changes. 3. Training requirements: a. Authorized employees - recognition of energy sources, type and magnitude of energy and methods and procedures necessary for isolation and control. b. Affected employees - purpose and use of energy control procedures. c. Other employees - instructed on the procedures locked or tagged out. d. For tagout system - limitations of tags. e. Retraining - when change in job, assignment, equipment, process, procedure or the result of an inspection. f. Training is certified with names and dates. LOCKOUT/TAG-OUT POLICY Employees shall be notified when equipment shall be shut down and lock/tagged out of service. Employees shall not attempt to use any equipment that has been locked out or tagged and they shall never attempt to bypass or remove a lock or tag. Failure to comply with these requirements is grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Definitions: Energized — Connected to an energy source of containing residual or stored energy. Energy Source — Any source of electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, thermal or other energy, including gravity. Lockout — The placement of a lockout device on an energy -isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure ensuring that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the lockout devise is removed. Lockout Device — A device that utilizes a positive means such as a loc, either key or combination type, to hold an energy isolating device in the safe position and prevents the energizing of a machine or equipment. Tagout — The placement of a tagout device on an energy -isolating device, in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that he energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed. Energy Isolating Device — A mechanical device that physically prevents the transmission or release of energy, including but not limited to the following: A manually operated electrical circuit breaker, a disconnected switch, and a manually operated switch by which the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from all non -grounded supply conductors. In addition, no pole can be operated independently a line valve, a block, and any similar device used to block or isolate energy. Push buttons, selector switches, and other control circuit type devices are not energy isolating devices. In order to comply with WISHA regulations and to ensure that information is available about the dangers of servicing or maintaining any equipment or machines where the unexpected release of stored energy could cause injury, the following ENERGY CONTROL (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT) PROGRAM has been established. All affected employees will participate in the ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM. This written program will be kept at the main office and will be available to our employees and to other parties in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. General Information: Kevin Koester is responsible for the establishment, implementation, and maintenance of all aspects of this ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM. Kevin Koester will review these procedures periodically and up- date them as required. Training: Prior to starting work, each new employee will be given a health and safety orientation that includes the following: ✓ an overview of the requirements of the regulations ✓ our policy and procedures related to LOCKOUT/TAGOUT ✓ when lockout devices are required ✓ proper use of tagout devices ✓ overview of alternative safety measures that can be used to assure employee protection (e.g. Removal of isolating circuit element, opening of an extra disconnecting device, or removal of a valve handle to reduce the likelihood of an inadvertent energization). Documentation: Documentation of all training, and other program requirements, will be maintained at the main office. Policy: This policy establishes the minimum requirements for the isolation form all potentially hazardous energy sources whenever maintenance or servicing is done on machines or equipment. It shall be used to ensure that the machine or equipment is stopped, isolated from all potentially hazardous energy sources, and locked and tagged out (or it has its conductors disconnected) before employees perform any services or maintenance where the unexpected energization or start-up of the machine or equipment or release of stored energy could cause injury. All employees are required to comply with the restrictions and limitations imposed upon them during the use of this procedure. The authorized employees are required to perform the isolation process in accordance with this procedure. All employees, upon observing a machine or piece of equipment which is lock, tagged, or disconnected to perform servicing or maintenance shall not attempt to start, energize, or use that machine or equipment. Procedure: Sequence for isolation from energy source: • Notify all affected parties that servicing or maintenance is required on machine or equipment and that that machine or equipment must be shut down and locked out to perform the servicing or maintenance. Affected parties include owner/operator who is the contact on the service request. • Obtain information from the owner/operator to identify the type and magnitude of the energy that the machine or equipment utilizes, understand the hazards of the energy and know the methods to control the energy. ■ ALAWAYS STOP MACHINE BEFORE LOCKING OUT. If operation, shut it down by normal stopping procedure. • Deactivate the energy -isolating device so that the machine or equipment is isolated from the energy source (obtain information regarding types and locations of isolating devices from the owner/operator). • Lock out the energy -isolating device with assigned individual locks AND affix a tagout device on the energy -isolating device. MACHINE OR EQUIPMENT MUST BE BOTH LOCKED AND TAGGED OR THE CONDUCTORS MUST BE DISCONNECTED PRIOR TO SERVICING OR MAINTAINING. • If it is not feasible to lock and tag out the machine or equipment, then disconnect the conductors to the machine or equipment. ■ Dissipate or restrain stored or residual energy (found in capacitators, springs, elevated machine members, rotating flywheels, hydraulic systems, and air, gas, steam or water pressure) by methods such as grounding, repositioning, blocking, bleeding down, ect. • Ensure that the equipment is disconnected form the energy source by first checking that no personnel are exposed, then verify the isolation of the equipment by operating the normal activating device or by testing to make certain the equipment will not operate. ALWAYS RETURN OPERATING CONTROLS TO NEUTRAL OR OFF POSITIN AFTER VERIFYING THE ISOLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. Sequence for restoring equipment to service: • Check the machine or equipment and the immediate area around the machine to ensure that nonessential items have been removed and that the machine or equipment components are operationally intact. • Check the area to ensure that all employees have been safely positioned or removed from the area. • VERIFY THAT THE CONTROLS ARE IN NEUTRAL OR OFF POSITION. • Remove the lockout devices and tagout tags (or reconnect conductors to equipment) and reenergize the machine or equipment. Notify affected parties that servicing or maintenance is complete and the machine or equipment is ready for use. WELDING AND CUTTING SAFETY 1. Always follow the manufacturer's recommendations for setting up and operating equipment, selection of tip size, and gas cylinder operating pressures. 2. Always use a regulator to reduce gas cylinder pressure to the operating pressures recommended by the equipment manufacturer. All piping and equipment must meet the standards of the Compressed Gas Association. 3. Always ensure that all connections are leak tight. Each time connections are loosened and retightened each connection should be checked with a soap and water solution (oil free soap). Do not check with flame. 4. Before "lighting up" clear out each line by letting a small amount of gas flow (separately) to remove any mixed gases that might be in the lines. 5. Never use defective, worn or leaky equipment. Repair it or take it out of service. 6. Never use acetylene in excess of 15 psi pressure. Higher pressures with acetylene are dangerous. If the cylinder is not fitted with a hand wheel valve control, any special wrench required must be placed on the cylinder while the cylinder is in service. On manifolds, one wrench for each manifold will suffice. 7. Always have an appropriate fire extinguisher in good operating condition readily available when operating welding or cutting equipment. 8. Never perform welding, cutting, brazing, or heating operations in a poorly ventilated area. Avoid breathing fumes from these operations at all times, particularly when zinc, cadmium, or lead coated metals are involved. 9. Never perform welding or cutting operations near combustible materials (gasoline cans, paints, paper, rags, etc.). 10.Always protect yourself, others present, welding hoses, gas cylinders, and flammable materials in the area from hot slag and sparks from the welding and cutting operations. 11.The welder and spectators must always wear goggles to protect the eyes from injurious light rays, sparks and hot molten metal during welding, cutting, and heating operations. Eye protection must comply with the established ANSI Standards. 12.Always wear clean, oil free clothing during welding and cutting operations. Protect the hands with leather welding gloves to avoid burns from radiation and hot molten slag. Low cut shoes and trousers with cuffs or open pockets should not be worn. 13. Never use a match or cigarette lighter to light a cutting or welding torch. Always use a spark igniter. Fingers are easily burned by the igniting gas when a match or cigarette lighter is used. 14. Ensure that the material being welded or cut is secure and will not move or fall on anyone. 15. Never use a welding, cutting, or heating torch on a container that has held a flammable liquid. Explosive vapors can accumulate and linger in closed containers for extended periods of time. 16. Never use a regulator for gasses other than those for which it was designed for by the manufacturer since the diaphragm and seat materials may not be compatible with other gasses. 17. Never attempt to adapt and use a fuel gas or inert gas regulator on an oxygen cylinder. A special protective device is incorporated on the oxygen regulator to harmlessly dissipate the heat caused by the recompression when the cylinder valve is quickly opened. Such a protective device is not furnished on fuel gas and inert gas regulators. 18. Never tamper with the safety devices on cylinders, fuse plugs, safety discs, etc. and do not permit torch flames or sparks to strike the cylinder. 19.Always refer to the various gasses by their proper names. (Do not refer to oxygen as "air" or acetylene as "gas") 20.AII cylinders, particularly acetylene, should be restrained securely in an upright position to prevent accidents. A non -vertical position for an acetylene cylinder in use would allow the discharge of acetone through the regulator and into the cutting torch, clogging the mixer passages and creating a fire hazard. It would reduce the efficiency of the flame and contaminate the weld area. It also can cause voids in the porous material inside the cylinder, which can lead to acetylene explosions. 21. Store all gas cylinders not in use away from excessive heat sources, such as stoves, furnaces, radiators, the direct rays of the sun, and the presence of open flames. Cylinders in storage should always be secured in an upright position. 22. Keep all burning or flammable substances away from the oxygen or fuel gas storage area (at least 20 feet) and post "No Smoking" signs. 23. Upon completion of a welding, heating, or cutting operation immediately inspect the surrounding areas for smoldering embers. Allow at least one half hour to elapse before leaving the area and conduct another thorough inspection just before leaving. Also alert other personnel of fire possibilities. 24.Always have the properly fitted wrench to fasten a regulator to a cylinder. Never tighten the regulator by hand. 25.Always leave the fuel gas cylinder valve wrench in place when the cylinder valve is open so that it can be closed quickly in an emergency. Do not open acetylene valves more than one-quarter (1/4) turn. 26. Before connecting a regulator to a gas cylinder, open the cylinder valve for a moment. Called cracking the cylinder valve, this will blow out any foreign material that may have lodged in the valve during transit. Do not stand in front of the valve when "cracking". 27.After attaching a regulator to a gas cylinder, be sure the regulator adjusting screw is fully released (backed off in a counter clockwise direction so that it swivels freely) before the cylinder valve is opened. Never stand in front of a regulator when you are opening a cylinder valve. 28.Always open the cylinder valve slowly so that gas pressure will build up slowly in the regulator (particularly in the oxygen cylinder). Quick opening of the cylinder valve causes a build up of heat due to recompression of the gas. When combined with combustible materials, ignition and explosion may result. 29. If a leak develops in a fuel gas cylinder that cannot be stopped by closing the valve, immediately place the cylinder outside of the building away from possible fire or ignition sources in a location that is free from wind currents that might carry the gas to an ignition source. 30. Never attempt to mix gasses in a cylinder or fill an empty one from another (particularly oxygen cylinders). Mixture of incompatible gasses and/or heat caused by recompression of the gas or gasses may result in ignition and fire. Only the owner of a cylinder may mix gasses in it. 31. When a gas cylinder is ready for retum to the supplier, be certain the cylinder valve is closed to prevent intemal contamination and the shipping cap is in place to protect the cylinder valve. Identify empty cylinders. 32. Never use oxygen or other gasses as a substitute for compressed air in operation of air - operated tools, blowing off parts, or for ventilation purposes. The only exception to this rule is where oxygen is used to blow out port passages and talcum powder or dust from welding hoses when setting up new or old "dusty" equipment. 33. Do not attempt to do your own repair on welding equipment. Equipment that is improperly repaired can cause leaks and other hazardous conditions. Repairs must be performed by qualified repair personnel. 34. Never repair oxygen/acetylene hose with tape. Use of tape and many hose splicers can reduce the pressure to the torch and can cause hazardous conditions. Oxygen/Acetylene hose must meet the specifications of the Compressed Gas Association. 35. Use the shortest length of hose possible. Longer hoses require higher gas pressures and can be hard to handle. 36. Never use oil or grease on any part of welding or cutting equipment and never let it come into contact with oil or grease. This includes gas cylinders, work bench, regulators, torches, tips, threads on bottles, and clothes that are worn, such as jackets, gloves, and aprons. Oxygen and oil or grease can cause explosions and fire. 37. Never use a hammer on the valve cover caps to loosen them. Use a piece of wood to soften the impact and prevent sparks and damage to the cap. 38. When moving gas cylinders always roll them on their bottom edges or in a cart designed for their movement. Sliding or dragging them or rolling causes excessive wear and may weaken their walls by metal erosion. Slings and electromagnets are not authorized when transporting cylinders. 39. Never use cylinders as rollers to move material. Do not let them bump into each other or let them fall. 40. Fuel gas and liquefied fuels must be stored and shipped valve end up. 41. Do not hammer on any cylinder. Do not tamper with the relief valves. If you have trouble, contact the supplier for assistance. 42. Suitable eye protection must be worn for all welding and cutting operations. 43.Cylinders must be secured. Valves must be closed when unattended and caps must be on the cylinders when the regulators are not on the cylinders. 44. Cylinders must be upright when they are transported in powered vehicles. 45.AI1 cylinders with a water weight of over 30 lbs. must have caps or other protection. 46.AlI fuel gases must be used through a regulator on cylinder or manifold. 47. Compressed gas cylinders must be upright except for short periods for transportation. 48. Repair work on gauges and regulators must be done by qualified personnel. 49.Only 4 inches of welding lead per foot may be covered with tape. Defective lead must be removed from service. 50.Oxygen must not be used for ventilation. 51.Oxygen regulators must be marked "Use No Oil". Regulators and fittings must meet the specifications of the Compressed Gas Association. 52. Union nuts on regulators must be checked for damage. 53. Before removing a regulator, shut off cylinder valve and release gas from regulator. Equipment must be used only as approved by the manufacturer. 54. Caps must be on cylinders unless they are transported on a special carrier. 55. Hot warnings on materials are required. 56. Fire is the biggest hazard in welding. The area should be cleared for a radius of 35 feet. Fire shields should be used. The area should be monitored for 30 minutes or more after end of work to ensure there is no delayed ignition. 57. Proper personal protective equipment must be worn by all welders and assisting personnel. 58.AII welding personnel should be advised of the hazards from heating zinc, lead, cadmium, and any other substances that could cause health problems from the welding activity. (The following apply to arc welding) 59. Chains, wire ropes, hoists, and elevators must not be used to carry welding current. 60. Leather capes should be used for overhead welding. 61.The neck and ears must be protected from the arc. 62. Conduits with electrical conductors in them must not be used to complete a welding circuit. 63. Welding shields must be used to protect other workers from injurious Tight rays. 64. Welding leads must be inspected regularly for damage to insulation. Only proper splicing will be authorized. There should be no splices in stinger lead within 10 feet of the stinger and the leads should never be wrapped around the body. FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION Fires are extremely dangerous on construction sites. It is important to ensure that all steps are taken to prevent the possibility of a fire by taking measures to keep fuel and heat sources apart. To become a fire four independent components must exist together. These components are: ✓ Fuel- such as wood, paper, flammable gas, ect. ✓ Heat — such as that generated by welding or cutting torches. 1 Oxygen — does not burn but accelerates the rate of combustion ✓ A Free Radical — a molecular fragment capable of initiating chemical reactions By removing any one of the components a fire can be extinguished. More importantly, all four components coming together simultaneously constitute the greatest hazard. Four classes of fires: 1. Class A Fires — combustion of ordinary materials such as wood, paper, ect. 2. Class B Fires — combustion of flammable gasses and flammable/combustible liquids 3. Class C Fires — combustion of material originating from energized electrical circuits 4. Class D Fires — Combustion of certain metals such as aluminum and sodium Construction sites are susceptible to all four classes of fires. Many fires are started from sparks from grinding and cutting operations. The construction site should have fire fighting equipment available in accordance with the following: • Access to fire fighting equipment should be maintained and conspicuously located. • All fire fighting equipment should be periodically inspected man maintained by Scott's fire & safety. • A fire extinguisher rated 2A should be provided for each 3,000 sq. feet of building area and at least on fire extinguisher per floor, adjacent to a stairway. • Do not store flammable or combustible liquids in areas normally used for passage of workers. HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM Purpose: The purpose of the Hazard Communication Program is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced or imported by chemical manufacturers or importers are evaluated. Information concerning the hazards must be transmitted to affected employers and employees before they use the products. Procedure: • Inventory Lists — Know the hazardous chemicals in your workplace that are a potential physical or health hazard. Make an inventory list of these hazardous chemicals; this list must be a part of your written program. • SDS — Make sure there is a material safety data sheet (SDS) for each chemical and that the inventory list and labeling system reference the corresponding SDS for each chemical. • Labeling System — Each container entering the workplace must be properly labeled with the identity of the product, the hazardous warning, and the name and address of the manufacturer. • Written Program — Develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written hazard communication program at the workplace that includes provisions for container labeling, material safety data sheets, and an employee training program. Employees must be made aware of where hazardous chemicals are used in their work areas. They must also be informed of the requirements of the Hazard Communication Standard, the availability and location of the written program, the list of hazardous chemicals, and the safety data sheets. The code specifically requires employers to train employees in the protective practices implemented in their workplace, the labeling system used, how to obtain and use SDSs, the physical and health hazards of the chemicals and the recognition, avoidance and prevention of accidental entrance of hazardous chemicals into the work environment. HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM POLICY An SDS sheet for every chemical will be available on every job site by means of the General Contractor or Apex If physical SDS is not on site, one should be available with a phone call to the Apex main office. Apex has established the following chemical hazard communication program for the protection of its employees and to assure compliance with applicable regulations (WAC 296-901-14012, 296-901-14014 and 296-901-14016). This program is to be maintained by Apex and will be available upon request. It is important that employees understand the hazards associated with these chemicals. To safely work with chemicals one must understand its identity and properties. Before an employee is exposed to any chemicals he/she shall first be instructed by their supervisor on how to use the chemical and the contents of this program. It is important that all employees follow the chemical manufacturer's recommendations. Employees are to consult their foreman if they have any questions concerning the use of hazardous chemicals. Several chemicals can be found on our work sites. These chemicals include up -side down spray paint used for marking rebar, post -tension grease used for post -tensioning operations, and unleaded fuel and 2 stroke motor oil used for fueling cut-off saws and welding machines. Other hazardous chemicals may be found on job sites depending upon the nature of the operation. A list of hazardous chemicals can be found in the company safety plan; each foreman has a copy. This list details all the chemicals that may be present on our jobsite. If there is no job site trailer due to the size of the operation, the list of chemicals can be found in the foreman's truck or in the gang box. Along with the list of chemicals, Safety Data Sheets (SDS's) are provided for each chemical found in out job site. The SDS for each chemical can be found in each job trailer or through any foreman on an Apex project. SDS will be readily available and the job site foreman shall instruct each employee as to where SDS and Hazard Communication Program manual is located. An SDS is a tool used to identify the supplier of a chemical and what hazardous ingredient/hazardous components are present. An SDS also provides employees with other important information. SDS's are broken down into sections and each section provides employees with the following: ✓ Identity Information: Lists the hazardous components of the chemical, including mixtures, by their scientific and common names. It also provides the safe exposure limits for the chemical. Safe exposure limits are expressed either by OSHA's Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) or the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists' (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Value (TLV). The PEL and TLV indicated the level of exposure at which an individual can be continuously exposed to a substance without any adverse effects. ✓ Physical/Chemical Characteristics: States what conditions may change the chemical's form, which could affect the type and degree of the chemical's hazard. This information includes the boiling point, vapor pressure, evaporation rate, and the solubility of the chemical. ✓ Fire and Explosive Hazard Data: Tells you what the chemical's flash point is and what the flammable or explosive limits are. This section also tells you how to put out a fire started by the chemical and if you need to follow any special procedures when extinguishing the fire. ✓ Reactivity Data: Indicates whether the chemical is reactive when mixed with other elements such as water, air, or other chemicals. It also explains what conditions and chemicals you should keep away from. ✓ Health Hazards: Indicates the various routes of which the chemical could enter your body and what could occur if you are exposed to such an exposure. If you are accidentally exposed to the chemical, this section indicates what the symptoms of exposure are and what first aid or emergency procedures are t be followed. ✓ Precautions for Safe Handling and Use: Instructs how to safely handle, store and dispose of the chemical. It also indicates what to do if the chemical leaks, spills or is released into the air. ✓ Control measures: Indicates whether any protective measures, such as personnel protective equipment or clothing, are necessary to use when working with the chemical. All manufacturers, importers, and distributors must label all containers of hazardous chemicals. There are various types of labels. Some labels use word to describe the chemicals hazards and some use numbers and colors. Both are useful and indicate what degree of hazard the chemical presents. Most of the chemicals are labeled with the use of words such as the spray-on upside- down paint and 2-stroke motor oil and state "Caution, Flammable" for example. It is important that all chemicals be labeled. Do not remove or deface any label. Such action is grounds for disciplinary measures, up to and including termination. If a chemical container is found that is not labeled, the foreman/superintendent shall be notified immediately. It is also important that chemicals be used in areas free of compounding hazards. Do not use flammable chemicals near an open flame or near welding operations. And finally, note that smoking is not permitted near flammable chemicals or materials. READING AND SDS SHEET Each material safety data sheet has eight sections: ■ The first gives basic information, such as the manufacturer's address and phone number, the chemical name and common name (for example, ethyl glycol -antifreeze), the chemical family, and formula. • Section two deals with the hazardous ingredients, including their chemical and common names, percentage and permissible exposure level (the allowable limit for exposure during an eight-hour day). Also listed are any carcinogenic ingredients, their chemical and common names, percentages and the name of the study that determined the chemical was a carcinogen. ■ Section three on health hazard data is the section that will directly affect us. This section tells what acute and chronic health effects may result from exposure, their route of entry (lungs, skin, eyes, for example), existing medical conditions that may be aggravated by exposure to the chemical and first aid procedures. The information on first aid includes what the victim can do for him or herself and care you must administer to someone overcome by exposure. • Section four will list the chemical data, such as the boiling point, specific gravity, vapor density, percent volatile by volume, odor and solubility in different solvents. • The fifth section contains information for fire fighting, such as the flash point, explosion hazards, materials and conditions to avoid, stability and whether hazardous polymerization could occur. • The procedures to be taken in the event of a spill of leak and proper waste disposal are covered in section six. Protective equipment and methods of controlling the work area is the subject of section seven. • The last section cover special precautions, storage and handling with special instructions for maintenance workers. All sections of the material safety data sheet may not apply to all hazardous chemicals. If a section is not applicable to a certain chemical, it will either be left blank or deleted from the SDS. If you have questions call the Main Office at (425) 861-9520. CHEMICAL HAZARD DEFINITIONS Some of the definitions specific to the issue of chemicals and hazardous materials in the workplace are listed below: Acute: in reference to disease or injury, having a sudden onset, sharp rise and short course. Carcinogen: a chemical that is known to cause cancer. Ceiling Concentration: the concentration of an airborne substance that shall not be exceeded. Chronic: marked by long duration or frequent reoccurrence. Contaminant: a harmful, irritating or nuisance material that is foreign to the normal atmosphere. Corrosive: a chemical that causes visible destruction or, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue. Irritant: a chemical that causes a reversible inflammatory effect on living tissue. Permissible exposure level (PEL): the legally established time -weighted average concentration or ceiling concentration of a contaminant that shall not be exceeded; for practical purposes, this is the allowable limit of an eight-hour work day; also see definitions for time - weighted average. and ceiling concentration. Sensitizer: a chemical that causes exposed people to develop an allergic reaction in normal tissue after repeated exposure. Sign: a visible indication that is generally related to a specific disease. Symptom: an actual change in normal body organs or functions. Threshold limit value: (TLV): the highest level of exposure to a toxic chemical at which no harmful effect is noted; formerly known as the "maximum allowable concentration"; for practical purposes, this is the air concentration exposure based on a eight-hour day, dive -day workweek. Time -weighted average (TWA): average concentration of a contaminant in the air during a specific period of time. HOW WE COMPLY WITH THE LAW The first thing we have done to comply with the law is to do an inventory of all products on site and to get safety data sheets (SDS) on the products. Data sheets are used to disseminate information to the field and to individual employees about products they work with that contain hazardous materials. The law requires that chemical manufactures furnish SDS for each product and ensure that all containers for chemicals are properly labeled. If you are aware of any products that we do not have Data Sheets on, fill out a "Request for Data Sheet" form and send it to the Kelly Huestis. From time to time we will update our inventory and the following procedures must be used to keep our SDS files current: 1 When we but new products, make sure we get Data Sheets from the supplier. If you are unable to obtain them, fill out a "request for data sheet" form and send it to the KeIIy Huestis. The master data sheet file will be kept by the KeIIy Huestis. 1 When job superintendents receive Data Sheets on site, they must make a copy and send them to the Chairman of Safety Committee for review and disseminate the information out into the field. The KeIIy Huestis, when in receipts of the new data sheets, will include them in the master files and in the proper alphabetical order by common name. 1 Data sheets are used to disseminate information to employees about the product they work with. These data sheets must be made available upon request to any employee within the same work shift. If an employee requests a data sheet on a particular product that you are unable to provide, contact the KeIIy Huestis as soon as possible and the appropriate information will be provided to you. EMPLOYEE REQUEST FOR DATA SHEETS 1 When an employee requests a data sheet, it must be made available to him or her during the same work shift. So, you must contact the Office with the information about the product. Include the name (correct spelling) and the manufacturer's address and telephone number, if available. 1 The request to review Data Sheets can be made verbally to your supervisor. At any time or in the event of an emergency call Apex at (425) 861-9520 of Fax (425) 869-2797 to request SDS's. RESPIRATOR PROGRAM Purpose: The purpose of the Respirator Program is to ensure that all employees are protected from exposure to respiratory hazards. Engineering controls such as ventilation and substitution of less toxic materials are the first line of defense. However, engineering controls are not feasible for some operations or do not completely control the identified hazards. In these situations, respirators and other protective equipment must be used. Respirators are also utilized for protection during emergencies. Procedure: This program applies to all employees who are required to wear respirators during normal work operations and during certain non -routine or emergency operations. Employees participating in the respiratory protection program do so at no cost to them. The expense associated with medical evaluations, training, and respiratory protection equipment will be borne by the company. Employees who voluntarily choose to use a cartridge style respirator when the respirator is not required are subject to the medical evaluation, cleaning, maintenance, and storage elements only of this program. These individuals will also receive training covering proper procedures for cleaning, maintenance and storage of their respirators. Complete training and the voluntary and required respiratory protection programs are available for use when necessary and can be found: 11 SBSERVERICompanylApex1Safety\Safety PlanlSafety PIan\Respirator Programs HEARING CONSERVATION PROGRAM Purpose: The purpose of the Hearing Conservation Program is to ensure that all employees are protected from exposure to noise hazards. Procedure: All Apex employees will have hearing protection available to them. All employees subject to extreme noise are required to wear hearing protection. HEAT STRESS HOW DOYOU PREVENT HEAT ILLNESS • Supply adequate water and encourage workers who work in hot weather to drink regularly, even when not thirsty. A small amount of water every 15 minutes is recommended rather that a large amount after hours of sweating. • Learn the signs and symptoms of heat -related illness. • Inform workers they should avoid alcohol or drinks with caffeine before or during work in hot weather. • Try to do the heaviest work during the cooler parts of the day. • Adjusting to work in heat takes time. Allow workers to acclimatize. Start slower and work up to your normal pace. • Wear lightweight, loose -fitting, light-colored, breathable (e.g. cotton) clothing and a hat. • Allow workers to take regular breaks from the sun. Loosen or remove clothing that restricts cooling. • Watch workers for symptoms of heat -related illness. This is especially important for non - acclimatized workers, those returning from vacations and for all workers during heat -wave events. • If exertion causes someone's heart to pound or makes them gasp for breath, become lightheaded, confused, weak or faint, they should STOP all activity and get into a cool area or at least into the shade, and rest. The two major heat -related illnesses are heat exhaustion and heat stroke. Heat exhaustion, if untreated, may progress to deadly heat stroke. Heat stroke is very dangerous and frequently fatal. If workers show symptoms, always take this seriously and have them take a break and cool down before returning to work. Stay with them. If symptoms worsen or the worker does not recover within about 15 minutes, call 911 and have them transported and medically evaluated. Do not delay transport. Heat Stroke or Heat Exhaustion? How do you tell the difference? The telling difference is mental confusion or disorientation in ALL heat stroke victims You can ask these 3 questions: What is your name? What day is this? Where are we? If a worker can't answer these questions, assume it is heat stroke. What are the symptoms of heat exhaustion and heat stroke? Heat Exhaustion Heat Stroke • Heavy sweating • Sweating may or may not be present • Exhaustion, weakness • Red or flushed, hot dry skin • Fainting / Lightheadedness • Any symptom of heat exhaustion but more severe • Paleness • Confusion / Bizarre behavior • Headache • Convulsions before or during cooling • Clumsiness, dizziness • Collapse • Nausea or vomiting • Panting/rapid breathing • Irritability • Rapid, weak pulse minutes. • Note: May resemble a heart attack What do you do if someone is suffering from heat exhaustion or heat stroke? Heat Exhaustion Heat Stroke (medical emergency) • Move the worker to a • Get medical help immediately, call 911 and transport as soon as cool, shaded area to possible. rest; do not leave them • Move the worker to a cool, shaded area and remove clothing that alone. restricts cooling. • Loosen and remove heavy • Seconds count — Cool the worker rapidly using whatever methods clothing that restricts you can. For example, immerse the worker in a tub of cool evaporative cooling. water; place the worker in a cool shower; spray the worker with • Give cool water to drink, about a cup every 15 cool water from a garden hose; sponge the worker with cool water; or, if the humidity is low, wrap the worker in a cool, wet minutes. sheet and fan them vigorously. Continue cooling until medical • Fan the worker, spray help arrives. with cool water, or • If emergency medical personnel are delayed, call the hospital apply a wet cloth to emergency room for further instruction. their skin to increase • Do not give the worker water to drink until instructed by medical evaporative cooling. personnel. • Recovery should be rapid. Call 911 if they do not feel better in a few minutes. • Do not further expose the worker to heat that day. Have them rest and continue to drink cool water or electrolyte drinks. s HEAT STRESS CHECKLIST - Apex will perform heat stress training on an annual basis. - Does the worksite have temperature extremes (above 85 degrees in higher humidity, above 90-95 degrees in lower humidity) that may cause heat stress? Do employees do heavy labor or wear heavy protective clothing? (increases heat stress conditions) Do employees have access to adequate drinking water at all times? Are employees allowed work breaks during prolonged heavy labor? - Do workers have access to shade during breaks? Have employees been trained on the symptoms of heat -related illness (heat exhaustion and heat stroke) ? Are employees trained on first aid measures for heat -related illness? See WRD 11.20 — Application of Standards to Address Heat -Related Illness in Outdoor Environments for additional information. Complete program, training information and forms: \\SBSERVER\Company\Apex\Safety\Safety Plan\Safety Plan\Heat Stress CONFINED SPACES Fatalities and injuries constantly occur among construction workers who, during the course of their jobs, are required to enter confined spaces. In some circumstances, these workers are exposed to multiple hazards, any of which may cause bodily injury, illness, or death. Workers are injured and killed from a variety of atmospheric factors and physical agents. The construction standard (WAC 296-155) requires that companies follow WAC 296-809, when working in confined spaces. There is an exception for work on sewer systems under construction. Employers must consult with employees and their authorized representatives on the development and implementation of all aspects of the permit required confined space entry program required by the Confined Space Standard, (WAC 296-809). All information required by the Confined Space Standard must be available to employees affected by the standard (or their authorized representatives). You must first determine if you have any confined space situations. A confined space has three characteristics; it must have all three characteristics to be considered a confined space: 1. Large enough to get your body entirely inside to do your work 2. Not designed or intended for continuous occupation 3. Restricted entry or exit If you do have any confined spaces, you must not enter them until you have carefully evaluated the hazards inside to determine what type of entry procedure may be used for each confined space you have: • Non -permit -required confined space (NPRCS) • Permit -required confined space (PRCS) • Alternate Entry CONFINED SPACE ENTRY SYSTEM In order to comply with WISHA regulations and to ensure that information is available about the dangers related to working in spaces having limited means of egress which may present problems due to: accumulation of toxic or flammable contaminants, oxygen deficient or excess atmospheres, or mechanical, electrical, corrosive or temperature hazards, the following CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM has been established. All affected employees of the company will participate in the CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM. This written program will be kept at THE MAIN OFFICE and will be available to our employees and to other parties in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. POLICY No person shall enter a confined space without the approval of the worker's foreman or the project superintendent, and until all the confined space procedures have been completed by the general contractor. If there is confined space work on the job it will be noted on the site-specific safety report. The general contractor will be required to verify that the confirmed space is safe for work. A confined space permit can be requested through the main office. DETERMINATION Extra caution must be taken to recognize all confined spaces. The owner or operator of the facility may not have identified and/or labeled the area correctly. Use the attached checklist for determination: ✓ At no time will a confined space be entered without contacting the owner or operator beforehand and exchanging the following information: • Any available information regarding the hazards and entry operations of each specific confined space • Sufficient information to allow coordination between the owner/operator and any other employer with EMPLOYEES entering the confined space. • Inform the owner/operator of the site-specific CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Plan and how it works. ✓ Posted warning signs are required to alert all persons that could encounter a confined space. Signs are to read: DANGER PERMIT -REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE DO NOT ENTER ✓ Before an EMPLOYEE is allowed to enter a confined space, the atmosphere within the space must meet the following conditions: • Toxic Atmospheres: If the contamination is below the Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) as defined in Chapter 296-62 WAC, the entry may be made without a respirator. Atmospheres where contamination is above the PEL, but below values immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) may be entered with approved respiratory protective equipment, although it is to be avoided if possible. Atmospheres at or above IDLH will not be entered by EMPLOYEES • Oxygen Deficiency or Excess: Atmospheres having an oxygen content below 19.5% or greater than 23.5% shall not be entered by EMPLOYEES • Flammable Gases or Vapors: Atmospheres which contain or could contain flammable gases or vapors shall not be entered if the concentration of the gas or vapor in any part of the area is more than 10% of the lower explosive limit (LEL) 83 • Mechanical Hazards: Confined spaces containing parts which may move or which contain agitators, fans, or other power driven parts that could be hazardous will not be entered until such parts are controlled and isolated. (See LOCKOUT/TAGOUT PROGRAM). METHODS OF COMPLIANCE Evaluation: Conditions within the confined space will be tested to determine if acceptable entry conditions exist before entry is authorized. Pre -entry testing is required. Whenever an EMPLOYEE is within a confined space, continuous monitoring will be required when a hazardous atmosphere exists (e.g., toxic, oxygen deficient/excess, flammable gases or vapors, mechanical hazards). All equipment must be calibrated and operated according to the equipment manufacturer's instructions. The operator of any test equipment will be trained to know the equipment's limitations as well as how to properly calibrate and operate the equipment Evaluation of the atmosphere within the confined space will be conducted by FOREMAN/SUPERINTENDENT: • The evaluation shall be made immediately prior to entry • Each entry will include the following testing, which must be conducted in the order listed: ✓ Test for % oxygen ✓ Test flammable gases and vapors (% LEL) ✓ Test for toxic gases and vapors • • • ASSURED GROUNDING PROGRAM The primary purpose of the program is to prevent electrocution. The program provides for verification that all power tools and cords are properly grounded and in good repair. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) are required by code for all 120 -volt, single phase, 15-20 ampere receptacle outlets. They shall be used on all power systems that are not a permanent part of a building structure. A qualified person will inspect each and every electrical power tool and extension cord at the weekly safety walk-through. This inspection includes a visual test and tests to assure proper grounding and continuity. Colored tape is then placed at or near the end of the plug on tools and at of near both the make and female ends on extension cords. Always inspect tools and extension cords prior to use. Never remove guards from tools; they have been installed for the user's protection. Any problems must be reported to a supervisor immediately so that the proper repairs/replacements can be made. • AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS Manlifts and scissor lifts are two pieces of equipment that many workers can't imagine working without. This equipment, if used correctly, provides quick and safe access to work areas that at one time could only be reached from scaffolding or a cranes manbasket. These lifts, collectively called Aerial Work Platforms, are important tools. But as with any tool, there are right and wrong ways to use them safely. Always read and follow the manufacturer's safety and operation manual! This information must be kept on the rig, and can usually be found in a PVC tube that's tied to the machine's frame or rails. When working from the platform you must: • Make sure boom and platform load limits specified by the manufacturer aren't exceeded. • Make sure persons stand firmly on the floor of the platform and don't: o Sit or climb on the edge of the platform OR o Use guardrails, planks, ladders, or any other device to gain additional height or reach • Prohibit wearing climbers when working from the platform • Make sure all persons on the platform wear a full body harness with a lanyard attached to either: o The manufacturer's recommended attachment point OR o The boom or platform if the manufacturer doesn't specify an attachment point • Never attach a lanyard to an adjacent pole, structure, or equipment. Safe Operating Procedures for both Manlifts and Scissor Lifts: • Only trainer and authorized people should operate the lift. A qualified instructor must make sure that every operator reads and/or understands the equipment's safety and operating instructions. This includes all of the warning decals and labels mounted on the machine. • Always check for overhead obstructions or hazards before driving or elevating the platform. • Refuel tanks only when the unit is turned off. It battery powered, the batteries should be charged only in a well- ventilated area, away from any open flame. • Prior to each shift the operator should complete a safety inspection; this includes both a visual inspection and a function test. If a problem is found, use proper lockout/ tagout procedure and get the lift repaired. • Elevate the platform only when it is on a firm, level surface. Although many lifts look like a rough terrain piece of equipment, they are not. Their large tires do allow the equipment to access somewhat difficult areas, but once in position they are designed to be out of level only 5° while in operation. This amounts to 10 inches in a 10 -foot wheel span. In addition, the lift must have a tilt alarm that activates when the machine is more the 5° out of level. Scissor lifts are efficient one -direction lifts. They provide a solid working surface, but remember: • Guardrail, midrails and Toeboards must be in place. The toe board can be omitted at the door • The platform must be equipped with a mechanical parking brake that will hold the unit securely on any slope it is capable of climbing. The brake should be tested periodically. t Unique hazards for manlifts: Manlifts can move in more than a single direction, increasing the risk of mishaps, so it's important to remember the following: • When working out of a manlift, a full body hamess and lanyard must be worn, and properly attached to the basket. A sudden jolt has thrown people from lifts, before they could react. • Always maintain a safe distance from debris piles, drop-offs, floor openings, etc. • Never drive the manlift when it is elevated above the limit the manufacturer considers safe. Each piece of equipment will state what the maximum extension can be while being driven. Use correctly, aerial work platforms can be priceless, timesaving assets. Operate them without regard to their limitations, and this same equipment will put you and those around you, at undue risk. r BLOOD BORNE PATHOGEN EXPOSURE EXPOSSURE CONTROL 1. Universal precautions must be observed to prevent contact with the blood or other potentially infectious materials. All employees that perform First Aid/ CPR should use the proper personal protective equipment. 2. Hand washing facilities will be provided at each jobsite. This may consist of running water and soap, or antiseptic hand cleaner or towelette. Employees must wash hands and any other skim immediately following contact or such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious material. 3. Personal Protective Equipment a. Disposable rubber gloves shall be worn when the employee may have contact with blood. b. Mouthpieces or mask will be used while performing CPR. c. Protective Glasses will be worn. d. When personal protective equipment is removed, it shall be placed in an appropriately designated area for storage, washing, decontamination or disposal the Apex employee shall notify their supervisor when equipment needs to be replaced. 4. Housekeeping a. All equipment and working surfaces must be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious material. The decontamination shall occur as soon as feasible, using an appropriate disinfectant. b. All contaminated materials, (i.e. gloves, masks, clothing) shall be collected and sealed in a plastic bag for proper disposal. POST EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP Following report of an exposure incident, the exposed employee will be provided a confidential medical evaluation on follow- up including: 1. Documentation of the route of exposure and the circumstances of the exposure incident. 2. Identification and documentation of the source individual 3. Source individual's blood will be tested for HBV/HIV infection as soon as feasible after exposure 4. Exposed individuals will be advised of source individual's test results and informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of identity and infectious status of the source individual. 5. Exposed individual will be provided with blood testing, post -exposure treatment, counseling and evaluation of reported illness. r� fa civil structural September 27, 2016 Drew Martin, PE, SE Reid Middleton 728 134th St. SW Everett, WA 98204 Re: Plan Review Comments Tukwila Village - Tower Crane Permit #D16-0240 BILE Dear Drew, The following is in response to the comments made regarding the above note project: Geotechnical 1. No response. The note is for the City of Tukwila's information only. Architectural 1. No response. The note is for the City of Tukwila's information only. Structural 1. No response. The note is for the City of Tukwila's information only. 2. No response. The note is for the City of Tukwila's information only. 3. The specifications requirements for the MDT 268A crane that is being submitted for permit is enclosed. Within the specifications are the requirements for the installation of the anchors for the crane. These anchors are propriety elements and it is assumed by our office that they have been tested/designed to far exceed the demand requirements of the proposed crane. Because of the propriety nature of the crane and the certification requirements the crane must go through, our office does not see a need to question the specifications for the anchorage. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE " APPROVED OCT 0 4 2016 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4. The calculations have been revised to remove the overburden value. See enclosed. 5. The original calculation designed for the worst case scenario as indicated in the specifications. The downward force and moments in the specifications are not broken up into dead, live and wind forces however these values have been interpolated as follows: • Live Load, P — Based on the crane tables, this crane is capable of carrying 13.4kips. This value is the Live Load. • Dead Load, P — It is conservative to use the given value minus the 13.4kips of live load • Live Load, M — If the reach of the crane is 120ft with the 13.4kip loading, then the live load moment would be 1,608K -ft. This would only occur during the In -Service usage. • Wind Load, M — In -Service value would be the maximum moment minus the Live Load M noted above. Storm Wind value would be 100% wind. • Wind Load, H — For each condition, it is taken that the horizontal loading is from the wind. 6. Two separate calculations have been run, In -Service and Storm Wind, to adequately ensure all cases are taken into account. Mount Vernon Office 2124 Riverside Drive, Suite 211 Mount Vernon, WA 98273 Tel 360.899.1110 Lake Forest Park Office 15029 Bothell Way NE, Suite 600 Lake Forest Park, WA 98155 Tel 206.523.0024 Whidbey Island Office PO Box 1132 Freeland, WA 98249 Tel 360.331.4131 a Tukwila Village—Tower Crane Plan Review Response Project #D16-0240 Based on the comments and subsequent calculations above, no modifications to the drawings are necessary. The original drawings are valid as originally submitted. Sincerely, Davido Consulting Group, Inc. Digitally signed C. Schmitter, P Date: 2016.09. -07'00' Matthew C. Schmitter, PE, SE Vice President/Principal • a * C .SCt AA WA s6,/ IT S View 0-.• S: % 2305:17`: 47 - 37334 �� '33 A, GCT URA L 6NG' \\v FSS/ONAL ENG Davido Consulting Group, Inc. Page 2 MDT 268A Jib Configuration: any Maximum Hook Height = 119'-2" (36.33 m) P602A Foundation Anchors IMMEM IIIIIII Can,towoc This is the specific crane being used on the project. • 7 x K637A P602A 1 1 1 1 1 T60A External Climber Tower Crane Notes 1. The "in-service" working conditions are restricted to wind speeds up to 45 mph (72 kph) per FEM 1.001. "In-service" allowable wind speeds are 3 -sec wind gusts measured at the top of crane. Steady wind speeds or picks with exposed wind areas larger than or equal to 10.8 ft' (1 m2) shall be restricted to lower "in-service" allowable wind speeds. Consult the operation manual for allowable "in-service" wind speeds in relation to the exposed surface area of loads on the hook. Place the crane "out of service when any wind gust reaches the "in-service" allowable limit. 2. The design wind speed used for calculating "erection" reactions is 45 mph (72 kph) per FEM 1.001. This design wind speed is considered a 3 -sec wind gust measured at the top of crane. The design wind speed used for "erection" calculations is not to be considered the maximum wind speed for crane assembly, dismantling, change of configuration, or climbing operations. Those operations shall be possible if, and only if, the maximum wind speed (3 -sec gust) measured at the top of crane is lower than 31 mph (50 kph). 3. The "storm wind from side" reactions were calculated using a design wind speed of 62 mph (100 kph) per FEM 1.005. This design wind speed is considered a 3 -sec wind gust measured at the top of crane. The crane is assumed to have no load on the hook and be already placed "out of service". In the event of higher wind speeds, it is assumed the crane will weathervane and the jib will point in the same direction the higher storm winds are blowing. 4. The "out of service" load case (storm wind from rear) was calculated per ASCE/SEI 7-10. Unless otherwise noted on the specific crane reaction specification sheet, the basic wind speed has been determined using Risk Category II, per Figure 26.5-1A (ASCE/SEI 7-10). For temporary installations (projects lasting less than 5 yrs), the "out of service" wind speed may be lowered using reduction values given in ASCE/SEI 37-02. The "out of service" wind loads ere factored wind loads.i 5. The provided "out of service" win speed and reactions are in compliance with EN 14439 and ASME B30.3-2012. "Out of service wind pressures given in Table T.2.2.4.1.2.1 (FEM 1.001) have been set as minimum design values. Therefore, no matter what wind speed is designated out of ASCE/SEI 7-10, the attached "out of service" reactions shall always be the greater value produced between the two standards, unless noted otherwise. 6. It is the users responsibility to set and hold each anchor to an elevation of 1 unit in 500 (L/500). This tolerance shall also include any rotation at the base of the crane, if the supporting structure is not completely rigid. 7. In the event that serviceability is governed by the ultimate "out of service" load case (storm wind from the rear), special reactions can be requested that utilize lower serviceability wind speeds found in Figures CC -1 through CC -4 (ASCE/SEI 7-10). 8. All load cases found within are considered service loads with no factors added. The one exception is the "out of service" load case (storm wind from rear), which uses ultimate event wind speeds per ASCE/SEI 7-10. 9. The foundation design presented in this document is for general reference only. If used, the foundation shall be reviewed and stamped by the engineer of record or any other licensed local engineer to ensure all local requirements are met. Any modification of this design shall render it invalid. 10. The T60A external climber shall either be stored at the base of the crane's tower (as illustrated) or left off the tower completely. Failure to do so voids the attached reactions and crane configuration. The following documents are attached to this file: File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98-1 File No. P602A-FD File No. 0074 -EB -4 File No. P602A-MM Tukwila Phase II Project Location: Seattle, WA 98188 Customer: Coast Crane File No: 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 Project No: 1159 Crane ID: Crane 1 Revision Date: 04/22/16 Drawn By: CKN MDT 268A Canitowoc ASCE/SEI 7-10 Design Wind Speed (EN 14439) This crane configuration meets the EN 14439 8 ASME 830-3-2012 specifications for 'out of service' wind conditions, provided the illustrated wind speed matches required design wind for the location of the tower crane. The "out of service" design wind speed was determined in accordance with ASCE 7-10, Figure 26.5-1A. The wind velocity, used for this configuration, was 98 mph (157 kph), which represents a nominal design 3 -second wind gust at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure 8 category. A factor of 0.85 was applied to the 50 -year design wind speed of 115 mph (185 kph), per ASCE 37-02, with the assumption that this crane is considered a temporary structure used during a construction period of 2 years or less. Jib Configuration: any Mast Combination: 7 x K637A Hook Height: 119'-2" (36.33 m) Version: climbable Cab Option: with cab External Climber: T60A at base Base: P602A Foundation Anchors In -Service Reactions; V = 45 mph (FEM 1.001) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Stewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms = 1,785 ft -kips 206 kips 12.1 kips 199 ft -kips Storm Wind from Rear Reactions; Vuft = 98 mph (ASCE 7-10) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Stewing Moment M"a = P= H„11= Ms = 1,514 ft -kips 194 kips 31.2 kips 0 ft -kips Erection Reactions; V = 45 mph (FEM 1.001) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Stewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms = -1,534 ft -kips 123 kips 6.3 kips 199 ft -kips Storm Wind from Side Reactions; V = 62 mph (FEM 1.005) Maximum Overturning Moment Maximun Vertical Load Maximum Horizontal Force Maximum Stewing Moment Mo = P= H= Ms = 2,562 ft -kips 193 kips 28.1 kips 0 ft -kips Concrete Compressive Strength; fc = 4,000 psi The following documents are to be used with these reactions and foundation: File No. File No. File No. File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 P602A-FD 0074 - EB - 4 P602A-MM Revision Date: 4/22/2016 File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98-1 Foundation Specifications Allowable Soil Bearing Capacity (psf) L B T Rebar Size and Spacing (Both Directions) Foundation Weight (kips) Bottom Lower Middle Upper Middle Top 4,000 20 ' - 6 " 20 ' - 6 " 4 ' - 0 " # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 252 3,000 22 ' - 6 " 22 ' - 6 4 ' - 0 " # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 304 2,000 26 ' - 6 " 26 ' - 6 4 ' - 0 " # 8 @ 8 " none required # 8 @ 9 " 421 Concrete Compressive Strength; fc = 4,000 psi The following documents are to be used with these reactions and foundation: File No. File No. File No. File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98 P602A-FD 0074 - EB - 4 P602A-MM Revision Date: 4/22/2016 File No. 268A-DA6OCC-EBO7P-710B2Y98-1 P602A I1HCLR B J [920[ 6-0" [18401 3.-0,1" (9201 8/2 N J P602A Foundation Anchors U Plan View Foundation Elevation View Foundation Revision Date: 9/26/2013 Canitowoc 2'-1W [6501 P602A Plan View Note (1): Orientation arrows will point to centerline of the crane foundation when installed properly. Tower System Dimensions: c/c tower legs = 6'-0 7/16" [1840] c/c foundation anchors = 6-0 7/16" [1840] Note (2): Always use mast section as template to set foundation anchors. ik'4 O 1 2.1 [6501 P602A Elevation View 1 Note (3): Concrete pedestals or any device used to support and/or level the foundation anchors shall have no larger out -to -out dimension than half the size of the base plate. For this foundation anchor, the supporting pedestal, or beam column, shall not have an out -to -out dimension greater than 12" x 12". File No. P602A-FD • MDT 268A Canitowoc P602A Foundation Notes & Specifications: 1. Calculations for the design of this crane foundation were based on a concrete with a specific weight of 150 pcf and a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 2. All foundation reinforcing steel shall be ASTM A615 Grade 60 or better. 3. Concrete pedestals, steel tubes, steel channels, or steel angles can be used to level and support the foundation anchors during installation. Any type of support used underneath the foundation anchor shall be no larger than half the size of the base plate on the foundation anchor being installed. For P602A foundation anchors, this means the out -to -out dimension for the supporting devise shall not exceed 12" x 12". Make sure the supporting devices are designed to support the weight of the mast section being used as a template. 4. Any foundation anchor with a hollow chord and removable pin block (eclisse), shall be filled with concrete or foam as stated in the manual. Check the crane's parts manual to purchase special foam blocks designed specifically for this use. 5. The bottom of this crane foundation shall be above the existing water table. Foundations below the water table must be supported by alternative means, such as piles, piers, rock anchors, etc. 6. Attach foundation anchors to a tower section and hold plumb when pouring concrete. Failure to follow this procedure could result in misalignment of the tower crane and costly corrective measures. 7. All rebar mats shall be continuous. Do not cut bars. 8. When required, the crane foundation shall use the upper middle mat and/or the lower middle mat for added shear reinforcement. For alternative or independent foundation designs, both middle mats shall be used unless the engineer cognizant of the design has verified the punching and pullout shear is adequate without using the middle mats. See file no. P602A-MM for middle mat details. 9. When setting the foundation anchors, make sure the base mast section is orientated correctly for climbing. The illustration below indicates the way the mast shall be installed in order to have the jib point in the correct direction for climbing. 10. Make sure there is adequate distance between the building structure and the crane. The minimum distance shall be maintained to allow the crane enough room to climb itself back down. The minimum climbing distance is illustrated below. 0 c C (0 tl) O) E U E J E E N m c C N_ O) c E 0 E E c E centerline of crane climbing Tugs Building Line Mast Section Building Line direction of jib when climbing \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ Revision Date: 1/14/2014 File No. 0074 -EB -4 P602A ZD —4- 4. 16' centerline crane 4' 4-- [a Canitowoc centerline crane Plan View Middle Mats: 0 16' Upper Middle Mat Bill of Material: 16 ea. #10 bar x 16'-0" (with standard ACI hooked ends) or 16 ea. #10 bar x 21-0" (straight) Lower Middle Mat Bill of Material: 16 ea. #10 bar x 16'-0" (with standard ACI hooked ends) or 16 ea. #10 bar x 21'-0" (straight) 0 t. upper middle mat lower middle mat d Elevation View Middle Mats: Revision Date: 9/26/2013 File No. P602A-MM POTA N f,1, MDT WO ganitowoc www.manitowoc.com features o Topless jib with maximum radius of 213 ft (65 m) o Two versions: 11 USt (10 t) and 13.2 USt (12 t) o 6,614 Ib (3 000 kg) maximum tip capacity at 213 ft (65 m) o Internal and external climbing with K mast o Centrally located mechanisms 'Product may be shown with optional equipment. product guide contents Features Specifications Component Weights MDT 268 J10 Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms MDT 268 J12 Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms MDT 268 J10 (Metric) Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms MDT 268 J12 (Metric) Dimensions Load Charts Mast & Mechanisms Symbols Glossary 2` 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 atures leCITilLeaT; 7, mrObiti- Designed for easy maintenance, the MDT 268's mechanisms are centrally located near the pivot. K mast available as monobiock or panel mast with stepped pins for easy installation and instant visual inspection. Climbing mast available to allow you to climb with your jobsite. New counter -jib design is able to be folded for transport and erected as one piece. Patented six knot jib design creates a lighter jib with enhanced capacities for improved performance. Jib 98 ft (30 m) radius standard lattice jib. Patented six (6) bar knot design and joints. Catwalks in first two (2) 33 ft (10 m) sections for maintenance and easy access to sling points for erection and dismantling. Mounted as whole wired jib with hoist rope and trolley rope installed. One pin and two (2) safety pins at connection point to counter -jib. Sling points welded on jib, lifting beam and *slings optional with crane. 9® *Jib Extensions Optional jib lengths start at 82 ft (25 m). Additional jib sections of 16 ft (5 m) available up to maximum jib length of 205 ft (65 m). ® Counter -Jib Patented design in one compact package. Inclined position of ballast holder ensures self-locking of ballast blocks. Welded sling points. Counter -Jib Ballast (customer supplied) Two (2) concrete block style combinations for various ballasting combinations according to jib length: 3,373 Ib (1 530 kg) and 10,141 Ib (4 600 kg); 6,768 Ib (3 070 kg) and 10,141 Ib (4 600 kg). Blocks are designed for safe and easy placement on the ground during erection and dismantling. iB Cab Vision cab 140C includes heating, window vent, tinted glass, windshield wipers, sun visor, document case, side pocket, bottle holder, ergonomic seat with high back, adjustable armrests, height and seating with control units, front -to -back shifting and reclining back. 140C: 4.6 ft (1,400 mm) width, 7.2 ft (2,200 mm) height, and 5.3 ft (1 620 mm) depth. *140S: 4.6 ft (1 400 mm) width, 7.2 ft (2 200 mm) height, and 7.2 ft (2 180 mm) depth; air conditioning optional. ftl Controls Dual axis joystick controls located in the cab with an optional *radio remote control optional. IBJ Reeving SM for 2 -part line application standard. *Optional 2 -trolley or SM/DM (semi-automatic) hookblock for 2 or 4 -part line applications. f et Electrical Requirement 480 volt, 60 Hz measured at the turntable. * Anemometer & *Dialog Visu Electronic wind speed meter (anemometer) to alert the operator of wind speed conditions. Requires *Dialog Visu to display information. Crane can be operated with wind gusts up to 45 MPH (72 KPH). *Dialog Visu displays height under hook, position of jib trolley, loads and overload moment, and wind speed. * Denotes optional equipment specifications Swing RVF 162 Optima + stewing mechanism with maximum swing speed of 0.8 RPM. Progressive control of speed with counter- slewing possible, anti -load swinging system makes aligning the load and jib easier. Optima + swing allows two (2) distinct swing modes. did Hoist Grooved drum with electromagnetic safety brake. Progressive speed change according to the accelerating or decelerating ramps. Optima allows the hoist to adapt its speed to the weight of the load. MDT 268 J10: 50 LVF 25 Optima 2.8 USt (2.51) 315 ft/min (96 m/min) 50 HP Single Line Pull: Line speed: Horse Power. Spooling Capacity: '75 LVF 25 Optima 2.8 USI (2.5 t) 361 ft/min (110 m/min) 75 HP 1,827 ft (557 m) 2,936 R (895 m) MDT 268 J12: 50 LVF 30 Optima '75 LVF 30 Optima '100 LVF 30 Optima Single Line Pull: 3.3 USt (3 t) 3.3 USt (3 t) 3.3 USI (3 t) Line speed: 269 ft/min (82 m/min) 381 ft/min (116 al/min) 531 ft/min (162 m/min) Horse Power. 50 HP 75 HP 75 HP Spooling Capacity: 1,106 R (337 m) 2,513 ft (766 m) 3,087 ft (941 m) Specification of quantity of hoist rope is dependent upon customer's requirements and mast height. Trolley 6 DVF 4: 5.5 HP variable frequency hoist with 882 Ib (400 kg) line pull and line speed of 394 ft/min (120 m/min). Progressive speed change according to acceleration or deceleration ramps controlled by the frequency converter. * Optional Equipment * STANDARD NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION for J12: includes electric slip ring, 197 ft (60 m) cable 4G35 mm2, 213 ft (65 m) jib, 100LVF30 Optima hoist, heating mechanism for hoist, 2 -trolley hookblock or SM/DM hookblock. 853 ft (260 m) hoist rope, Vision 140SX cab with insulation, Dialog Visu, and anemometer. * Electric slip ring * Jib radius 82 — 205 ft (25 — 65 m) * 2 -Trolley hookblock * SM/DM (semi-automatic) hookblock * Dialog Visu * Cab air conditioning * Motorized greasing Consult price list for additional options NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAIN 4d. specifications 11 * Mast K mast in K600 (6.6 ft [2 m]), panel or monoblock, and climbing or non -climbing available. Lengths of 10.9 ft (3.33 m), 16.4 ft (5 m), and 32.8 ft (10 m). available. Identification plates welded on each section to designate the type of mast and pin box to stow pins when not in use. Mast nomenclature: K - Series of mast with box angled members M - Monoblock, non climbing R - Reinforced MT - Monoblock & climbing RMT - Reinforced, monoblock, climbing Equipped with aluminum ladders and galvanized steel resting platforms in each section. Cast connections are secured with two double tapered pins. *Tirax tool and *Tirax pins available for faster easier assembly. Combinations of masts can allow free-standing HUH to increase. * Climbing Equipment Equipment available for both internal climbing and external climbing of 6.6 ft (2 m) mast. Intemal climbing equipment sold separately: 20 HP hydraulic unit, jack, and collars. Extemal climbing equipment sold separately: climbing cage, 20 HP hydraulic unit, yoke, and jack. * Anchor Stools Anchor stools to be used in combination with a concrete foundation. Anchors P61A: permanent anchor, maximum free-standing HUH: 212 ft (64.7 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Anchors P62A: permanent anchor, maximum free-standing HUH: 229 ft (69.7 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. l-� * Chassis Chassis available with square footprints of 19.7 ft (6 m) for K600 mast. Composed of 2 metallic structures connected with a central mast -chassis and 4 struts for rigidity. A chassis can be placed on either straight or curved traveling equipment or metallic stools embedded into a concrete block. Chassis V60A: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 217.8 ft (66.4 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Chassis V63A: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 245.7 ft (74.9 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. * Cross Shaped Base Cross shaped bases available with square footprint of 14.8 ft (4.5 m) and 19.7 ft (6 m). Composed of 2 beams and able to be placed on screw jacks with support plates, screwjacks with concrete blocks or traveling equipment. Cross ZD 463: square footprint of 14.8 ft (4.5 m), maximum free- standing HUH 172.2 ft (52.5 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. Cross ZX6830: square footprint of 19.7 ft (6 m), maximum free- standing HUH: 210.6 ft (64.2 m) on 6.6 ft (2 m) K mast. * Consult price list for additional options (ompenent Weig is hmn'mjr , i fnr+i 33.0le (10 fin w Im) 11.17) h ^t . B..7 42.04) ktiA00 NIL 19.123 C$ T6) 1 1 Calabar -lb - -" [ , itLLL i t Pi+otirr - M hnnsparl��-,�"�*.+;1` t 41S0475 INF pt qsn I +50 LVF 33 tcI t) I!l 141.$ (5.141 &2 R51) 91 42.Th 20,116 47111 . y +i } 1iitill 90 LVF .. _ ?A f2.Z0) 41.4 Si J4 624,100 ti &1 fl 000) 4 1 Hew 75 LNIC 30 Ars. 7.4 12:27) $.4 42.104 4.4 41251 5,357 [x 430) 6 1 Wert rt 100 LMS XI Li-„� h -r' Eiji 12 -DO) 10.1 43-091 9 a 12Crt1 5,622 12 550) Cab V14C$ 1 skin support urrl dcetkI p t _ r _1 14.1 44.29,1. /I 42.219 0.2 RAS) 113+ 4 4!f 1'S01 NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAIN 4d component weights Colitponet eights (continued) 7 1 bAb root ' \ 1 111141.. (1Q # 5 9tt) 0 (1.1 +E 4 pm 7,7 %1 � � � 5 1 110 gentian L 13_8 (1011. l$ (1,3) 7.9 (2 421 324 ¢415) `.'- ,,, ...; .. ; h, �� loty--!; 1 11 (5 271 39 (1201 F.8 P A 21352 (5311 L 1 ' \t.-Fk ; -3 ),y 1.'' 14.F ! 6 (10241 39 (12D1 7. g 1 3223 (1 48Z1 1 a-�-'.•�' � li' (102 11241 t2 J t1 1 t 1 � ,-r •��� 0..d ((10.191 1.13 (1.34) 0.00.0 41 d3�1 1,755 UN) �. fir.. 1 1 15.9 3:8 5.0 595 1 . I - 4o4 1516) 11.39) 11.53) W01 -1-, 1 i , .-17A yl..avl 111,? 3.8 48 485 t-1 - 15- 11.x) L1-39.1 020 .i 1-31-:-.74,x I' 5.43 4,9 L8 258 - 0 1 lb nosh L14. _I 41.511 (1.38) t 4) (119) ' j r„i 5.1 baa 14 52s I. 10 1 Jib !Met $MfOM 121 f- -i. (1,71 (1.51) (1.00) ( ) 3.9 1_4 7.6 9196 11 I 1 (1,19) (043) 1231) (452) 12 1 tQC dly trot3ayr 12t IJ �i 8,2 11,57) 8.0 41,51) 12 (OK 4f 0 (188? 1 iCflG d6 baler! 121 11Ei.gelt t7 11,7) 0.0 41,51) : 14 (1.03) 2211T,-• 4221) ! " ' h.," 5.4 (1.0 , 5.0 000 1 1C12C F1aa+clilvl 12 L L_, J MN) (9.25) ' 11_'4'91 4449) 13 1 !Aril Lmct1m Kb3F7E ,;l , 33.8 8.T tT 10,z24. Izsi.'r.:a u tira,, e 1 1 (11x251 La04) : aim (i ee454 -M -I 1 11 1 335 5.8 SFT 11,562 l NaCtinrl R I" r WA -. 4-L (101231 1l ] 12.03) t5 2001 9r,.1 17.2 &7 &7b t94 15 1 e11b1t6ed iodl,I� L...::-.----=.-.1 1-16_ .23) Iz03,) RR f2 8o5) 18 1 Myst section 148340 ti Fr:j;7. ""1*I 1 t.- fa 11,7 (157) 8.8 42.07) 8,7 42.03) X1,979 11 9811) 17 1 Rtt angle P644 l+c' � 2 D (0.81) 2A 44(111 4.0 41.4) 9,110 (499) 29.9 3.1 3x5 12,034 in 111 1 •shy bags: D5830---f-.1'-11---i 19.1) (1.1) (1.11 054451 ■ 1 ! w $1 N 29.9 1$:1) 3.1 X$1) 3x5 (1,11 11.801 c5 2e6,1 I� 15 1 Crass shape base:20483 2S.1 (t,) 10 11,17) 44 (11 7X113i (3 58111 r,,.-.i:r.,•.! 1 1-1t r ,„,,-..,, 11.2 3.3 44 3049 1141) 107) (1.331 (1 Ed61 -1r; -B rr f� 112 7.3 4.4 3.552 1 I= (3,41) 14,7) (135) (1 670) -tea :.I NOTE: The information above is useful as a basic introduction to the crane. In no case may this serve as a substitute for the serial numbered manuals. Dimensions have been rounded to the nearest tenth. POTAIN 4) dimensions 01DT 268 J 10 ft 13 ft 8ft 59 ft POGIM POTAIN 50 ft mem 10 ft 11 USt 197 ft ®® NI 'Ng 4 180 ft 164 ft 148 ft 131 ft 115 ft 98 ft 82 ft aJ 6.6 x 6.6 ft C3 ❑ 14.8 ft 019.7 ft 5 USt rJ 5.5 USt' 6.1 USt: rJ 7.1 USt 8.5 USt 10.5rUSt 3.9 USt rJ 4.5 USt 3.3 USt H (ft) o 172 0 227 ■ 246 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) 4.4.6--,_..h1 213ft 10 ► 197 ft 10 ► ror. 180ft 10 ► r..r. 164ft 10 r..rt 148 ft 10PXYak ► 131 ft 10 ► r..r� 115 ft 10 ► r...h 98ft 10 ► rm� 82ft 10 ► ror. 72 72 82 89 98 105 115 11 10.9 9.5 8.6 7.6 7.1 6.4 76 82 89 98 105 115 11 10.1 9.3 8.2, 7.6 6.8 78 82 89 98 105 115 11 10.5 9.6 8.5 7.8 7.1 78 82 89 98 105 11 10.4 9.6 8.5 7.8 78 82 89 98 105 11 10.5,9.68.5 7.8 79 82 89 98 105 11 10.5 9.6 8.5 7.9 79 82 89 98 105 11'10.5 9.6 8.5 7.9 79 82 89 98 ft 11 10.6 9.7 8.5;; USt 79 82 ft 11 10.5', USt Toad charts hJi11 7 268 0 121 129 138 148 154 164 6 121 131 6.4 5.8 121 131 6.6 6.1 121 6.6 121 6.6 5.5'-5.5 5.1 4.9 4.5 115 7.1 115 7.1 115 7.2 115 ft 7.1 USt --� . tJ 213 8 ► 73 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 ram 11 9.7 8.9 7.8' 7.3 6.5 6.2' 5.5 197ft 8 ► 77 82 89 98 105 115 roa 11 10.6 9.4 8.3 7.7' 6.9 180 ft 8 ► 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 rm, 1110.69.78.68 7.3 6.7 164ft 8 79 82 89 98 105 115 ►ten 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 148ft 8 ► 79 82 89 98 105 115 ►.m, 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 131ft 8 79 82 89 98 105 115 mr. 11 10.6 9.7 8.6' 7.9 7.2 115ft 8 79 82 89 98 105 115 ►ori 11 10.69.7"8.6 8 7.2 98ft 8 80 82 89 98 ft kyr, 11 10.7 9.8 8.71 USt 82 ft 8 ► 80 82 ft 11 10.7; USt 121 131 6.5 5.87 131 6.2 121 6.7 121 6.7 6.7 ft USt 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft 4.3 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.5 3.3 USt 136 147 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft 5.5•-5.5 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 4.2 3.9 USt 138 142 152 154 164 171 180 ft 5.7 5.5,5 5.4 5.1 4.9 4.5 USt 131 141 151 154 164 ft 6.1, 5.5'..5,5' 5.4 5 : USt 131 141 148 ft 6.1 5.5"-5,5 USt (USt) 131 ft ttlW 6.1 USt 11 5.5 - 0.5 USt -- = - 0.5 USt (ft) 132 135 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft 5.5'•.6.5 5.4 5 4.6 4.3 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.3 3.1 ' USt 138 138 141 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft 5.55.545,55.2' 5 4.64.44.1 3.93.6USt 138 144 147 148 154 164 171 180 ft 5.8 5.5.5,5 5.5 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 USt 131 143 146 148 154 164 ft 6.2 5.5».5.5 5.4 5.2 4.8' USt 131 144 146 148 ft 6.2, 5.5».5:5 5.5; USt (USt) 131 ft 6.2 USt 11 5.5 - 0.1 USt (ft) --=17-0.1US 6.7ton capacity = 13.4Kips NOTE: Illustrated hook heights on this page were determined using FEM 1.001. Configurations shown may include optional equipment. Other codes may require reductions in configurations. 7 POTAIN 4) mast & mechanisms MDT 268 J10 H (ft) 212.3 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 P81A H (ft) 228.7 217.5 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 H (ft) 171.9 155.5 139.1 122.7 106.3 89.9 73.5 57.1 40.7 01 ZD 463 CO H (ft) 217.8 201.4 185.0 168.6 152.2 135.8 119.4 103.0 86.6 70.2 53.8 H (ft) 227.0 25.1 188.6 172.2 155.8 139.4 CO 123.0 106.6 90.2 73.8 57.4 41.0 v Z3(8830'1 `V60A H (ft) 245.7 234.6 218.2 201.8 185.4 169.0 152.6 136.2 119.8 103.3 86.9 70.5 54.1 V63A1 H (ft) -3 MI0II 201.1 I5113 190.3 at o OM173.9 x MI 157.5 Q:73 141.1 } 6L1 124.7 Q� 108.3 4' MII13 91.9 = IVO . [k� " 6I3 EH] lel �lJirli BBUA 1 hp kW 50LVF 25 • Optima • • ;. 75 LVF 25 -o Optlma , ft/min USt 10 -39 -0118 -►151-+217.315 5.5 5.5 5.5 4.1 . 2.8 1.4 5 -020-+59-675--0108-.157 11 - 11 11 8.3 5.5 2.8 5° 37 fthnin USt 13 -+ 46 -0 5.5 5.5 ' 171 -0 217 -0 5.5 4.1 ' 295-+361 2.8 1.4 7 -+ 23 -+ 11 11 85 -0108 -0148 -0180 11 8.3 5.5 2.8 75 55 Ja omi 0 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 1 ■ ► _' 6 OVF 4 ft/min 0 -0 164 (11 USt) - 0 -0 328 (5.5 USt) - 0 -0 394 (28 USt) 5,5 4 V 60 A RT 544 ft/min 44 - 89 4x7 4x 5,2 A1.2V 'w.: R 13m' V63A >. 7D 483 RT 443 ft/min 49-98 4x5 4x3,7 •0I•; At -2V ZX 6830 ' RT 544 =I•h Al -2V ftlmin 44-89 6x7 6x5,2 CEI 38 IEC 38 CID 480 V (+6°h -10%) 50 LVF : 75 kVA 75LVF: 100WA ft/min 315 217 118 50 LVF 25 Optima + 25%361 U 1111111111. t IVmin 75 LVF 25 Opt ma + 25% 295 171 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt 1.4 2.8 5.5 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 0 10ft 8ft 59 ft dimensions pifilov 268 7'L 3ft �. -•H, 10ft POTAIAI "aria. 50 ft 4 014.8 ft 019.7 ft 13.2 USt 197 ft 180 ft 164 ft 148 ft 131 ft 115 ft ri rJ r-1 ! 3.2 USt', rJ 3.9 USt 4.4 USt r1. 5 USt 5.5 USt 6.1 USt 98 ft 7.1 USt 82 ft 8.5USt'. 10.5 USt' 11 1 H (ft) o 172 a 227 • 246 co 0 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 1) load charts f QD?gir 268 I7 7 'W -1_.1.1 213ft 197 ft raw 10 ► 10 ► 180 ft 10 • "Am 164 ft 10 ► LAT. 148ft 10 B. 131 ft 10 P. 115 ft 10 ► 98ft 10 . rano 82ft 10. rmes '61 -1-.1;1 213 8 ► okuk 197ft 8 ► FAT" 180ft 8 ► 164ft 8 ► mat 148ft 8 ► ram 131 ft 8 ►aoa 115 ft 8 rajah 98ft 8 ► 82ft 8 ► naa 60 66 72 82 89 98 105 108 116 121 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft 13.2 12 10.8 9.3 8.5 7.4 6.8 6.646 6.3 5.7 5.4 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.2 4 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.2 USt 64 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 116 124 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft 13.2 12.9 11.6 10 9.1 8 7.5 6.7 6.6`6.6 6.2 5.8 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.6 4.3 4.1 3.9 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 ft 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.8 6.8^1.6 6.4 6.1 5.6 5.3 5 4.7 4.4 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 112 118 127 131 138 148 154 164 ft 13.2 11.8 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.6 7.1 6.8"4.6 6.4 6 5.5 5.3 4.9 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 138 148 ft 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.6 6.8 6.6-4.6 6.4 6.1 5.6 USt (USt) 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 118 127 131 ft ural 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.6 6.8 6.6.-4.6 6.4 '' USt 13.2 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 116 6 - 0.6 USt 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.9 USt 66 72 82 89 98 ft(ft) 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.3 USt --=W-0.6USt 66 72 82 ft 13.2 12 10.3 USt 61 66 72 82 89 98 105 110 112 115 121 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 203 213 ft 13.2,12.1 10.9 9.4 8.6 7.5 6.9 6.6 6.6^-6.4 6 5.4' 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.9 USt 65 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 117 119 121 131 138 148 154 164 171 180 187 197 ft 13.21311.710 9.1 8.27.56.76.66.6h-6.55.85.55.1 4.94.54.3 4 3.7 3.5 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 138 148 154164 171 180 ft 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.6'.6,6 6.1 5.7 5.3 5 4.6 4.4 4.1 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 121 131 138 148 154 164 ft 13.2 11.9 10.3 9.4 8.3 7.7 6.9 6.6'-6.6 6.1 5.7 5.2 5 4.6 USt 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 138 148 ft 13.2 11.9 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.6..6.6 6.1 5.7 5.2 USt (USt)� 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 119 122 131 ft 4. 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.6.6,6 6.1 USt 13.2 66 72 82 89 98 105 115 ft 6.6 13.2 12 10.4 9.5 8.4 7.7 ; 6.9 USt 66 72 82 89 98 ft (ft) 13.2 1210.4 9.5 8.4 USt - 0.2 USI 66 72 82 ft 13.2 12 10.4 USt =17-0.2US THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4d. H (ft) 212.3 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 co H (ft) 171.9 155.5 139.1 122.7 106.3 89.9 73.5 57.1 40.7 at mast & mechanisms H (ft) 228.7 217.5 201.1 184.7 168.3 151.9 135.5 119.1 102.7 86.3 69.9 53.5 ZD 463 1 co rn CO CO H (ft) 22257.80 25.1 188.6 172.2 155.8 139.4 123.0 106.6 90.2 73.8 57.4 41.0 D(68301 I..r MDT 2684112 H (ft) 217.8 201.4 185.0 168.6 152.2 135.8 119.4 103.0 86.6 70.2 53.8 V60A•) 01 m H (ft) 245.7 234.6 218.2 201.8 185.4 169.0 152.6 136.2 119.8 103.3 86.9 70.5 54.1 11 cM V63A ) H (ft) -4- 201.1 190.3 173.9 x 157.5 It 141.1 } 124.7 108.3 91.9 = B 60 I Cn N s s hp kW 50 LVF 30 Optima 75 LVF 30 • Optima 'ilk LVF30 Optima ft/min USt 9 -0 33 -0 98 -0131-0184-6269 6.6 6.6 6.6 ' 5 3.3 1.7 4 --• 16 -+ 49 - 066 -0 92 -+135 13.2 13.2 13.2 9.9 6.6 3.3 50 37 ft/min USt 12 -• 144-.184-.262-.381 6.6 5 3.3 1.7 6 -0 72 -0 92 -.131--190 13.2 9.9 6.6 3.3 75 55 ft/min USt 0 -0 197-0262-6361-0531 6.6 5 3.3 1.7 0 -0 98-+131-0180-0266 13.2 9.9 ' 6.6 3.3 100 75 J Optima rpm 0 -. 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 ■ ► 6 DVF 4 ftimin 0 -. 164 (13.2 USt) - 0 -. 328 (6.6 USt) - 0 -0 394 (3.3 USt) 5,5 4 V 60 A RT 544 iA1.2V .�' R 13m V63A .4" ID -483 RT 443 in:mx... Al -2V TA 6830 RT 544ft/min � CO 6. A1.2V 8/min 44 - 89 4 x7 4 x5,2 0 ft/min 49 - 98 4 x 5 4 x3,7 44 - 89 6x 7 6x5,2 CEI 38 ( IEC 38 Cel 480 V (+6%-10°%) 50 LVF: 75 kVA - 75 LVF: 100 kVA - 100 LVF :125 kVA ft/min 269 184 98 SO LVF 30 Optima loom1111111_a OMR 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt ft/min , 100 LVF 30 Optima 531 361 197 1,106 ft 2,513 ft 3,087 ft +259E f �S 1.7 3.3 6.6 USt THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. 11 POTAIN Sd. 12 metric dimensions LQi W268OVO 2,95 m 2,35 m 17,9m POWUM Qom_ 15,2 m 55 m 50 m 45 m 40 m 35 m 5,5 t 1' I 6,45 t. 30 m ' I 7,75 t. 25 m �2x2m r1 ❑ 4,5 m 0 6m r-' 9,56 t 5t'. rJ 4,55 t 4,1 t 3,55 t. H (m) o 52,4 O 69,2 ■ 74,9 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 0 --�. V 65 m wan w •7 60 m 55 m 50 m 45 m 40 m 35 m rAvg 30 m ►O.h 25 m ►oa 65 m rno 60 m WAN 55 m row 50 m ►mn 45 m 30 m 25 m n a. 30 m 25 m 3,1 ► 3,1 ► 3,1 ► 3,1 ► 3,1 3,1 N. 3,1 ► 3,1 ► 3,1 ► 2,4 ► 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 ► 2,4 2,4 D. 2,4 2,4 ► 21,9 22 25 27 10 9,9 8,6 7,8 23,2 25 27 10 9,2 8,4 23,9 25 27 10 9,5 8,7 23,8 25 10 9,4 23,9 25 10 9,5 24 25 10 9,5 24 25 22,4 10 23,4 10 79 11 30 6,9 30 7,4 30 7,7 27 8,7 27 8,7 27 8,7 27 10 9,5 8,7 24 25 27 10 9,6 8,8 24 25 m 10 9,56' t metric Toad charts 32 6,4 32 6,9 32 7,1 30 7,7 30 7,7 30 7,7 30 7,7 30 7,75' 35 5,8 35 6,2 35 6,4 32 7,1 32 7,1 32 7,2 32 7,2 . m Lag 268 0 37 39,3 42,2 45 47 5,4 5 5 4,6 4,4 37 40 41,6 44,8 45 5,8 5,3 5 5 5 37 40 42 43,2 46,3 6 5,5 5,2 5-4.5 35 37 40 42,9 46 6,4 6 ' 5,5 5-x-5 35 37 40 43 45 6,4 6 5,5 5«.5 35 37 40 m 6,5 6 5,5 t 35 m 6,45 t 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 8,8 8,1 7,1 6,6 5,9 5,6" 5 25 27 30 32 35 37 40 9,3 8,5 7,5 7,0 6,3 5,9 5,3 82 89 98 105 115 121 131 10.6 9.7 8.6 8 7.3 6.7 6.2 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 121 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 7.9 72 6.7 79 82 89 98 105 115 ft 11 10.6 9.7 8.6 8 7.2 USt 80 82 89 98 ft 11 10.7 9.8 8.7 USt 80 82 ft 11 .10.7; USt 40,3 41,1 42 5.,.5 4,9 42 42,2 42,9 5 5-.5 138 144 147 5.8 5.5'.5,5 131 143 146 6.2 5.5'.5.5 131 144 146 6.2 5.5'-.5.5 131 ft 6.2 USt 45 4,5 45 4,7 148 5.5 148 5.4 148 5.5 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m 4,1 3,9 , 3,7 3,5 3,3 3,2 3 t 47 50 52 55 57 60 m 4,7 4,4 4,2 3,9 3,8 3,55 t 47 50 52 55 m 4,9 4,6 4,4 4,1 t 47 50 m 4,9 4,551 t m 47 4,2 47 4,5 154 5.2 154 5.2 ft USt 50 52 3,9 3,7 50 52 4,2 4 164 171 4.9 4.6 164 ft 4.8 USt (USt) 11 5.5 - 0.5 USt (ft) --=u-0.5USt 55 57 60 62 65 m 3,5 3,313,1 3 2,8 t 55 57 60 m 3,7 3,5' 3,3 t 180 ft 4.3? USt (USt) 11 5.5 - 0.1 USt (ft) --=17-0.1US THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 1) 14 mast & mechanisms ['SOT 268 i1 'O E E H (m) 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36,3 31,3 26,3 21,3 16,3 P61A1 H (m) 52,4 47,4 42,4 37,4 32,4 27 4 22,4 17,4 E 12,4 ZD 463 E M H (m) 69,7 66,3 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36,3 31,3 26,3 21,3 16,3 1 P62A E E H (m) 57,5 52,5 47,5 42,5 37,5 32,5 27,5 17,5 ,5 E 12,5 en • 23( ¢830 j H (m) 66,4 61,4 56,4 51,4 46,4 41,4 36,4 31 4 26 4 21,4 E 16,4 .. 0 V60A] H (m) 74,9 71,5 66,5 61,5 56,5 51,5 46,5 41,5 36,5 31,5 26,5 21,5 165 E 'V63A7 H (m) IPI 61,3 III 58 1111 53 x II 48MI 43 0 WI 38 - �1133 n 28 IN �l li B 60A E 0 11 x VV ch - PS • • • 50LVF25 Optima 75LVF 25 Optima m/min t 3,2-'12-.36-046-.66-096 5 5 5 3,75 2,5 1,25 1,6 -0 6 -'18-023-033-+48 10 10 10 7,5 5 2,5 50 37 rn/min t 4 -•14 52-•66 5 5 5 3,75 90-0110 2,5 1,25 2', 7X26-033-045-055 10 10 10 7,5 5 2,5 75 55 J Optima + Ulm n- rpm 0 0,8 2 x 7,5 2 x 5,5 1. ► 6 DVF 4 m/min 0 -050 (10 t) - 0 -0 100 (5 t) - 0 -0 120 (2,5 t) 5,5 4 V 60 A RT 544 Al - 2V R 13m RT 443 Al -2V RT 544 Al -2V m/min 13,5-27 4x7 4x5,2 'w► V63A ,. 2D 463 X40. D( 6830 1=1••• m/min 15 - 30 4x 5 4 x3,7 m/min 13,5.27 6 x 7 6 x 5,2 CEI 38 (e IEC 38 MI 400 V (+6% 10%) 50 LVF : 75 kVA 75LVF: 100kVA m/min 96 66 36 50 LVF 25 Optima + 25% _ � _-_ 1,25 2,5 mtrnin 75 LVF 25 Optima + 25% 110 90: 52 5 t 1,25 2,5 5 t goy 557 m 895 m THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 0 err metric dimensions 4111 T 268 J1 15 2,95 m 2,35 m POTAIN POTAIN 15,2 m 1 ❑4,5m 0 6m 4,45 t 5,05 tj. rJ 4t rJ 3,5t H (m) o 52,4 v 69,2 • 74,9 co N THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's load chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN O "r metric load charts 268 7iL 4-1_.h 65 m 3,1 ► 60 m 3,1 . 55 m 3,1 U..h 50 m 3,1 I. roh 45 m 3,1 . IAV" 40 m 3,1 ► ooh 35m 3,1 . Ugh 30 m 3,1 F. 25 m 3,1 r...h 1t± '-x.17 65 m 2,4 ► ooh 60 m 2,4 55m 50m ooh 45 m 40 m ►opt. 35 m o..% 30 m ooh 25 m om. 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 2,4 D. 2,4 2,4 D. 18,4 20 22 25 27 30 32 33 35,5 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m 12 10,9 9,8 8,4 7,7 6,7 6,2 6'-6 5,7 5,2 4,9 4,6 4,3 4 3,8 3,6 3,4 3,2 3,1 2,9 t 19,6 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 35,3 37,9 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 m 12 11,7 10,5 9,1 8,3 7,3 6,8 6,1 6 `46 5,6 5,3 4,9 4,7 4,4 4,2 3,9 3,7 3,5 t 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,1 38,8 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 m 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,2 6'• .5 5,8 5,5 5,1 4,8 4,5 4,3 4 t 20 22 25 27 30 32 34 35,9 38,6 40 42 45 47 50 m 12 10,7 9,3 8,5 7,5 6,9 6,4 6"4.6 5,8 5,4 5 4,8 4,45 t 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 36 38,7 40 42 45 m 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 6,9 6,2 6 .*46 5,8 5,5 5,05 t (t) 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,1 38,8 40 m 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 ; 1,5 7 6,2 6'4.6 5,8 t 12 6 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 m � - 055 t 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,25 t .�_ 20,2 22 25 27 30 m ) 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,55 t 20,2 22 25 m 12 10,9 9,36 t -- = 61-0,55t 18,6 20 22 25 27 30 32 33,4 34,1 35 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 62 65 m 12 11 9,9 8,5 7,81 6,8 6,3 6'4-6 5,8 5,4 4,9' 4,6 4,3 4 4.1 3.9 3.6 3.4 3.2 3.1 2.9 USt 19,7 20 22 25 27 30 32 35 35,6 36,3 37 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 57 60 m 12 11,8 10,6 9,1 8,3 7,4 6,8 6,1 6'x-6 5,9 5,3 5 4,6 4,4 4,1 3,9 3,6 3,4 3,2 t 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,4 37,2 40 42 45 47 50 52 55 m 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 6'4..6 5,5 5,2 4,8 4,5 4,2 4 3,7 t 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,2 37 40 42 45 47 50 m 12 10,8 9,3 8,5 7,5 7 6,3 6'46 5,5 5,2 4,7 4,5.4,15 t 20,1 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,3 37,1 40 42 45 m 12 10,8 9,4 8,6 7,6. 7 6,3 6'4.6 5,5 5,2 4,75 t ( ) 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 36,4 37,2 40 m 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 6'4.6 5,5 t 12 20,2 22 25 27 30 32 35 m 6 12 10,9. 9,4 8,6 7,6 7 6,3 t 20,2 22 25 27 30 m (m) 12 10,9 9,4 8,6 7,6 t -- = >X -0,15t 20,2 22 25 m 12 10,9 9,4f t 0151 THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. POTAIN 4) H (m) 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 36,3 31,3 26,3 21,3 16,3 P61Al H (m) 52,4 47,4 42,4 37,4 32,4 27 4 224 17,4 E 12,4 ,n 20463=I mast & mechanisms H (m) 66,3 61,3 56,3 51,3 46,3 41,3 363 31 3 26 3 16,3 P62A�j E E MDT 268 J12 H (m) 66,4 61,4 56,4 51,4 46,4 41,4 36,4 31,4 26,4 21,4 E 16,4 . V60Al H (m) 57,5 52,5 47,5 42,5 37,5 32,5 27,5 22,5 17,5 E 12,5 27(68301 E H (m) 74 9 71,5 66,5 61,5 56,5 51,5 46,5 41,5 36 5 31 5 26,5 21,5 165 V 63 Al H (m) -' 61,3 58 53 = 48 N 43 } 38 33 28 &Li B 60 A`] E 0 x il x kW • J . 50 LVF, 30 Optima 75 LVE 30 ) .Optima.' 1001a1F 30 Optima mlmin t 2,6 -► 10 6 6 -+ 30 6 -+ 40 -+ 56 - 82 4,5 3 1,5 1,3 -• 5 - 15 20 28 -' 41 12 12 12 9 6 3 50 37 mlmin t 3,8 -+ 6 44 -+ 56 -+ 80 -+ 116 4,5 3 1,5 1,9 -+ 22 28 -' 40 -0 58 12 9 6 3 75 55 mlmin t 0 -+ 6 60 -+ 80 -0110-0162 4,5 3 1,5 0 -0 30 -+ 40 - 55 -_+ 81 12 9 6 3 100 75 ;'Optima +: RVF 162 Him - rpm 0 0,8 2 x7,5 2 x 5,5 k .;6 0VF 4' m/min 0 -450 (12 t) - 0 -0 100 (6 1) - 0 -+ 120 (3 t) 5,5 4 -.V604 RT 544 At 2V ' R 13m. 1 ;RT 443 Al 2V RT 544 • Al 2Y m/min 13,5 - 27 4 x 7 4 x 5,2 •232?: 1• V63A 0 ID 463 =me • ZX 6830 • m/min 15 - 30 4 x 5 4 x 3,7 mlmin 13,5 - 27 6x 7 6x5,2 CE138 �(" IEC 38•:-�' �- 400 V (+6% -10%) 50 LVF : 75 kVA - 75 LVF : 100 kVA - 100 LVF :125 kVA 50 LVF 30 Optima 75 LVF 30 Optima mlmin mlmin 100 LVF 30 Optima 162 110 + 25% 337 m 766 m 941 m 1,5 3 6 t 1,5 3 6 t 1,5 3 6 t THIS CHART IS ONLY A GUIDE AND SHOULD NOT BE USED TO OPERATE THE CRANE. The individual crane's Toad chart, operating instructions and other instructional plates must be read and understood prior to operating the crane. 17 POTAIN 4� symbols glossary CTI 4! 11. POTAIN 0 Anchor Stools Anemometer Ballast Cab Chassis Climbing Equipment Controls Counter Jib Cross -Shaped Base ZLEES elt Curve Track Traveling Equipment Electrical Requirement Hoist Hoisting Mechanism Hydraulic Equipment S%® t .�i fel 'uu Jib Jib Extension Mast Reeving 2 -Part Reeving 4 -Part Straight Track Traveling Equipment CCC 1 Swing Traveling Traversing Trolley Traversing Trolley & Load Diagrams Trolley Weight In Base Ballast notes 19 POTA►N 0 POTAIN 4D. Regional Headquarters Americas Manitowoc, Wisconsin, USA Tel: +1 920 684 6621 Fax: +1 920 683 6278 Shady Grove, Pennsylvania, USA Tel: +1 717 597 8121 Fax: +1 717 597 4062 Regional Offices Americas Brazil Alphaville Tel: +55 11 3103 0200 Fax: +55 11 4688 2013 Mexico Monterrey Tel: +52 81 8124 0128 Fax: +52 81 8124 0129 Europe, Middle East, Africa Algeria Hydra Tel: +21 3 21 48 1173 Fax: +21 3 21 48 1454 Czech Republic Netvorice Tel: +420 317 78 9313 Fax: +420 317 78 9314 France Baudemont Tel: +33 385 28 2589 Fax: +33 385 28 0430 Cergy Tel: +33 130 31 3150 Fax: +33 130 38 6085 Decines Tel: +33 472 81 5000 Fax: +33 472 81 5010 Germany Langenfeld Tel: +49 21 73 8909-0 Fax: +49 21 73 8909 30 Hungary Budapest Tel: +36 13 39 8622 Fax: +36 13 39 8622 Italy Parabiago Tel: +390 331 49 3311 Fax: +390 331 49 3330 ganitowoc www.manitowoc.com Europe, Middle East, Africa Ecully, France Tel: +33 472 18 2020 Fax: +33 472 18 2000 Netherlands Breda Tel: +31 76 578 3999 Fax: +31 76 578 3978 Poland Warsaw Tel: +48 22 843 3824 Fax: +48 22 843 3471 Portugal Alfena Tel: +351 229 69 8840 Fax: +351 229 69 8848 Lisbon Tel: +351 212 109 340 Fax: +351 212 109 349 Russia Moscow Tel: +7 495 641 2359 Fax: +7 495 641 2358 U.A.E. Dubai Tel: +971 4 3381 861 Fax: +971 4 3382 343 U. K. Middlesex Tel: +44 1 895 43 0053 Fax: +44 1 895 45 9500 Sunderland Tel: +44 191 522 2000 Fax: +44 191 522 2052 Asia - Pacific Australia Melbourne Tel: +61 3 9 336 1300 Fax: +61 3 9 336 1322 Sydney Tel: +61 2 9 896 4433 Fax: +61 2 9 896 3122 Asia - Pacific Shanghai, China Tel: +86 21 51113579 Fax: +86 21 51113578 Singapore Tel: +65 62641188 Fax: +65 6862 4142 China Beijing Tel: +86 10 58674761 Fax: +8610 58674760 Xi'an Tel: +86 29 87891465 Fax: +86 29 87884504 Korea Seoul Tel: +82 2 3439 0400 Fax: +82 2 3439 0405 Philippines Makati City Tel: +63 2 844 9437 Fax: +63 2 844 4712 Factories Brazil Alphaville China Zhangjiagang France Charlieu La Clayette Moulins Germany Wilhelmshaven India Calcutta Pune Italy Niella Tanaro Portugal Baltar F2nzeres Slovakia Saris U.S.A. Manitowoc Port Washington Shady Grove Comdantlm make It spoelneatloa, notice. Ilio equipment a standard atm ®2008 Al Printed 1 Form No., Part No. to make withal dada all 'Company : Davido Consulting Group ' Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - In -Service Loading September 27, 2016 Checked By: Sketch 20 ft Details 4) w 0 N D •••E • 1••••l WOMB 20 ft C x Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) z Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) Bottom Rebar Plan Geometry, Materials and Criteria •r+ -r- D ILLILILLIULILILLILIALOMILILILAILILLILLILILILLO Footing Elevation Length :20 ft Width :20 ft Thickness :48 in Height :0 in eX :O in eZ :O in pX :12 in pZ :12 in Footing Top Bar Cover :3 in Footing Bottom Bar Cover :3 in Pedestal Longitudinal Bar Cover :1.5 in Gross Allow. Bearing Concrete Weight Concrete fc Design Code :5500 psf (gross) :145 pcf :3 ksi :ACI 318-11 Overturning / Sliding SF Coefficient of Friction Passive Resistance of Soil :1.5 :0.3 :Ok Steel fy Minimum Steel Maximum Steel :60 ksi :.002 :.0075 Phi for Flexure :0.9 Phi for Shear :0.75 Phi for Bearing :0.65 RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - In-Service.rft] Page 1 -'Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : September 27, 2016 Tukwila Village Crane Footing - In -Service Loading Checked By: Loads DL LL WL P (k) 192.6 13.4 Vx (kL Vz (k) Mx (k -ft) 1608 12.1 +P r Soil Bearing +Vx r-� A D 177 +Mx r� D C Mz (k -ft) Overburden (Rs") Jr_ 0 +Mz +Over A D Description Categories and Factors Gross Allow.(gsf) Max Bearing (osf) Max/Allowable Ratio ASCE 2.4.1-1 IDL 5500 1061.5 (A) .193 ASCE 2.4.1-2 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS 5500 2306.93 (B) .419 ASCE 2.4.1-3a --- - -- --- ------ ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+IRLL+ISL+ISLN+IRL 5500 1061.5 (A) .193 .362 --- 1DL+.75LL+.75LLS+.75.. 5500 1991.13 (B) ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1 DL+1 WL 5500 1230.55 (B)_ .224 ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 5500 1061.5 (A) .193 .385 ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1 DL+.75WL+.75LL+.75L.. 5500 2117.91 (B) ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75LL+.75.. 5500 1991.13 (Bj .362 .147 ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1WL 5500 805.95 (B) ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 5500 636.9 () .116 A D L 1DL QA: 1061.5 psf QB: 1061.5 psf QC: 1061.5 psf QD: 1061.5 psf NAZ:-1 in NAX:-1 in A D 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS QA: 0 psf QB: 2306.93 psf QC: 2306.93 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 227.836 in NAX:-1 in B C 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN411RIt.75LL+.75LLS+.751DL+1 WL QA: 1061.5 psf QA: 182.125 psf QA: 965.05 psf QB: 1061.5 psf QB: 1991.13 psf QB: 1230.55 psf QC: 1061.5 psf QC: 1991.13 psf QC: 1157.95 psf QD: 1061.5 psf QD: 182.125 psf QD: 892.45 psf NAZ: -1 in NAZ: 264.163 in NAZ: 1112.36 in NAX:-1 in NAX:-1 in NAX:4067.93 in 1DL+.7EL QA: 1061.5 psf QB: 1061.5 psf QC: 1061.5 psf QD: 1061.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in 1 DL+.75WL+.75LL+.75t1DL+.525EL+.75LL+. QA: 109.787 psf QA: 182.125 psf QB: 2117.91 psf QB: 1991.13 psf QC: 2063.46 psf QC: 1991.13 psf QD: 55.337 psf QD: 182.125 psf NAZ:253.121 in NAZ: 264.163 in NAX:9335.15 in NAX:-1 in B A 75.6DL+IWL QA: 540.45 psf QB: 805.95 psf QC: 733.35 psf QD: 467.85 psf NAZ: 728.542 in NAX:2664.3 in B C .6DL+.7EL QA: 636.9 psf QB: 636.9 psf QC: 636.9 psf QD: 636.9 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - In-Service.rft] Page 2 'Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - In -Service Loading Checked By: September 27, 2016 Footing Flexure Design (Bottom Bars) As -min x-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2 inA2 As -min z-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2 inA2 As -min x-dir (Bot Flexure): 35.21111'2 As -min z-dir (Bot Flexure): 35.2 inA2 Description Categories and Factors As -min x-dir (T & S) : 20.736 inA2 As -min z-dir (T & S): 20.736 inA2 z -Dir As Mu-xx Mu-xx Required UC Max ( ) (inA2) k -ft z -Dir As Provided (inA2) Mu-zz UC Max Mu-zz (k -ft) x -Dir As Required (inA2) x -Dir As Provided (inA2) ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL .13392 608.38 3.083 23.562 .13392 608.38 3.083 23.562 ACI -2008 9-2 ACI-20089-3a1.5DL+1 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.20L+1.6LL+1.6LL.. LL+1 LLS+1..a 11.2DL+.8WL+1.6RL.. .40419 .31386 1836.14 9.371 23.562 .12544 569.84 2.887 23.562 1425.81 7.26 23.562 .15014 682.06 3.458 23.562 .12921 586.96 2.974 23.562 .11873 539.37 2.732 23.562 ACI -2008 9-4i1.2DL+1.6WL+1LL+1. .31455 1428.95 7.276 23.562 23.562 .12935 587.62 2.978 23.562 23.562 ACI -2008 9-51.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LL. .28517 1295.45 6.591 .12144 .09398 551.7 2.795 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL .11493 522.09 2.645 23.562 426.92 2.161 23.562 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL .08609 391.1 1.98 23.562 .08609 391.1 1.98 23.562 Footing Flexure Design (Top Bars) Description Categories and Factors Mu-xx (k -ft) z Dir As (in2) Mu-zz (k -ft) x Dir As (in2) 1 SW+OB 1SW+1OB-(ACI-2008 9 -..,ASCE 2.4.1-..) 432.95 0 0 0 1 Moment Capacity of Plain Concrete Section Along xx and zz= 1062.4k-ft,1062.4k-ft Per Chapter 22 of ACI 318. Footing Shear Check Two Way (Punching) Vc: 2159.34 k One Way (x Dir. Cut) Vc 1156.79 k One Way (z Dir. Cut) Vc: 1156.79 k Description Categories and Factors Punching x Dir. Cut z Dir. Cut Vu(k) Vu/ oVc Vu(k) Vu/oVc Vu(k) Vu/ cVc 1- ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 254.96 .157 78.645 .091 78.645 .091 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 241.298 .149 243.836 .281 73.663 .085 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 285.841 .176 .135 187.833 .216 88.171 .102 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.8WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 218.537 76.186 .088 69.81 .08 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1.6WL+1 LL+1 LLS+... 231.269 .143 188.882 .218 76.133 .088 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 231.207 .143 170.981 .197 71.318 .082 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL 163.903 .101 68.11 .079 55.357 .064 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL 163.903 .101 50.557 .058 50.557 .058 Concrete Bearing Check (Vertical Loads Only) Bearing Bc : 734.4 k Description Categories and Factors Bearing Bu (k) Bearing Bu/oBc ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 269.64 .565 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 252.56 .529 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 302.3 .633 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.8WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 231.12 .484 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1.6WL+1 LL+1 LLS+... 244.52 .512 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 244.52 .512 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1.6WL 173.34 .363 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL 173.34 .363 RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - In-Service.rft) Page 3 ..Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - In -Service Loading Checked By: September 27, 2016 Overturning Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Mo-xx (k -ft) Ms-xx (k -ft) Mo-zz (k -ft) Ms-zz (k -ft) OSF-xx OSF-zz ASCE 2.4.1-1 IDL 0 4246 0 4246 4380 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1DL+1LL+.75LLS 1608 4380 0 2.724 NA ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1DL+IRLL+ISL+ISLN.. 0 4246 0 4246 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LL.. 1206 4346.5 0 4346.5 3.604 NA ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1 DL+1 WL 177 4246 48.4 4246 23.989 87.727 ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 0 4246 0 4246 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+,75WL+.75LL.. 1338.75 4346.5 36.3 4346.5 3.247 119.738 ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 1206 4346.5 0 4346.5 3.604 NA ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1 WL 177 2547.6 48.4 2547.6 14.393 52.636 ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 2547.6 0 2547.6 NA NA Mo-xx: Governing Overturning Moment about AD or BC Ms-xx: Governing Stablizing Moment about AD or BC OSF-xx: Ratio of Ms-xx to Mo-xx Sliding Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Va-xx (k) Vr-xx (k) Va-zz (k) Vr-zz (k) SR-xx SR-zz ASCE 2.4.1-1 IDL 0 127.38 0 127.38 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1DL+1LL+.75LLS 0 131.4 0 131.4 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1DL+IRLL+ISL+ISLN.. 0 127.38 0 127.38 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+,75LL+.75LL.. 0 130.395 0 130.395 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1 DL+I WL 12.1 127.38 0 127.38 10.527 NA ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 0 127.38 0 127.38 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.75WL+.75LL.. 9.075 130.395 0 130.395 14.369 NA ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 0 130.395 0 130.395 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+1 WL 12.1 76.428 0 76.428 6.316 NA ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 76.428 0 76.428 NA NA Va-xx: Applied Lateral Force to Cause Sliding Along xx Axis Vr-xx: Resisting Lateral Force Against Sliding Along xxAxis SR-xx: Ratio of Vr-xx to Va-xx RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - In-Service.rft] Page 4 `Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - Storm Wind Loading September 27, 2016 Checked By: Sketch 20 ft Details w 0 N D x B n 4) 0 #8@8 in Di 20 ft #8@8 in C x Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) z Dir. Steel: 23.56 in2 (30 #8) Bottom Rebar Plan Geometry, Materials and Criteria D Footing Elevation Length :20 ft Width :20 ft Thickness :48 in Height :0 in eX :O in eZ :0 in pX :12 in pZ :12 in Footing Top Bar Cover :3 in Footing Bottom Bar Cover :3 in Pedestal Longitudinal Bar Cover :1.5 in Gross Allow. Bearing Concrete Weight Concrete fc Design Code :5500 psf (gross) :150 pcf :3 ksi :ACI 318-11 Overturning / Sliding SF Coefficient of Friction Passive Resistance of Soil Steel fy Minimum Steel Maximum Steel :60 ksi :.002 :.0075 :1.5 Phi for Flexure :0.9 :0.3 Phi for Shear :0.75 :0 k Phi for Bearing :0.65 RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - Storm Wind.rft] Page 1 i Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - Storm Wind Loading September 27, 2016 Checked By: Loads DL WL P (k) 193 Vx(k) 28.1 Vz (k) Mx (k -ft) 2562 Mz (k-) Overburden (psf) 0 Soil Bearing z D C rx+Mx D C +Over Description Categories and Factors Gross Allow.(osfl Max Bearing (psfl Max/Allowable Ratio ASCE 2.4.1-1 IDL 5500 1082.5 (A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-2 1D L+1LL+.75LLS 5500 1082.5 (A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1 DL+I RLL+ISL+I SLN+I RL 5500 1082.5 (A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LLS+.75.. 5500 1082.5 (A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1DL+.6WL 5500 2290.47 (B) .416 ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 5500 1082.5_(A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.5WL+.75LL+.75LL.. 5500 2085.4 (B) .379 ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75LL+.75.. 5500 1082.5 (A) .197 ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+.6WL 5500 2204.65 (B) .401 ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 5500 649.5 (A) .118 A D B A C D 1DL QA: 1082.5 psf QB: 1082.5 psf QC: 1082.5 psf QD: 1082.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in A D B A B A B C DSC D C 1D L+1LL+.75LLS QA: 1082.5 psf QB: 1082.5 psf QC: 1082.5 psf QD: 1082.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLNIITRI.+.75LL+ QA: 1082.5 psf QA: 1082.5 QB: 1082.5 psf QB: 1082.5 QC: 1082.5 psf QD: 1082.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in .75LLS+.751DL+.6WL psf QA: 0 psf psf QB: 2290.47 psf QC: 1082.5 psf QD: 1082.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in 1DL+.7EL QA: 1082.5 psf QB: 1082.5 psf QC: 1082.5 psf QD: 1082.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in 1 DL+.5WL+.75LL+.75LtIDL+.525EL+.75LL+.75.6DL+.6WL QA: 163.9 psf QA: 1082.5 psf QA: 0 psf QB: 2085.4 psf QC: 2001.1 psf QD: 79.6 psf NAZ:260.472 in NAX: 5937.08 in QB: 1082.5 psf QB: 2204.65 psf QC: 1082.5 psf QC: 2039.32 psf QD: 1082.5 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: -1 in NAZ: 152.565 in NAX:-1 in NAX:3200.29 in QC: 2185.87 psf QD: 0 psf NAZ: 237.535 in NAX:5255.48 in A B D- .6DL+.7EL QA: 649.5 psf QB: 649.5 psf QC: 649.5 psf QD: 649.5 psf NAZ: -1 in NAX:-1 in C RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - Storm Wind.rft] Page 2 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - Storm Wind Loading Checked By: September 27, 2016 Footing Flexure Design (Bottom Bars) As -min x-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2102 As -min z-dir (Top Flexure): 35.2 in^2 As -min x-dir (Bot Flexure): 35.2 in^2 As -min z-dir (Bot Flexure): 35.2 in^2 Description Categories and Factors As -min x-dir (T & S) : 20.736 inA2 As -min z-dir (T & S): 20.736 in^2 z -Dir As z -Dir As Mu-xx Mu-xx Required Provided Mu-zz UC Max (k -ft) (in^2) (in^2) UC Max x -Dir As x -Dir As Mu-zz Required Provided (k -ft) (in^2) (in^2) ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL .1342 609.64 3.09 23.562 .1342 609.64 3.09 23.562 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LL.. .11503 522.55 2.647 23.562 .11503 522.55 2.647 23.562 ACI -2008 9-3a1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1... .14378 653.18 3.311 23.562 .14378 653.18 3.311 23.562 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.5WL+1.6RL.. .24545 1115.05 5.667 23.562 .12075 548.54 2.779 23.562 ACI -2008 9-41.2DL+1 WL+1 LL+1 LL,..39448 .275 1792.07 9.144 23.562 .12652 574.76 2.912 23.562 ACI -2008 9-51.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LL., .11503 522.55 2.647 23.562 .11503 522.55 2.647 23.562 ACI -2008 9-6 .90L+1WL .41396 1880.54 9.6 23.562 .09778 444.2 2.249 23.562 ACI -2008 9-7 .90L+1 EL .08627 391.91 1.984 23.562 .08627 391.91 1.984 23.562 Footing Flexure Design (Top Bars) Description Categories and Factors Mu-xx (k -ft) z Dir As (in2) Mu-zz (k -ft) x Dir Asir( 2) SW+OB 1SW+1OB-(ACI-2008 9 -..,ASCE 2.4.1-..)541.499 1 0 0 0 1 Moment Capacity of Plain Concrete Section Along xx and zz= 1062.4k-ft,1062.4k-ft Per Chapter 22 of ACI 318. Footing Shear Check Two Way (Punching) Vc: 2159.34 k One Way (x Dir. Cut) Vc 1156.79 k One Way (z Dir. Cut) Vc: 1156.79 k Description Categories and Factors Punching x Dir. Cut Vu(k) Vu/aVc Vu(k) Vu/oVc z Dir. Cut Vu(k) Vu/ Vc ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 255.489 .158 78.808 .091 78.808 .091 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 218.991 .135 67.55 .078 67.55 .078 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 273.738 .169 84.438 .097 84.438 .097 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.20L+.5WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 218.991 .135 146.945 .169 71.033 .082 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1 WL+1 LL+1 LLS+.5R.. 221.825 .137 238.221 .275 74.548 .086 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 218.991 .135 67.55 .078 67.55 .078 ACI -2008 9-6 .90L+1 WL 179.637 .111 253.88 .293 57.671 .066 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1EL 164.243 .101 50.663 .058 50.663 .058 Concrete Bearing Check (Vertical Loads Only) Bearing Bc : 734.4 k Description Categories and Factors Bearing Bu (k) Bearing Bu/mBc ACI -2005 9-1 1.4DL 270.2 .566 ACI -2008 9-2 1.2DL+1.6LL+1.6LLS+.5R.. 231.6 .485 ACI -2008 9-3a 1.5DL+1 LL+1 LLS+1.6RLL+1.. 289.5 .606 ACI -2008 9-3b 1.2DL+.5WL+1.6RLL+1.6S.. 231.6 .485 ACI -2008 9-4 1.2DL+1 WL+1 LL+1 LLS+.5R.. 231.6 .485 ACI -2008 9-5 1.2DL+1 EL+1 LL+1 LLS+.2S.. 231.6 .485 ACI -2008 9-6 .9DL+1 WL 173.7 .364 ACI -2008 9-7 .9DL+1 EL 173.7 .364 RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - Storm Wind.rft] Page 3 4 Company : Davido Consulting Group Designer : MS Job Number : Tukwila Village Crane Footing - Storm Wind Loading Checked By: September 27, 2016 Overturning Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Mo-xx (k -ft) Ms -)o( (k -ft) Mo-zz (k -ft) Ms-zz (k -ft) OSF-xx OSF-zz ASCE 2.4.1-1 IDL 0 4330 0 4330 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1 DL+1 LL+.75LLS 0 4330 0 4330 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1 DL+1 RLL+1 SL+1 SLN.. 0 4330 0 4330 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LL.. 0 4330 0 4330 1 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1DL+.6WL 1537.2 4330 67.44 4330 2.817 64.205 ASCE 2.4.1-5b 1DL+.7EL 0 4330 0 4330 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.5WL+.75LL+.. 1281 4330 56.2 4330 3.38 77.046 ASCE 2.4.1-6b 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 0 4330 0 4330 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-7 .6DL+.6WL 1537.2 2598 67.44 2598 1.69 38.523 ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 2598 0 2598 NA NA Mo-xx: Governing Overturning Moment about AD or BC Ms-xx: Governing Stablizing Moment about AD or BC OSF-xx: Ratio of Ms-xx to Mo-xx Sliding Check (Service) Description Categories and Factors Va-xx (k) Vr-xx (k) Va-zz (k) Vr-zz (k) SR-xx SR-zz ASCE2.4.1-1 IDL 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-2 1DL+1LL+.75LLS 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-3a 1DL+IRLL+ISL+ISLN.. 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA ASCE2.4.1-4 1DL+.75LL+.75LL.. 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-5a 1DL+.6WL 16.86 129.9 0 129.9 7.705 NA ASCE 2.4.1-5b ASCE 2.4.1-6a 1DL+.7EL 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA 1DL+.5WL+.75LL+.. 14.05 129.9 0 129.9 9.246 NA ASCE 2.4.1-6b ASCE 2.4.1-7 1DL+.525EL+.75L.. 0 129.9 0 129.9 NA NA .6DL+.6WL 16.86 77.94 0 77.94 4.623 NA NA ASCE 2.4.1-8 .6DL+.7EL 0 77.94 0 77.94 NA Va-xx: Applied Lateral Force to Cause Sliding Along xx Axis Vr-xx: Resisting Lateral Force Against Sliding Along xx Axis SR -Kc Ratio of Vr-xx to Va-xx RISAFoot Version 4.00[P:\...\...\...\...\...\...\...\TV Crane Footing - Storm Wind.rft] Page 4 3/1/2017 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development GREG HERRING PO BOX 82405 KENMORE, WA 98028 RE: Permit No. D16-0240 TUKWILA VILLAGE TOWER CRANE 14400 TUKWILA INT'L BLVD Dear Permit Holder: Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director In reviewing our current records, the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electric Code, every permit issued by the Building Division under the provisions of these codes shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit has not begun within 180 days from the issuance date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work has begun for a period of 180 days. Your permit will expire on 4/4/2017. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: 1) Call the City of Tukwila Inspection Request Line at 206-438-9350 to schedule for the next or final inspection. Each inspection creates a new 180 day period, provided the inspection shows progress. -or- 2) Submit a written request for permit extension to the Permit Center at least seven(7) days before it is due to expire. Address your extension request to the Building Official and state your reason(s) for the need to extend your permit. The Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve one extension of up to 180 days. If it is determined that your extension request is granted, you will be notified by mail. In the event you do not call for an inspection and/or receive an extension prior to 4/4/2017, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No: D16-0240 6300 Southcenter Boulevard -Suite #100 a Tukwila, Washington. 98188 o Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3165 IN INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS INC. August 25, 2016 Mr. Jerry Hight Building Official City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Tukwila Village 11 Tower Crane Permit Submittal Dear Mr. Hight: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 2 6 2016 PERMIT CENTER I have completed the Tower Crane Permit Application. The below outline is a list of documents that are included with the application: 1) Structural Engineering tower crane footing design and supporting calculations, as provided by DCG Civil Structural: 4 copies wet stamped. 2) Tower Crane footing design supporting information a. Geotechnical Engineer letter addressing soils bearing capacity, provided by Associated Earth Sciences, Inc.: 4 copies b. Stone Column Soil Reinforcing Design, provided by Geopier Northwest: i. Letter regarding design requirements: 4 copies ii. Geopier Design plans for Tower Crane footing support. Sheets GP0.1 and GP1.2 : 4 copies 3) Tower Crane manufacturer information a. Crane: Potain MDT 268: 4 copies i. Height of tower to hook: 113' ii. Jib length: Desired option 213', Can get by with 197' iii. Maximum capacity at end of jib: 213'-3.3 tons, 197'-3.9 tons, capacity increases as trolley gets closer to the tower. 17425 68th Ave NE PO Box 82405 Kenmore, WA 98028 Phone: (425) 806-8560 Fax: (425) 806-8566 email: info( intercitycontractors.com Lic. #1NTERCI977PZ t� / Tukwila Village II August 25, 2016 Tower Crane permit submittal outline 4) Crane Safety plan a. Apex Steel: Erection/Dismantle subcontractor i. Tower crane erection plan: 4 copies ii. Site Specific work plan: 4 copies iii. Comprehensive Safety & Accident Prevention Program: 4 copies b. Seaburg Consulting LLC (Safety Inspection & Daily Crane Operator): 4 copies i. Crane Inspection Process letter ii. Site Specific Accident Preventon 5) Site plan showing crane location, jib radius, S 144th St, and TIB. Two radius's are shown. Our preference would be to use the 213' jib length, but we can get by with the 197' jib length. a. All loading and unloading will be done onsite. b. No loads will be swung over streets or adjacent properties. 6) Detail of crane building attachments: There are no attachments, the crane is free standing and is located outside of the building. 7) Tower Crane base set inspection report is attached for your review/files. As you are aware, the base was set today. In order to prepare the crane footing for reinforcing steel and concrete, the base must be set on a rat slab and is leveled on standee (concrete piers). Once the base is set and approved, the reinforcing steel can be installed. The concrete will be poured once the permit is issue, Special inspection report for the reinforcing steel is issued and the City of Tukwila inspects the reinforcing steel. *4 copies of the base set inspection report is attached. 8) Electrical: a. Permit will be applied for by the Electrical subcontractor b. Connection to be made from temporary power supplied by SCL c. L&I will inspect once system is ready. d. Connection to crane will be done once L&I inspection is approved. 9) Inspections prior to use: a. Seaburg Consulting LLC is certified by the State, see #4, b. above. This is for inspection prior to erection, inspection once erected, and daily operator inspections. b. L&I will inspect the crane once Seaburg completes and files his inspection report. c. The crane will also receive an additional safety inspection every 6 months. 10) FAA filing; This was completed Tuesday, 8/23/16, with additional filings for the building, all building comers as requested by FAA. 11) Fire department will be contacted once the permit and been applied for. If you have additional questions or need further information, please call/email. Sincerely, Greg 2 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D16-0240 DATE: 08/29/16 PROJECT NAME: TUKWILA VILLAGE — TOWER CRANE SITE ADDRESS: 14400 TUKWILA INT'L BLVD X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Auk Building Division Building Division JC a-1c(p Fire Prevention IVAN t YM kW& 6.'04, , , i' c -so-I fr Public Works Structural 6.31 dcv Planning Division Permit Coordinator ❑ PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable ❑ (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 08/30/16 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Denied (ie: Zoning Issues) DUE DATE: 09/27/16 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director August 30, 2016 Dave Swanson Reid Middleton 728 - 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 RE: Structural Review Development Permit D16-0240 Tukwila Village — Tower Crane Dear Mr. Swanson, Please review the enclosed set of plans and documents for structural compliance with the 2015 International Building Code. As always, once all items have been reviewed and deemed correct, please provide two approved sets of approved plans and calculations with original approval stamps back to the Permit Center, attention Building Official. If you should have any questions, please feel free contact us in the Permit Center at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File: D16-0240 Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS ITT" Hoene Espanol Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance 0 Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I Page 1 of 3 A -Z Index Help My LCI Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS INC Owner or tradesperson Principals HERRING, GREGORY ROBERT, PRESIDENT Doing business as INTER -CITY CONTRACTORS INC WA UBI No. 602 278 639 PO BOX 82405 KENMORE, WA 98028 425-806-8560 KING County Business type Corporation License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor License specialties GENERAL License no. INTERCI977PZ Effective — expiration 10/09/2003-10/12/2017 Bond CBIC Bond account no. LB9377 Active. Meets current requirements. $12,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 10/13/2004 10/08/2004 Expiration date Until Canceled Insurance Indian Harbor Ins Co Policy no. ESG3000956 $1,000,000.00 Received by L&I Effective date 09/28/2015 10/08/2015 Expiration date 10/08/2016 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies. License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. https://secure.lni.wa.gov/verify/Detail.aspx?UBI=602278639&LIC=INTERCI977PZ&SAW= 10/4/2016 Help us improve